Ferrees Catalog 7-18-13

FERREES TOOLS, INC.
CATALOG OF
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT REPAIR TOOLS,
SUPPLIES AND ACCESSORIES
Updated for website on 7-10-13.
Some pages in this online catalog may differ from the printed 2008 version.
1477 E. MICHIGAN AVE. BATTLE CREEK, MI 49014
PH:800-253-2261 * FAX:269-965-7719 * TECH:269-965-0511
EMAIL(ORDERS):ferreestools@aol.com
EMAIL(TECH HELP):repairtips@aol.com
www.ferreestools.com
www.facebook.com/ferrees.tools
Worlds Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools
modified with deskPDF Editor - Get the free PDF Editor trial download at docudesk.com
FERREES TOOLS, INCORPORATED

PRESENTS THE 2008 CATALOG OF
REPAIR TOOLS SUPPLIES AND ACCESSORIES
~PLEASE READ BEFORE ORDERING~
1.) We believe in keeping our prices as low as
possible, while still maintaining top quality. We
buy from markets all over the world and because of
the unsettled conditions in those world markets we
cannot guarantee the prices in our price lists.
Therefore, all of our prices are subject to change
without notice. However, upon request, we will be
glad to furnish you a quotation, guaranteed for up
to 30 days before making shipment. You must ask
for a guaranteed quotation when you ask for prices
or the items will be billed at prices in effect at the
time of shipment.. Office Hours: 7:30 a.m. to 3:45
p.m. Monday-Friday, E.S.T.
8.) We have a toll free number, (800) 253-2261,

for customers in the continental U.S. and Canada.
Our fax number is (269) 965-7719.
Our
company
email
address
is
ferreestools@aol.com. The toll free number will
take orders 24 hours a day as will the fax
number. When you place an order, be sure to
include: (1) catalog numbers, (2) short
description, (3) your name, address, zip code, (4)
your phone number, & (5) your customer
number, if possible. Visa, Master Card and
Discover are accepted for payment. Card
number, expiration date and CCV are required.
2.) We have a minimum order policy of $5.00.

There will be a $1.00 handling charge on orders
below that amount. Grouping your orders will save
you on shipping charges.
All shipments are sent by UPS Ground for

customers in the continental U.S. Please note,
when ordering hazardous chemicals, you will be
charged a hazard fee by UPS.
3.) IMPORTANT! When you read your Price List

remember, that all of the items are priced NET.
For our international customers, we normally

ship by Priority Mail International unless specified differently. No chemicals/liquids/aerosols
can be shipped by air!
4.) New accounts will normally be C.O.D. Open

accounts can be arranged for upon receipt of a
credit application with three references and our
approval. Open account terms are 30 DAYS NET.
A service of 1-1/2% a month (18% per annum) will
be made on past due balances. We DO accept Visa, MasterCard and Discover. Overseas customers
can pay by credit card or bank transfer. Transfer
fee may be required.
5.) All prices are per Each unless otherwise noted. When dozens, gross or hundred prices are given, they will apply to those individual sizes or
items. They are NOT assorted prices, unless so
specified.
6.) All prices are F.O.B. Battle Creek, Michigan or
place of manufacture. Shipping charges will be
added to the invoice. Based on weight, destination
and cost of items.
7.) Due to handling costs, items returned for credit
are subject to a 10% restocking charge; higher if
the item has been used.
SATISFACTION GUARANTEEDIf you are not

satisfied with any merchandise purchased from us,
please notify us immediately. We will either exchange
it or issue you a credit memo, after receipt of the
returned merchandise, if returned in 30 days. Refunds
will be sent upon request.
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

1477 E. Michigan Ave.
Battle Creek, MI 49014-8950
Phone: 269-965-0511
Toll Free: 800-253-2261
Fax: 269-965-7719
email: ferreestools@aol.com
repairtips@aol.com (for repair help)
Website:www.ferreestools.com
The history of
ferrees tools, inc.
Cliff Ferree, founder and president of Ferrees

Tools, Inc., has an excellent background in the
repair field. He played in several Army Air Force
bands during WWII. After graduation from the
Conn repair school in 1946, he established his own
repair shop. This grew into a large retail business
(which was later sold due to expansion of the tool
business). In 1956 Cliff bought out the repair tool
departments of both Conn and Leblanc. Using
these tools as a nucleus, and after extensive
redesign, the first complete catalog was published
in 1957. In September 1992, Ferrees acquired the
Erick Brand Corporation, which had been selling
band instrument repair tools and supplies since
1935.
From 1962 thru 1967, Cliff conducted a series of
2 week repair courses. These courses were very
successful. The tool business moved to larger
quarters in 1965. In 1967 two large additions were
completed. In 1970 he designed several unique sax
pad assembly machines.
After making special sets of precision dies, he

began manufacturing saxophone pads. These pads
eventually supplied several major manufacturers in
addition to repair shops. Due to a large increase in
business that these superior pads brought, in 1976 a
second building was erected.
1979 was the year Cliff gave his first foreign
repair clinic in W. Germany sponsored by our European distributor. In 1980 he gave a similar clinic
in Norway. Thereafter, these brass and woodwind
clinics were presented in Germany for several years
by Cliffs eldest son, Gary. Gary now serves as our
Repair Consultant at:
Repairtips@aol.com. Garys son Curtis is assistant
shop foreman and in charge of Research and
Development.
Cliff attributes the growth of the company to the
fact that he has been active in the repair field and
realizes the needs of other Repairmen. He is still
constantly on the lookout for methods to improve
tools and supplies used by musical instrument and
band Repairmen throughout the world. This search
has resulted in the development of many new tools.
Using these tools can help complete difficult and
complicated jobs more simply, in much less time
and more accurately. There have been large
investments to update company machinery in an
effort to keep production costs as low as possible.
Barbara Ferree, who has worked in the office
since the beginning, is Secretary-Treasurer. In
addition to accounting, she produced the
companys first catalogs, advertising and lay-outs.
The name Ferrees has always stood for efficient
manufacturing and pride in our products. The
quality and service represented by our logo are
always the best we can give.
Table of contents
Listed below you will find an index of sections of this catalog.
A complete index can be found at the end of the book.
SECTION
STARTS ON PAGE
Accordion Tools...137
Brasswind Tools.....11
Buffing & Polishing......144
Cork & Felt Products......139
Dent Machine, Base & Accessories....1
General Items & Small Goods....168
Index
by
Index
by
Item
Item
Name...............................................................................................194
Number..............................................................................................205
Lacquering & Cleaning...154

Pads.......113
Repair Kits..59 & 193
Screws...133
Soldering...162
Springs, Brass....54
Springs, Woodwind..130
Suggested Shop Set Ups........................................................................................96,116,138,152
Swabs.170
Woodwind
Tools..........................55
&
66
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The suggestions Ferrees Tools makes in this catalogue concerning the use of
our products are based on experience and/or test believed to be reliable. The buyers methods or conditions of use or application of any product Ferrees Tools
manufactured or distributed is completely beyond the companys control. All
implied warranties of fitness for use are expressly disavowed. Buyer assumes all
risk of use. Ferrees Tools suggests the buyer determine the suitability of our
products under the buyers conditions before use.
The Ferree Z60, now with over 44 years experience and

providing both value and that rare commodity permanence.
2
11B
8
3B
5A
DENT MACHINE
Dent machine
10
11A
9A
9B
14A
15
14
3A
12
4
The Z60 dent machine pictured above, which

has been in production for over 44 years, now
includes a big improvement. While we were
working on more ways to use our great power
discs Z60-24 thru 27 and the Z60-28 thru 30
rollers, Curtis Ferree designed and built a fitting
which allows the quill assembly to be moved up
or down more quickly. Current models are being
shipped with this quick release included. This
makes the Z60 more ambidextrous in operation
and takes less space. If you have an older model,
you can ship in the old Z60 frame for the
Z60-1U update.
The Z60 is a very forgiving unit and will allow
you to be a little off without causing a major
problem. The keys to its longevity are that it was
NOT designed to become obsolete and is VERY
USER FRIENDLY. The Z60 and its
accessories make you more efficient and
profitable.
Many special use tools have been made for this
great machine. It used to pay for itself in a year,
just through time saving. Now it only takes
about 6 months for it to pay for itself(if you have
work to do) thru amortizing your cost faster.
13
The purchase price is actually lower now in

REAL dollars AND using all the new speedy
tooling that has been developed in the last few
years will contribute to a better finish job. The
more of the new toys you get, the quicker they
will all pay for themselves.
The individual Z60 parts, both included
(shown above) and optional, are listed on the
following 7 pages.
Z60 Dent Machine
*NEW* QUICK RELEASE IS NOW
STANDARD EQUIPMENT
Quick release update. Send
in your old Z60 frame and
we update it. It will also be
realigned as part of the
update. Realignment is
included in the update cost.
Z60-1U Quick Release

Update
Close up picture of
Quick Release
DENT MACHINE
Dent machine accessories

*NEW* Z6 POLYLUBE
SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT
This lubricant is mandatory when using aluminum
balls! It makes all of the power discs work better
too. Its important to use the NEW Z6 synthetic
lubricant in all friction producing actions. This
stuff, when mixed with YOUR petroleum jelly is
GREAT! It makes all your movements much easier;
burnishing, rubbing or contouring. It also tends not
to allow as much or any scratching of the raw brass
or a lacquered surface, and is very good with silver
plated surfaces too. Supplied in a 4 oz. can.
Z6
Z6A
Z6B
Polylube Synthetic Lubricant

Pint
Quart
Early photo of Ferrees retail store when

it was on Calhoun St. in Battle Creek, MI
and the delivery vehicle.
Parts below thru Z60-15 come with the Z60.

Z60-1
Frame for Z60 w/speed adjust
Z60-2
Pressure adjustment wheel
Z60-3A
LG. circular burnishing wheel
Z60-3B
SM. circular burnishing wheel
Z60-4
Long round tube
Z60-5A
Large Ball
Z60-6
Shoe for SM horns-most contour
Z60-7
Shoe for LG horns-least contour
Z60-8
Bolt for locking forked arm in place
Z60-9A
Curved arm w/SM straight roller

(arm only)
Z60-9B
Curved arm w/SM straight roller

(roller only)
Z60-10
Forked arm
Z60-11A
Large straight roller
Z60-11B
Curved roller
Z60-12
Tapered trumpet mandrel held in

frame
Z60-13
Tapered cornet mandrel
Z60-14
Straight mandrel
Z60-15
Tapered trombone mandrel
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR Z60

Z60-14D
Trumpet stem mandrel
Z60-16A
Sax roller
Z60-16B
Sax roller wheel
Z60-17
Extra wide Sousa bell flair roller
Z60-17A
Forked arm
Z60-17B
Roller only
Z60-18
Small 1 radius Sousa branch roller
Z60-19
Med. 1-5/8 Sousa branch roller
Z60-21
Sousa bell shoe
See next pages for additional parts for Z60.
SLUG & ADAPTORS

FOR Z60-14
STRAIGHT MANDREL
*NEW* Z60-22
DENT ROD
3 long version of Z60-14
which is standard. Gives extra
reach for tenor sax and tuba
bells. Used with Z60-22A Arm.
DENT MACHINE
Z60-22 Dent Rod
*NEW* Z60-22A
*NEW* Z60-14A
EXTENDED CURVED ARM
STANDARD 5/8 SLUG

This is the standard replacement Ferree Bayonet
Mount Standard 5/8 slug.
Z60-22A
Z60-14A Standard 5/8 Slug
*NEW* Z60-14B
Z60-36A
3/8-16 THREADED INSERT

Z60-14B 3/8-16 Threaded Insert
1/2-13 THREADED INSERT

This is the 1/2-13 threaded adaptor to use your
N80D and N80E balls on your Zmachine.
Z60-14C 1/2-13 Threaded Insert
*NEW* Z60-14D
TRUMPET STEM MANDREL
This mandrel is for use in the stem or tail of the
cornet or trumpet bell. Used with Z60-36A and
Z60-36B rollers.
Z60-23
BURNISHING RING 4-1/2
This
4-1/2,
medium burnishing
wheel was made to
fill
the
gap
between the Z60-3A
and
Z60-3B,
supplied
standard
with the Z60 machine.
Z60-23 Burnishing Ring
Z60-14D Trumpet Stem Mandrel
Z60-14U
(shown with Z60-36A Roller)
Z60-22A Curved Arm
This is the 3/8-16 threaded adaptor to use your

N80C balls.
*NEW* Z60-14C
Longer version of the Z60-9A

Arm. Adds approximately 8
more reach or depth to the Z60.
Used with the Z60-22 Rod.
Z60-31
DENT MACHINE VISE
Send in your old Z60-14 to be updated. It will be

re-machined and refit with a new Z60-14A bayonet
5/8 slug made from harder, longer lasting steel.
This also allows changing the rod end to use the
many other tools developed to use the new open end.
See Z60-14B, 14C, 14D, 37, 38 and 39.
This handy vise fits on the end of

the Z60-14 rod, saving space.
Z60-31 Dent Machine Vise
3
DENT MACHINE

*NEW* Z60-25L
LOW PROFILE 3 DISC
Z60-24
1-1/4 POWER DISC
This was the 4th Power Disc in the series, it was
designed specifically for doing saxophone bell rims
of alto, tenor and
baritones, usually without
removing the bell, saving time. 1-1/4 Power Disc.
Same size as the

Z60-25, but low
profile for marching
units. Note: These
low profile units are
NOT
meant
to
replace the regular
power discs on a daily basis. They were designed and engineered for a
special purpose and are by necessity lighter duty
than the regular power discs, due to size
considerations. Low profile, 3 Power Disc for
marching brass.
Z60-25L Low Profile 3 Disc
Z60-24 1-1/4 Power Disc
Z60-25
3 POWER DISC
One of the first 3 Power Disc designs; this one is
for cornets, trumpets and other bells up to about 6
in diameter. 3 power disc.
Z60-25 3 Power Disc
Z60-26
4 POWER DISC
Again, one of the first 3, this size is for bells over
6 in diameter, like trombone, baritone/euphonium,
French horn, small tuba and sousaphone. 4 Power
Disc.
Z60-26 4 Power Disc
Z60-27
5 POWER DISC
Last of the first 3, this one is almost exclusively for
the outer 4 of an old style wide flared tuba and most
sousaphones. Once you are 4 or so from the bead
you must switch to the Z60-26 diameter. 5 power
disc, outer 4 of old tubas and sousa bells.
Z60-27 5 Power Disc
*NEW* Z60-26L
LOW PROFILE 4 DISC
Same size as Z60-26, but low profile for larger
marching units. Note: These low profile units are
NOT meant to replace the regular power discs on a
daily basis. They were designed and engineered for
this special purpose and are by necessity lighter duty
than the regular power discs, due to size
considerations. 4 low profile power disc for larger
marching units.
Z60-26L Low Profile 4 Disc
*NEW* Z60-25AL
LOW PROFILE POWER DISC
Smaller than the
Z60-25 this special
low profile Power
Disc is for old style
cornets and piccolo
trumpets.
Also,
orchestral pitches,
D, Eb, etc. 2-1/2 low profile power disc.
Z60-25AL Low Profile Power Disc
Notes from customers:

Your sage advice is always welcome. I really
do appreciate your time and energy in helping
me when I have these questions...Richard.
Z60-28
5 ROLLER
This 5 roller
gives full support
for rolling larger
diameter bells for
trombone
and
larger,
especially
helpful for French
horn bells which are
thinner and need the support. Helps avoid putting
creases in the bell, if you accidentally relax or
drop the work area down. This is a 5 insurance
roller for French Horn.
*NEW* Z60-32 30 DEGREE ARM

AND
*NEW* Z60-33 7 ROLLER
DENT MACHINE
Z60-28 5 Roller
Imagine, if you will, the machine thrown over your

shoulder like a set of bagpipes, so that you can
better attend to the matters at hand. No more
interference of the bell running up against the quill
or the arm setting nut. More freedom than you could
have ever thought.
This ALL NEW combination allows you to go so
deep into a bell that you actually can pass the flair
and get into the tapered stack to remove kinks and
slash dents ( youll be tempted to go farther).
The new Z60-32 deep finishing, 30 Degree Arm
moves the support arm and business end of the
machine back over your shoulder so that is
completely OUT OF THE WAY.
The new Z60-33, 7 Inch Roller was developed
for tubas and provides that extra measure of
security that you need when you have an uneven
distribution of weight most large brass instruments
have. The bigger the horn the bigger the influence of
this phenomena. After much testing of the 30
degree arm it was determined it could benefit from
a deeper reaching roller that also could extend back
to the arm for support. The new Z60-33 will be
riding NEXT TO the deep finishing arm and still
reach an extra inch into the bell, to pass the point of
tangency, so you dont accidentally crease the bell
from inside out, if you relax too much. This arm
also works well with the Z60-28 on French Horns,
baritones and euphoniums.
I have been thoroughly satisfied with

everything I have bought from Ferrees so far.
Thank you!...Tom.
Z60-32
Z60-33
Z60-29
TAPERED SLIM ROLLER
This tapered slim
roller creates a work
area inside the small
cornet and trumpet
sized bells for the
same reasons noted in
Z60-28.
Z60-29 Tapered Slim Roller
Z60-30
CONVEX ROLLER
The convex roller
was designed for
use with all
saxophone bell flares,
you will see the
work patterns develop in 3
different areas.
Z60-30 Convex Roller
30 Arm
7 Roller
Fax: 269-965-7719
DENT MACHINE

*NEW* Z60-36
*NEW* Z60-37
1-1/4 CURVED ROLLER
TROMBONE SLIDE DENT ROLLER
This roller was

necessary to properly
utilize the Z61-11 tuba
arm by allowing you
to go under the
tubing for complete
360 degree coverage
of the outside diameter of the tubing being worked
on. 1-1/4 curved roller for inside tuba branches.
These tools work on

the same principle as
the N87A trombone
pliers but were made
for repairmen without
a lot of hand strength.
A little slower to
operate than the pliers, they still do the same fine
job.
Z60-36 Curved Roller
*NEW* DOUBLE RADII

ROLLERS
Z60-37 Trombone Slide Dent Roller
*NEW* Z60-38
FLUTE HEAD MANDREL
This is a flute head joint
mandrel for the Z60-14,
similar to the N75. Use with P1
Precision Flute Roller.
Z60-38 Flute Head

Mandrel
Z60-36A & B shown with Z60-14D
Z60-36A
SMALL TRUMPET STEM ROLLER
This double radii roller was the first step in
addressing the cornet and trumpet bell stem
tubing. Does both sides of the bow.
Z60-36A Small Trumpet Stem Roller
Z60-36B
LARGE TRUMPET STEM ROLLER
This double radii roller was a continuum for
cornet and trumpet bells and also a new world for
the trombone work they fit. Does from the tuning
slide to the engraving, using the Z60-15 mandrel
that comes with the Z60.
*NEW* Z60-39
FLUTE BODY
MANDREL
This is a flute body
mandrel for the Z60-14, similar to the N76. Use with Z60-50, Tone Hole Body
Burnishing Set.
Z60-39 Flute Body Mandrel
*NEW* Z60-40
ADJUSTABLE STRUT
Z60-36B Large Trumpet Stem Roller
*NEW* Z60-14D
TRUMPET STEM MANDREL
This mandrel is for use in the stem or tail of the
cornet or trumpet bell. Used with the Z60-36A and
Z60-36B rollers.
Z60-14D Trumpet Stem Mandrel
The stability strut was made to stiffen the frame,

NOT normally required; unless you are using the
Z60-22, Z60-50 or old hard sousaphones.
Z60-40 Adjustable Strut
*NEW* Z60-50
TONE HOLE BODY
BURNISHING SET
Already nicknamed the finger tool by our
customers, the Z60-50 is a sax (and flute) tone hole
and bore tool. New in 2007 was this great Old
Skool method for removing dents and distortion
from between AND around tone holes. Originally
developed for saxophone, the tools can also be used
with the Z60-39 flute body mandrel. Helps avoid
having to file down tone holes to get them
level, preserving the horn, by restoring
the original diameter of the sax or flute body to bring
up the low sides. Look at website for more
information.
DENT MACHINE
Z60-50 Tone Hole Body Burnishing Set
7
DENT MACHINE

*NEW* Z60S BENCH
MOUNT STAND
Now, you can use your Z60 right off your existing
heavy bench. This stand is made of heavy duty
construction and its offset so that you can use the
safety recommended Z61-6 counterweight, to eliminate any unintended flop since the stand
allows
for full rotation of the Z60. This makes it easier to
utilize the new 30 degree deep finishing arm and 5
or 7 roller combo on the Baritone, Euphonium,
French horn and/or Sousa and Tuba bells you are
doing.
Additionally, this makes it less expensive for those
who are building a single instrument specific
machine; like we have set up for so many of these
smaller shops over the last few years; trumpet only,
trombone only, French horn only, saxophone only
and tuba only whatever YOU want.
This way, YOU CAN ADD ON any other tools
later, as your experience and opportunity allow, and
not limit your potential. NO DEAD ENDS, here!
NO limited use tools. FULL USE!!
Z60S Bench Mount Stand

Z61-6 Counterweight

But all in all-this was the best investment
Ive made since opening my business. And I
really appreciate the help in getting financial
terms to pay for it. You guys Rock!...Brett.
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

Ph:800-253-2261 Fax:269-965-7719
*NEW* Z61S FLOOR

MOUNT STAND
Get your Z60 out
from under your
bench, off the shelf
or out of the closet
and put it where it
can save you time
and make you money.
In our travels we
have discovered that
many of the 800 or
so
Z60
Dent
Machine tops that
were purchased with
NO Z61 bottom
section are STORED under benches or up on
shelves, until needed. And then, when the need does
arise, sometimes its just too much trouble or it
takes too long, to get it out or down, install it in the
usually mal-fitting or otherwise occupied bench
vise, set it up and do the job. This NEW Z61S Floor
Mount Stand cures all of that!
This stand is made of heavy duty construction and
its offset so that you can use the safety
recommended Z61-6 counterweight to eliminate any
unintended flop. This makes it easier to utilize the
new 30 degree deep finishing arm and 5 or 7 roller combo on the Baritone, Euphonium, French horn
and/or Sousa and Tuba bells you are doing.
SPECIAL NOTE: If you buy this Z61S stand and
decide you should have bought a Z61 or Z61E base
within one year, we will give you FULL CREDIT
for what you paid for the Z61S, when you return it,
undamaged, towards the Z61 or Z61E.
Z61S Floor Mount Stand

Z61-6 Counterweight

BTW-your slogan is right on...the copies
of Ferrees tools are nearly always inferior
and
more
costly...they
aint
better
mousetraps!...Tom, TN.
Z61E BASE
Z61 BASE
4
1
6
5B
3
3C
11
15C
DENT MACHINE
Dent machine bases
15B
15A
3C
5B
8
The Z61 base for the Z60 dent machine

consists of:
(7) Dent machine Base
(1) 1 x 40 curved rod
(2) 1-1/4 x 40 curved rod
(3) 1-1/4 x 36 curved rod
(3C) 2-3/8 ball
(5B) 1-1/16 ball
(4) Brake and 2 locks
(5) Mandrel clamp
(6) Counterweight
(8) Setting nut
The Z60 dent machine is the top portion of a
complete dent machine. There are two bottoms;
one for sousaphone work (Z61) and the other for
tuba work (Z61E). These bases are to do specific
low brass work depending on what is generally
used in your geographic area or what you prefer
working on.
If, you DO NOT INTEND to do low brass work,
other than the bell and straight portions of the
branches, we would recommend you using the new
Z61S Floor mount stand or the newest Z60S Bench
mount stand. These new stands hold the main Z60
frame that does most of the work, firmly and at the
proper height, for ease of operation.
The Z61E European base for the Z60 dent

machine consists of:
(7) Dent Machine Base (6) Counterweight
(11) Adjustable Arm
(8) Setting nut
(15A) 3 extension
(15B) 6 extension
(15C) 9 extension
(3C) 2-3/8 ball
(5B) 1-1/16 ball
(4) Brake and 2 locks
(5) Mandrel clamp
If you call, Ferrees will make either of these
stands to fit the operator. This way the Z60 will be
at the perfect height for you to be at your best. As a
rule of thumb, when you are standing up, your
elbow should line up with the main working rod.
The Z61 is outfitted with 3 steel rods that are
intended to do sousaphone branches. The Z61E is
outfitted with the new Z61-11 adjustable rod to do
tuba bottom bows. It is necessary, to do a good job,
to acquire the optional Z61-13S aluminum ball set.
If you are going to do both sousa and tuba work,
the most economical way to purchase the machine
is to order the Z61E base and add just the Z61-1
and Z61-2 rods from the Z61 setup.
9
DENT MACHINE

Z61-8 WINGED SETTING NUT
Much quicker and a great replacement winged

setting nut for mandrel clamp. Standard
equipment on new models.
Z61-8 Winged Setting Nut
Z61-9 FILL-IN BALLS

FOR Z60, Z61 and Z61E
HARD ALUMINUM Z61-13 BALLS
These new, larger hard aluminum balls are sized as

a continuation of our regular steel N80D & E round
ball sets. These balls are exclusively intended for
use with the Z61E dent machine and are NOT meant
to be hammered on. They provide a better fit for
maximum coverage to preserve contour under the
dented area while rolling out the dents. Our new Z6
synthetic lubricant mixed with your petroleum jelly
is MANDATORY when using these balls.
Z61-13S
Z61-13A
Z61-13B
Z61-13C
Z61-13D
Set of 4, Hard Aluminum Balls

2-3/4 Ball
3 Ball
3-1/4 Ball
3-1/2 Ball
Z6 POLYLUBE
SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT
These balls fill in between the balls that
come standard with the Z60 and Z61 setups.
Z61-9A, 1-1/4 ball, bayonet mount
Z61-9B, 1-1/2 ball, bayonet mount
Z61-9C, 2 ball, bayonet mount
Z61-9D, 2-7/8 ball, bayonet mount
Z61-11 ARTICULATED
TUBA ROD
This lubricant is mandatory when using aluminum

balls! It makes all of the power discs work better
too. Its important to use the NEW Z6 synthetic
lubricant in all friction producing actions. This stuff,
when mixed with YOUR petroleum jelly is
GREAT! It makes all your movements much easier;
burnishing, rubbing or contouring. It also tends not
to allow as much or any scratching of the raw brass
or a lacquered surface, and is very good with silver
plated surfaces too. Supplied in a 4 oz. can.
Z6 Polylube Synthetic Lubricant 4oz

Z6A Pint
Z61-16 BASE VISE
This adjustable rod has

been standard equipment
on the Z61E since its first
day. It makes the Z61 into
a Z61E.
Z61-11
10
Articulated
Tuba Rod
A good rod vise to mount and use in the Z61s

mandrel clamp.
Z61-16
Base Vise
J88 CORROSION CRACKER

PENETRATING OIL
Our
Ferrees
Corrosion
Cracker
Penetrating Oil is
unbelievable. We put
it on a cornet 1st
valve slide that had
been stuck for years.
After allowing it to
set overnight, the
slide was REMOVED BY HAND, using no tools
whatsoever. A recent scientific discovery reduces
surface tension so that this amazing solvent creeps
into openings as small as ONE MILLIONTH OF
AN INCH. Some parts can be loosened
immediately, others may require a little more time
for the oil to work its way to the full length. BUT
it will work!
You can loosen valve and tuning slides, stuck or
slow moving woodwind keys and stack rods, nuts,
bolts, studs, screws, pulleys, shafts, bearings, pipe
threads, valve guides or any other corroded metal
parts. You can lubricate air driven tools, remove
rust, gummed oil and grease. Cant ship by mail.
J88A 2oz (58 ml) Corrosion Cracker Oil

with a G23 Bench Oiler
J88B Refill of 1 pt (473 ml) Corrosion
Cracker oil
E90 TUNING SLIDE PLIERS
BRASSWIND TOOLS
BRASSWIND TOOLS
These are the finest tools on the market for

removing stubborn, corroded tuning slides on brass
instruments.
The process is very easy. Just fit the sharp edge of
the plier into the gap between the inner and outer
slide as far as possible. Set the safety screw so the
tubing cant accidentally be crushed by hand
pressure. Then, by tapping on the opposite side of the
tool with a rawhide mallet, while applying pressure
to the handles the slide will break loose and move.
Penetrating oil, such as J88 Corrosion Cracker Oil,
should always be applied to the affected slide area
before any slide removal method is tried.
E90 Cornet Tuning Slide Removal Pliers

(Cornet-Trumpet)
E92 Baritone Tuning Slide Removal Pliers
(14-18mm)
E94 Sousaphone Tuning Slide Removal Pliers
(18-21mm)
VISITORS
VISITORS
Loyal Ferrees customer

Julian Bush (from Tasmania, AU) visits with
Katherine & Roger
Professor Emeritus of Music and Chairman

of Brass at MSU, Byron Autrey, visits
Ferrees often.
11
BRASSWIND TOOLS
BRASSWIND TOOLS
N98 VALVE LAPPING MACHINE
F10 DENT HAMMERS
The N98 Valve

Lapping Machine is
extremely
useful
even if your shop
doesnt
rebuild
valves. After a bent
valve has been
straightened, and is
working, first be sure the valve guide or star is
removed. Then:
Install the valve stem in the chuck, included with a
chuck key so you can control the tightness.
Use about a 1/4 (6.4mm) diameter drop of L58
Ultra Smooth Lapping Compound and spread it all
over the valve.
As the valve turns in the motor, carefully work the
casing slowly back and forth over the valve from the
top and bottom ends of the casing.
Continue with this lapping process for about one
minute, then
Clean the valve thoroughly
For brass instrument

repair,
including
saxophones and other
metal
parts
on
woodwinds.
Five
different sizes, various
shapes for dent work.
The
hammers
are
available individually
or in a set of 5. The heads are hardened steel. The
handles are user friendly.
ITEM
F10A
F10B
F10C
F10D
F10E
F10A
F10B
F10C
Now you will find that although you have removed F10D
only a minute amount of plating from the valve, the F10E
valve has a nice broken in feeling.
F10S
The machine is also very good to use for sanding F10H
neck corks held on an E8 Sax Neck Holder.
N98 Valve Lapping Machine (66rpm)

(Available in 120 volts only)
N20 VALVE LAPPING BLOCKS
Used for lapping-in newly replaced or repaired

valves.
N20
N21
N22
N23
N24
12
Cornet/Trumpet, 5/8 (14.9mm)

Small Baritone, 11/16 (17.5mm)
Large Baritone, 3/4 (19mm)
Small Bass, 15/16 (23.8mm)
Large Bass, 1-1/16 (27mm)
N20-24 Set of 5 blocks listed above
HEAD SIZE HEAD SIZE

7/16
9/16
1/2
3/4
1-1/8
1
1-3/16
1/2
3/4
1-1/8
WIDTH
1-1/2
1-7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
Dent Hammer
Dent Hammer
Dent Hammer
Dent Hammer
Dent Hammer
Set of 5 Dent Hammers
Replacement Handle for Dent
Hammers
L58 ULTRA SMOOTH

LAPPING COMPOUND
This is a lapping compound made with a natural
abrasive. It may be safely used on brass without the
worry of any abrasive residue being left behind. The
extremely fine grit will polish the roughness out of
valve casings or tuning slides for smooth action.
Especially useful when used with the N58 Valve
Mandrels, the N28 Valve sleeves or the N98 Valve
Lapping Machine. The Lapping Compound should be
cleaned from the surface using Z10 Cold Cleaner.
800 grit leaves nice monel appearing finish.
L58 Lapping Compound, 4 oz (113 g)
H90 PUMICE
Fine flour pumice for lapping and polishing.
H90 Pumice in 1 LB bags
N57 BARREL TYPE

DENT BALL SETS
N57G, 101 steel dent balls and 5 brass drivers.

Graduated in size from .250 (6.4mm)
thru .750 (19mm) in .005 (.127mm) steps.
Includes storage case. Drilled to accept most of
our cable tools, some may need further drilling. See
additional sets and balls below.
N57G
N57GDBL
N57AG
N57GH
N57AGH
N57AGL
N57C
N57CD
N57D
N57GL
N57X
101 Dent Balls, ground finish

(includes 5 drivers)
202 Dent Balls in double case
Indv. Balls, ground finish
(State Size)
101 Dent Balls, 1/2 sizes, ground
finish
Indv. Balls, 1/2 sizes,
ground finish (State Size)
Indv. Balls .760 thru 1.000
Case only for Ball sets
Double Case for both sets
Set of 5 Drivers
25 Sizes in .010 grads. .760 to
1.000
Set of 4 dent balls, ground finish
.755, .760, .765, .770
N65 BARREL SHAPED

DENT BALL SET
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
A set of 10 barrel shaped dent balls are threaded to

fit any Ferree dent rod that will hold the N80D or E
round dent balls.
These rods include the N31, N32, N34, N67, N74
Dent Rods and N88 Sousa Hand Dent Rod. Adding the
N65 barrel shaped balls to your shop dramatically
increases the uses for all of the dent rods listed above.
The set, consists of 10 balls, ranging in size from
1.125
(28.6mm)
thru
2.250
(57.2mm)
in .125 (3.2mm) steps (1/2-13 thread).
N65S Large Barrel Shaped Dent Ball Set of 10
N65A Indv. Balls (Specify Size)
N65H Dent Ball Holder
N59 PENCIL MAGNET
Used to locate a dent ball in brass tubing.
N59
Pencil Magnet
G7 MAGNETIC SCRIBER
*The N57X balls are not included in N57G set.

*The N57G comes in a case.
*The N57G & N57GH combo are available in the
N57CD case by request, which is suggested for ease of
use
*The N57GH is available in the N57CD case by
request for just the difference in cost.
A NOTE ON BALLS IN
HALF SIZE GRADUATIONS
These balls help provide a more precise fit, because
many new instruments are thinner than they used to be,
these in between sized balls allow removal of dents
without over expanding the tubing.
They produce a better finish especially in the new
French Horns, trombones and trumpets.
This scriber has a tungsten carbide tip, with a

permanent magnet on the other end. The point
reverses for safety. Can be used to touch up
engraving or mark identifying numbers on tools,
motors and other property.
G7 Scriber with magnet

G7A Replacement Point
13
BRASSWIND TOOLS
14
Brasswind tools
N80 BALL TYPE DENT BALL SETS
These dent balls are designed spherically, so there
is no possibility of making
lateral ridges in the tubing.
Made of chrome steel with
a satin sandblast finish.
This finish has minute
pores which hold Vaseline
(or any other lubricant)
longer for easy use in
tubing.
N80A Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80AS Set of 3 balls in the sizes: 5/16 (7.9mm),
3/8 (9.5mm), 7/16 (11.1mm). Use on the
N54 Knuckle Tools, the N68 Right Angle
Mandrel and the N91B Tapered Mandrel
(10-24 thread).
N80B Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80BS Set of 5 balls in the sizes: 7/16 (11.1mm),
1/2
(12.7mm),
9/16
(14.3mm),
5/8 (14.9mm), 11/16 (17.5mm). Use on
N55 Knuckle Tools, the N73 Gooseneck
Rod and the N124 French Horn Dent
Rods (1/4-24 thread).
N80C Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80CS Set of 6 balls in the sizes: 3/4 (19mm),
13/16 (20.6mm), 7/8 (22.2mm), 15/16
(23.8mm), 1 (25.4mm), 1-1/16 (27mm).
Use on N31, N32, N33, N70, N71, N74
Dent rods and the N72 Body Bow dent
Remover (3/8-16 thread).
N80D Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80DS Set of 4 balls in the sizes:
1-1/8 (28.6mm), 1-1/4 (31.8mm),
1-3/8 (34.9mm), 1-1/2 (38.1mm). Use
N31, N32, N33, N34, N67, N69, N74 Dent
Rods and the N88 Sousa Hand Dent Rod
(1/2-13 thread).
N80E Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80ES Set of 4 balls in the sizes:
1-3/4 (44.5mm), 2 (50.8mm),
2-1/4 (57.2mm), 2-1/2 (63.5mm). Used
on the same dent rods as the N80D set, but
has larger sized balls (1/2-13 thread).
N82 DENT BALL MOUNTNG PLATE
Steel plate with threaded bolts attached to receive

all balls listed in the N80A thru N80E sets. A good
storage rack that can be hung on the wall or fastened
to the bench.
N82
Dent Ball Mounting Plate
N84S WENDELL SCIENTIFIC

DENT BALL SET
The design of these unique balls comes from the

archives of the old Erick Brand Company. They were
called Wendel Scientific Dent Balls. The shape of the
balls resembles an old fashioned beehive or dome.
The tip is not round or oval, the shape is a
combination of curves that makes dents push up
easily but also leaves a flat area at the back of the ball
for dent hammer work.
The balls have a 1/2-13 thread so they will screw
on your existing N31, N32, N33, N34, N67, N69 and
N74 dent rods. There are 6 balls in the set. The
diameters are 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, and 3.
These balls will work on saxophones, French horns,
trombones, baritones and basses. They are made from
high quality steel with a satin finish.
N84S Dent Ball set of 6

N84H Mounting Plate for N84S
N62 LARGER BARREL TYPE DENT

BALL SETS
P86 PRITCHARD CABLE

SYSTEM
The larger sets listed below greatly increase your

work
range.
The
regular
sets
increase
in .025 (.635mm) steps. The half size sets allow for
much finer work if used with the regular sets. The
combination cuts the size of range between balls
to .0125 (.3175mm). Pre-drilled to accept all of our
cable tools.
The P86 Pritchard Cable System is a modification

of the P84 Tuba cable System developed by Bill
Pritchard many years ago to use the cable system with
the medium N62, N63 and N64 sized balls for
baritone and euphonium sized tubing.
REGULAR SIZE SETS
The threaded steel

driver balls are made
in four sizes. The process is to use the largest driver ball you can
get through the tube
as it will be the one
that drives the work
ball back out.
The stroke cables are the cables that go between the
driver balls and that hold the work ball. The work ball
is moved by pulling the draw cables back and forth.
When the draw cable is sharply pulled, the driver
ball strikes the work ball to move it under the dent
and after the work is done the other driver ball strikes
the work ball on the other side to remove it. The driver balls are controlled by your pulling one of the draw
cables in a sharp motion, either way.
The length of the stroke cable is determined by the
length of the ball and the dent itself. The swivel
makes the system easy to use. The swivel helps keep
the cables from getting twisted and tangled when
screwing the tool together or changing ball sizes.
N62A Indv. balls from set below

N62AS 20 balls, .025 (.64mm) steps. .775
(19.7mm) thru .1250 (31.8mm)
N63A Indv. Balls from set below
N63AS 20 balls, .025 (.64mm) steps. 1.275-1.750
N64A Indv. balls from set below
N64AS 20 balls, .025 (.64mm) steps. 1.775-2.250
*NEW* HALF SIZE SETS

N62B
N62BS
N63B
N63BS
N64B
N64BS
(Half sizes for the sets listed above)

Indv. balls from set below
20 balls, .025 (.64mm) steps. .7625
(19.4mm) thru 1.2375 (31.4mm)
20 balls, .025 (.64mm) steps. 1.2625
(32.1mm) thru 1.7375 (44.1mm)
20 balls, .025 (.64mm) steps. 1.7625
(44.8mm) thru 2.2375 (56.8mm)
N89 ROD
THREAD ADAPTORS
*2-7 foot long nylon cables with T handles

*4-threaded steel driver balls
*4- different length of stroke cables
P86
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
Pritchard Cable System
P81 TRADITIONAL BARREL

DENT BALL SET
Our threaded adaptors will help you when you

have a ball with a 1/2 hole that you want to fit on a
rod with 3/8 threads or screw a 3/8 threaded ball
on a rod with 1/2 threads. These adaptors will keep
continuity of size.
N89A Converts 3/8 to Hold 1/2 Balls

N89B Converts 1/2 to Hold 3/8 Balls
Barrel type dent balls made of solid steel

predrilled to accept our cable tools. These balls
bridge between the N64A and the P82 wooden
tuba balls. Maintains .025 (.64mm) graduation.
#1 - 2.275
#2 - 2.300
#3 - 2.325
#4 - 2.350
#5 - 2.375
#6 - 2.400
#7 - 2.425
#8 - 2.450
#9 - 2.475
P81S Set of 9 Dent Balls

P81 Individual ball - state size
15
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
P82 LIGHTWEIGHT
TUBA DENT BALLS
TUBA DENT BALLS NUMBER AND SIZE

Item # Size
In the universal search to find better methods

to do better work, Ferrees developed this
system of lightweight wooden dent balls with a
center of steel, covering about the middle third
of the ball area; providing a nice large work area. (U.S. patent #4727745)
In the history of brass repair, many materials
have been tried for making good workable dent
balls. In every instance, it was determined that
only steel was satisfactory for the best results.
However, when you are dealing with dent
balls of this large a proportion, weight becomes
an issue. Steel balls this size would be
unusable. Hence, Cliffs lightweight woodies.
A Note On Pricing
For example all of the balls listed under P82A
(size 2-1/2 thru 2-7/8) are priced the same,
the price in the price list is for EACH
INDIVIDUAL SIZED BALL. only. A complete
set is available as P82S.
P82A NO. 1-13 Tuba Dent Balls 2-1/2 thru
2-7/8 (63.5mm thru 73mm)
P82B NO. 14-26 Tuba Dent Balls 2-29/32
thru 3-9/32 (73.8mm thru 83.3mm)
P82C NO. 27-39 Tuba Dent Balls 3-5/16
thru 3-11/16 (84.1mm thru 93.7mm)
P82D NO. 40-52 Tuba Dent Balls 3-23/32
thru 4-3/32 (94.5mm thru 104mm)
P82E NO. 53-65 Tuba Dent Balls 4-1/8
thru 4-1/2 (104.8mm thru 114.3mm)
P82F NO. 66-73 Tuba Dent Balls 4-9/16
thru 5 (115.9mm thru 12.7mm)
P82S Complete Set of all 73 of the P82 Dent
Balls
P82A-1
P82A-2
P82A-3
P82A-4
P82A-5
P82A-6
P82A-7
P82A-8
P82A-9
P82A-10
P82A-11
P82A-12
P82A-13
P82B-14
P82B-15
P82B-16
P82B-17
P82B-18
P82B-19
P82B-20
P82B-21
P82B-22
P82B-23
P82B-24
2-1/2
2-17/32
2-9/16
2-19/32
2-5/8
2-21/32
2-11/16
2-23/32
2-3/4
2-25/32
2-13/16
2-27/32
2-7/8
2-29/32
2-15/16
2-31/32
3
3-1/32
3-1/16
3-3/32
3-1/8
3-5/32
3-3/16
3-7/32
P82B-25
P82B-26
P82C-27
P82C-28
P82C-29
P82C-30
P82C-31
P82C-32
P82C-33
P82C-34
P82C-35
P82C-36
P82C-37
P82C-38
P82C-39
P82D-40
P82D-41
P82D-42
P82D-43
P82D-44
P82D-45
P82D-46
P82D-47
P82D-48
3-1/4
3-9/32
3-5/16
3-11/32
3-3/8
3-13/32
3-7/16
3-15/32
3-1/2
3-17/32
3-9/16
3-19/32
3-5/8
3-21/32
3-11/16
3-23/32
3-3/4
3-25/32
3-13/16
3-27/32
3-7/8
3-29/32
3-15/16
3-31/32
P82D-49
P82D-50
P82D-51
P82D-52
P82E-53
P82E-54
P82E-55
P82E-56
P82E-57
P82E-58
P82E-59
P82E-60
P82E-61
P82E-62
P82E-63
P82E-64
P82E-65
P82F-66
P82F-67
P82F-68
P82F-69
P82F-70
P82F-71
P82F-72
P82F-73
4
4-1/32
4-1/16
4-3/32
4-1/8
4-5/32
4-3/16
4-7/32
4-1/4
4-9/32
4-5/16
4-11/32
4-3/8
4-13/32
4-7/16
4-15/32
4-1/2
4-9/16
4-5/8
4-11/16
4-3/4
4-13/16
4-7/8
4-15/16
5
TUBA DENT BALLS NUMBER AND SIZE

CHART IN METRIC
Item # Size
P82A-1
P82A-2
P82A-3
P82A-4
P82A-5
P82A-6
P82A-7
P82A-8
P82A-9
P82A-10
P82A-11
P82A-12
P82A-13
P82B-14
P82B-15
P82B-16
P82B-17
P82B-18
P82B-19
P82B-20
P82B-21
P82B-22
P82B-23
P82B-24
64.50mm
64.29mm
65.09mm
65.88mm
66.68mm
67.47mm
68.26mm
69.05mm
69.85mm
70.64mm
71.44mm
72.23mm
73.03mm
73.82mm
74.61mm
75.40mm
76.20mm
76.99mm
77.79mm
78.58mm
79.38mm
80.17mm
80.96mm
81.75mm
16
P82B-25
P82B-26
P82C-27
P82C-28
P82C-29
P82C-30
P82C-31
P82C-32
P82C-33
P82C-34
P82C-35
P82C-36
P82C-37
P82C-38
P82C-39
P82D-40
P82D-41
P82D-42
P82D-43
P82D-44
P82D-45
P82D-46
P82D-47
P82D-48
82.55mm
83.34mm
84.14mm
84.93mm
85.73mm
86.52mm
87.31mm
88.10mm
88.90mm
89.69mm
90.49mm
91.28mm
92.08mm
92.87mm
93.66mm
9.45cm
9.53cm
9.60cm
9.69cm
9.76cm
9.84cm
9.92cm
10.00cm
10.08cm
P82D-49
P82D-50
P82D-51
P82D-52
P82E-53
P82E-54
P82E-55
P82E-56
P82E-57
P82E-58
P82E-59
P82E-60
P82E-61
P82E-62
P82E-63
P82E-64
P82E-65
P82F-66
P82F-67
P82F-68
P82F-69
P82F-70
P82F-71
P82F-72
P82F-73
10.16cm
10.24cm
10.32cm
10.40cm
10.48cm
10.56cm
10.64cm
10.72cm
10.80cm
10.87cm
10.95cm
11.03cm
11.11cm
11.19cm
11.27cm
11.35cm
11.43cm
11.59cm
11.75cm
11.90cm
12.06cm
12.22cm
12.38cm
12.54cm
12.70cm
P84 TUBA DENT REMOVAL

CABLE SYSTEM
P83 ROD TAYLOR

CABLE SET
Designed to be
used with the P82
Lightweight
Tuba
Dent
balls,
this
system consists of:
*2- 7 foot long nylon covered cables
*2- cable gripping aluminum handles
*5- threaded steel driver balls
*4- different length stroke cables
The handles are designed to slide up and down the
cable. When squeezed, they grip. They are strongly
constructed of aluminum and delrin, they wont come
off the cable, unless you disassemble them.
The threaded drivers are made in 5 sizes. Use the
heaviest driver ball you can get into the tube, which
will be the one that drives the work ball back out. It
takes 2 driver balls, 1 to drive it in and 1 to drive it
out.
The stroke cables are the cables that go between the
driver balls and hold the work ball. The length of the
stroke cable is determined by the length of the ball
and the dent itself.
The swivel makes the system easy to use. The
swivel helps keep the cables from getting twisted and
tangled when screwing together.
P84
Tuba Dent Removal System
H40 LEAD MELTING LADLE
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind TOOLS
Named for Rod Taylor of Taylors Band and

Orchestra in Akron, OH.
Rod pioneered using the larger P82 Wood balls, in
similar fashion to the way we have all used the
smaller steel balls for many years.
Several years ago, we made him a special cable so
that you could tunk the balls in a little further and
after the work is done, you can tunk the ball back
out very easily. If you hang the right weight driver
balls onto the cable properly, the natural strength or
tension of the cable will keep the balls suspended in
the air; so that they don't bang on the inside of the
bore.
There are 4 cables in the P83S set, 6 , 7, 8 and
9 in length, so that you can use the method over the
entire series of large barrel balls, including the steel
ones, which are smaller than the wooden P82s.
There are also two threaded brass retainers, one
for each end of the cable to keep everything
contained and make it faster for assembly and
disassembly, when changing ball sizes.
P83S
P83-6
P83-7
P83-8
P83-9
P83R
Rod Taylor Cable Set

6 Cable
7 Cable
8 Cable
9 Cable
Cable end only
Heavy 3/16 (4.75mm) formed steel ladle with

16 (40.6cm) long handle. For melting lead jaws
and lead pigs, or re-melting patch forming lead
block. Holds ample lead for filling any small
instrument tubing to before bending.
H40
Lead Melting Ladle
17
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N51 MOUTHPIECE ARBORS
Polishing
mouthpieces was never
easier than when
using these handy
arbors to spin the
mouthpiece in your
bench motor using F4
Silvo silver cleaner.
Also works as a mandrel to round out and
remove dents out of the mouthpiece shanks. Silvo
polishes the mouthpiece to look like new...no fine
scratches like after scratch brushing.
N51A Mouthpiece Arbor for Cornet or French
Horn
N51B Mouthpiece Arbor for Trumpet/
Trombone or Baritone
N51C Mouthpiece Arbor for Sousaphone
N51S Set of N51A, B and C
N15 MOUTHPIECE
SHANK ARBOR
G32 TROMBONE SLIDE

REMOVER COLLARS
The Trombone Slide Remover Collars are now

made with two size openings. The G32A set
is .600 (15.2mm) to fit regular trombones and the
G32B is .656 (16.7mm) for bass trombones. Both
sets consist of two tapered collars and one straight
wedge collar. The two tapered collars are inserted in
the crack between the threads and the nut on opposite
sides of the frozen joint. When pressed toward each
other they grow in thickness, forcing the bell section
apart from the slide section. If there is too much
space in the crack after the two tapered collars are
inserted, the straight wedge can be inserted as a shim.
Press together by hand, by tapping gently with a
rawhide mallet or by gently pressing in a vise.
G32A Slide Removal Collars for tenor Trombone
G32B Slide Removal Collars for Bass Trombone
The N15 Mouthpiece Shank Arbor is a stepped

and tapered steel shaft for rounding out the
different mouthpiece shanks. It will fit all sizes brass
instrument mouthpieces.
N15
Mouthpiece Shank Arbor
G35 TROMBONE CORK

BARREL SPACERS
This is a set of 3 brass wedges for aligning the
inner slide of a trombone with the cork barrel. Each
of the 3 sections has identical scribed reference
marks to aid in perfect alignment of the inside tube to
the cork barrel.
18
G35 Trombone Cork Barrel Spacer Tools,

Set of 3
G41 2 SIZES OF TROMBONE

BUMPER REMOVERS
Easiest possible method for removing stuck
cork and felt bumpers
from the
cork barrel.
Our Trombone Bumper
Removers specifically
designed for this job.
Slip the tool over the
inside slide, force the tip into the old felt or cork with
a twisting motion. Now, you may more easily withdraw the old bumper.
G41A For Tenor Trombone

G41B For Bass Trombone
P57 HOOK-BACK TOOL

A DRIVER/RETRIEVER FOR
FRENCH HORN
Another ball centered cable tool. This tool

offers more power and flexibility for French horn
dents in the hand grip area than ever before. It consists of the new P57A Power Handle, the necessary
ball segments and a special 5 stroke cable. You use
this tool with the N62AS(.775 to 1.250) and/or
N62BS ball sets. Then, to get smaller
than .775(19.7mm) you have to use your N57G set
which is .750 (19.0mm) and smaller. You may
want to use the N57X four ball set as blenders. All
P56 segments may be used with this tool also.
P57 Driver/Retriever for French Horns

P57A Handle Assembly
P53 TROMBONE
DENTBALL
DRIVER/RETRIEVER
This tool is great for removing abrasion dents or

ping dents in the bottom bow of a trombone
without taking it apart. It also allows for a little
English on the ball to hold it to the dent even
though the ball is .010 or .015- too small due to
the connection ring and hand slide ferrule soldering,
which shrinks the tubing leading to the bottom bow
disallowing a larger, proper ball. Not for dead end
smashes, which require removing the bow,
bowguard or cap and possibly annealing of the tube.
P53 Trombone Dent Ball Driver/Retriever

P53A Replacement cable only
P56 FRENCH HORN DENT BALL

DRIVER/RETRIEVER
MARCHING BRASS INSTRUMENTS
Imagine taking
the dents out of
the tapered tubing
of a French horn,
from the bell flare
to
the
valve
section, without
unsoldering
the
instrument! The need to realign the braces and
reassemble the horn is eliminated. The time needed
for dent work in these areas of the horn is a fraction
of what it used to be. The P56 can also be used with
marching brass instruments.
The P56 shares many of the same features, and
operates the same way as the P50 for cornets. The
big difference is that the P56 comes apart in
segments so that the length can be changed. Altering
the tool length allows the Repairman to reach any
damaged area while still enjoying precision
placement of the ball. (US Patent 4727744)
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
P56 Complete Kit for French Horn Bells

P56A 26-1/2 handle only with two stroke
cables, a small and a large w/ brass
balls.
P56 Segments may be purchased individually and
vary in length from 5 to 7
P56B Ball Segment B
P56C Ball Segment C
P56D Ball Segment D
P56E Ball Segment E
P56F Ball Segment F
P56G Ball Segment G(has sm and lg ends)
P56H Ball Segment H
P56J Replacement cable that holds the balls
for the P56A handle.
P56X Extension handle. With this handle, the
P56 can be used with the O28 French
Horn jig.
P56-SM Small Stroke Cable
P56-LG Large Stroke Cable
P56U Update for P56Send in old handle.
Segments B-F work with P56-LG large stroke cable
which is used with the N62 or N63 balls.
Segments G-H work with P56-SM small stroke cable
which is used with the N57 balls.
19
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
P51 TUBA MOUTHPIPE DENT
BALL DRIVER/RETRIEVER
DENT BALL HAMMERS

Trombone/Baritone & Cornet/Trumpet
This tool simplifies tuba mouthpipe dent removal

on American style tubas without requiring
unsoldering and removal of the mouthpipe tube.
To use the tool, remove the driver first. Then
insert the whole unit into the mouthpipe through the
mouthpiece receiver. The threaded end of the cable
will drop through into the valve casing. Next, slide
one, two, three, etc dent balls on the cable and
attach the largest driver ball that will fit into the
mouthpipe. Lubricate the dent balls with J88, Z6 or
similar lubricant. Feed the dent balls and driver into
the mouthpipe with your fingers. Do not try to pull
them into the mouthpipe with the cable as they may
mar the port edge. With a snapping back and forth
motion drive the dent balls through the dent. To
remove the dent balls use a back and forth
motion with the flexible driver, which will push
them into the valve casing. The procedure is
repeated as often as required to remove the dent or
dents. Does not work on short action valves.
Although alike in appearance and principle to the

other Dent Ball Driver/Retrievers, the P54 and P55
work slightly differently. The steel dent balls do not
attach to the cable as they do on the P50, P52 and
P56. The P54 and P55 are used strictly to drive the
dent ball in and out of the tuning slide. This takes the
place of shaking a driver
behind the dent ball and
possibly placing a lot of little
dents in the slide from the
inside. (US Patent #4727744)
Use N57G dent balls.
P51
Tuba Mouthpipe Dent Ball Driver

Retriever
P58 SAX NECK DRIVER

This tool removes
dents from between
where the rod and ball
stop coming in from
both ends in a tenor sax
neck. You can knock
out dents as easily as
on any baritone or
French horn, and quick.
20
P58
Sax Neck Driver only
P58C Set of 6 dent balls: .760 thru .860
P58D Set of 6 dent balls: .770 thru .870
P54
Trombone
and
Baritone Dent Ball
Hammer
P54A Replacement
Cable
P55
Cornet and
Trumpet Dent Ball
Hammer
P55A Replacement Cable
All versions of Ferrees exclusive centered
cable by ball technology are covered by US
Patent #4727744.
~REPAIR TIP~
French Horn Stringing...It is important to
remember when stringing a rotor valve; that the
strings do not touch; as that increases wear and
binding up etc. They may work, despite this, but, try
to have them NOT touch; sometimes you can
achieve this by bending the angled, strung arm up or
down. On occasion, you have to bend the arm
toward or away from the stop arm. We call this,.
string over or string under as to where the
strings wind up.
*NEW* P50 DENT BALL HOLDER

DRIVER/RETRIEVER
P52 DENT BALL DRIVER/

RETRIEVER FOR CYLINDRICAL
TUBING AND FRENCH HORN
TUNING SLIDES
This model of
the Dent Ball
Driver/Retriever is
designed to be
used
in
the
irregular shaped
French
horn
tuning
slides.
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
However, many Repairmen

have told us the tool is
definitely not limited to tuning
slides on French horns. It
works very well for any
instruments
that
have
cylindrical tubing as well as
cornet mouthpipes.
No other dent ball holding dent tool can give you

the control and speed that this tool delivers. It is so
innovative that it is patented. The tool is designed
to be used with the N57G and N57GH barrel-type
dent ball sets. The outstanding features of this tool
are its ability to place the ball exactly where you
want it and then, retrieve it quickly, after use.
There is no need to unsolder the bell. This is a
precision designed and engineered tool.
The P50 Dent Ball Driver/Retriever consists of a
chromed steel handle connected to several nylon
balls on a cable. These balls are held stationary by
a round steel driver. Next comes the stroke cable, a
short length of cable with a threaded fitting
attached to the cable end. The kit includes two
brass balls which screw onto the threaded cable
fitting attached to the cable end. These brass balls
hold the dent ball on the stroke cable. The new
longer sleeve is provided to protect the inside bore
from scratching. A complete set of instructions
comes with the tool. An older set of dent balls may
be drilled out easily with a #29 drill bit. Be sure to
protect the ball surface when drilling them out.
(US Patent #4727744)
P52
Driver/Retriever
for French Horn
Tuning Slides
VISITORS
P50 For Cornets and Trumpets

P50B Replacement Sleeve, polyvinyl
Ray Bennett, (owner of McClellans Music
House in Buffalo, NY) along with Lynn
Harbold (Repairman at McClellans) visit
with Gary Ferree.
21
BRASSWIND TOOLS
BRASSwind tools
N83 ROLLER BALLS
Friction Free Dent Balls
*NEW* N29S SPECIAL

DENT BALL SET
In normal dent removal there is a considerable

amount of friction between the ball and the surface
being worked upon. That is why many repairmen
coat the dent balls with Vaseline...the less friction the
better. This is especially true as you start working
with the larger balls in order to do baritones, some
marching brass, tubas, souses, etc
We have taken 4 balls, sized 1, 1-1/2, 2 and
2
-1/2 (25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5mm) and fit them with
roller bearings. Two high quality bearings for each
These specially produced balls are not a typical
ball. Then we adapted them so they would screw onto spherical or barrel type ball. These are for odd places
the end of a standard dent rod. The largest three have you are sometimes faced with. Some are egg shaped,
1/2-13 threads and the smallest has 3/8-16 thread.
some are semi-elliptical, all are very usable.
These roller balls will roll, rather than slide, as you
N29S Set of 6 Special Shaped Balls
work the dent out. With little or no friction between
N29A-F Individual Ball
the ball and the brass, you will be able to do more
delicate work, and do it with less effort.
N48 TROMBONE VENTURI RODS
The tool works great on back bows, straight and
curved tubing.
N83A
N83B
N83C
N83D
N83S
Roller Ball-Size 1 (25.4mm)

Roller Ball-Size 1-1/2 (38.1mm)
Roller Ball-Size 2 (50.8mm)
Roller Ball-Size 2-1/2 (63.5mm)
Set of all 4 Roller Balls
These two rods make removing the trombone
venturi much easier. Slide the rod down inside the
slide tube on the mouthpiece side. The rod is tapered
to fit the venturi. Put the end of the rod in a vise and
heat the venturi solder joint. Use a twisting motion to
pull the venturi tube.
N48A Tenor Trombone Venturi Rod

N48B Bass Trombone Venturi Rod
~REPAIR TIP~
22
Better Dent Work Using Your Dent Hammer

Normally, you would use round balls (N80Ds or Es)
screwed on 5/8 or 3/4 rods like N31s or a N74 mounted
in a vise with a V-Block to form the tubing around. With
this setup you would use a F10A or B dent hammer to
burnish and push the metal back to a nice cylindrical form.
You are not supposed to hammer, directly ON a ball. You
use the ball as a form or mandrel and then hammer right
next to the ball radius; essentially making the ball a
hammer or form , from the inside out.
~REPAIR TIP~
Better Dent Work Using Your Dent Hammer
Remember, the more you hammer direct, the thinner and
harder and larger the metal gets and work hardening
sometimes creates cracks. You may have to anneal, and
that gets messy with all the posts and sometimes tone
holes. But, if you label everything and draw some pictures
you will probably be okay, anyway, lacking a Z60 and
either a Z61, 61E Base or a 61S Stand and some toys, of
course. Then, the dents just kind of roll out. There are
times however, that you must anneal BEFORE using even
the dent machine.
*NEW* L12 HEAVY DUTY POST

PUSHER/DENT PULLER
P2-10 DOUBLE HANDLE AND

CONE SHAPED ROLLERS
Unlike
burnishers,
these double handle
rollers and cone shaped
rollers roll as you use
them. With little or no
friction between the roller and the brass, you
will be able to do more
delicate work and do it
with less effort. It
reduces the possibility
of scratching the lacquer
or even damaging the
New, dual use tool. It

can tunk a post back
into adjustment to save
cutting
and/or
swedging. You can also
use it for raising basic
rounded dents, by material itself.
P2 3/8 Radius Double-Handle Roller
soldering it into the dent and then using the
P3 1/2 Radius Double-Handle Roller
built in hammer for pulling the dent up to the
P4 3-1/2 Flat Double-Handle Roller
same plain or level (on the order of the L13
P5 1-5/8 Radius Double-Handle Roller
slide hammer. This tool has one removable
brass end and the other end is concaved. The
length is approximately 14 long. The shaft is
P8 7/8 Dia. Cone Shaped Roller(24 hndl)
1/4 diameter steel and the heavy brass sliding
P9 1 Dia. Cone Shaped Roller(24 handle)
weight is a full 1 diameter.
P10 1-1/8 Dia. Cone Shaped Roller(24 hndl)
L12 Heavy Duty Post Pusher/Dent Puller
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
*NEW* P14-16 CONTOURED

BELL ROLLERS
P11 & P12 DENT ROLLERS
These new Contour Series bell rollers were

designed for removing bell dents and re-contouring
the profile for specific types of instruments.
P14 Roller for cornet and trumpet

P15 Roller for trombone, flugelhorn,
baritone and euphonium
P16 Roller for French horn and tuba
(newer style with smaller diameter
bell)
Our P12 Extra Long Dent Roller has a

1-1/4 (31.8mm) outside diameter with roller length
of 12 (305mm). The extra length makes it excellent
for larger belled instruments. The total length is
22 (559mm).
P11
P12
7 Roller
12 Extra Long Dent Roller
23
BRASSWIND TOOLS
24
BRASSWIND TOOLS
N86 TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE
DENT ROLLER
The
N86
Trumpet
Mouthpipe Dent Roller Kit
consists of two parts: (1)
The two-headed dent roller
and (2) the tapered
mandrel with a stop
sleeve. The two headed mandrel accomplishes
several things. The curvature of the working
surfaces of the roller works harmoniously with the
curvature of the specially designed, floating, tapered
mandrel. The other end of this mandrel works
terrifically to take a dent out of a straight tuning
slide for cornet, French horn, trumpet and
mellophone. Since you will be applying equal
pressure almost all the way around the mouthpipe,
there is very little chance of producing egg shaped
tubing If properly done. Also, the long mandrel
inside the tubing gives you the leverage to work
easier and retain more control. It has been said that
this tool not only takes out dents, it actually
remanufactures the mouthpipe. Heres how to use it:
* Place the two headed dent roller in a strong vise
* Remove the mouthpipe from the trumpet
* Clean off solder and any other debris.
* Slip the mandrel into the trumpet mouthpipe
* Position the sliding sleeve so that the mouthpipe is
against the sleeve and slightly loose on the mandrel.
* Using the knurled screw, lock it in place so the
mouthpipe cannot move up and wedge itself tightly on
the mandrel. The end of the trumpet mouthpipe will
push against the edge of the sleeve while you are using
the tool. The mouthpipe must float at least by 1/4
laterally.
* Place the mouthpipe, with the mandrel inside,
between the rollers and apply side pressure to push the
mouthpipe against the rollers.
* Push the mouthpipe and mandrel back and forth
between the rollers (while still placing pressure).
Rotate this mouthpipe/mandrel constantly and the dent
will be removed. For best results use both hands, one
at each end of the rod.
N86 Trumpet Mouthpipe Dent Roller Kit
N56 TAPERED MOUTHPIPE

CABLE KIT
This is a system
which greatly simplifies the removal of
dents from tapered
mouthpipes. It allows
the Repairmen to
drive and retrieve a
dent ball from areas
that were previously very difficult to reach, if not
impossible.
The kit is made from high quality, galvanized,
industrial cable covered with tough nylon tubing.
The cable has a threaded connection in the middle of
its length. This connection allows the cable to be
split into two pieces so the Repairmen can put a
different dent ball on the cable without removing the
cable from the horn. The N56 Tapered Mouthpiece
Cable Kit is a must for all brass repair shops. The
N56 when fully assembled is 90 long. Use N57G
and/or N57GH dent balls.
N56 Tapered Mouthpipe Cable Kit

N56A Cable Extension, 12 (305mm)
N56B Cable Extension, 18 (457mm)
N49 TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE

DENT ROD
Now, the dent
balls can be inserted
and removed into the
trumpet mouthpipe in
a quick and precise
way, without using
the shake the dent
ball into place using a
driver and then try to shake it back out with another
driver method.
Since the bell flare usually blocks the entrance to
the horn from the large end of the tapered
mouthpipe, it is necessary to go into the small end.
You can do this to some extent with a N91B rod
and the smallest a N80A ball, but you are limited
because of the venturi. With this tool, you pull the
ball into place, do your work and then push it back
out (use N57 balls on page 13).
N49
Trumpet Mouthpipe Dent Rod
N40 EXPANDABLE SOUSAPHONE

SLIDE DENT TOOLS
5/8 (15.9mm) for Eb and small BBb

sousaphones and tubas. Also trombone tuning
slides.
N40 Small Expandable Sousa Dent Tool
11/16 (17.5mm) for standard model BBb
sousaphones and tubas.
N42 Medium Expandable Sousa Dent Tool
3/4 (19mm) for extra large sousaphones and large
tubas.
N44 Large Expandable Sousa Dent Tool
13/16 (20.6mm) for extra large tubas.
N46 Extra Large Expandable Sousa Dent Tool
G88 FERREES
MOUTHPICE PULLER
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
Pulls out any stuck or frozen cornet, trumpet,

mellophone, alto horn, flugelhorn, French horn,
trombone, tuba or sousaphone mouthpiece in
seconds.
On the improved G88 Mouthpiece Puller, Ferrees
has replaced the adjustment knob that held the arms
against the mouthpiece with an automatic locking
lug which actually forces the arms tight against the
mouthpiece as pressure is applied by turning the T
handle. So now the T handle is the only thing to
turn.
See
website
for
instructions.
G88
Ferrees Mouthpiece Puller
G88C Cradle Replacement
G89
Auto Locking Lug
*NEW* L42 DENT ROD HOLDING VISE

This
re-designed,
2nd
generation,
heavy-duty, adjustable rod holder vise works
with all your tapered mandrels and your various threaded rods and balls. Also great using the re-bounding method. Has new thru
bolt tightening handle and 3 angle
adjustment. Addition of the 3 preset angle differences make this a most effective way to use
your mandrels, flex rods and any special sax
rods you may have.
Cheaper than a good heavy duty vise and
does a better job for holding rods, because it
was designed specifically for doing both
brass and woodwind instruments dent work
using that method.
The L42 does not require a V-block.
L42 Dent Rod Holding Vise
25
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N35 RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDERS
SMALL RIGHT ANGLE TOOL

For
cornets,
trumpets, French
horns and some
mellophones.
Makes 3rd valve
slides operational
on cornets and
trumpets, for easy
use of the finger ring. 7/16 (11.1mm).
N35 Small Angle Expandable Dent Tool
N36 MEDIUM RIGHT ANGLE TOOL

For mellophones,
small bore valve
trombones, large
bore
cornets,
flugelhorns.
1/2 (12.7mm)
N5-N7 EXTRA LONG RIGHT

ANGLE EXPANDER
N5 shown with N35 underneath.
This tool was manufactured as an answer to

requests from Repairmen. It has several advantages
over the standard length expander
1. Gives access to tuning slide areas that are
difficult to reach.
2. Help prevent scratching of other tubing next to
tuning slides.
3. Our standard right angle expander is 3 long.
These tools are 12 long.
N5 Extra Long Right Angle Expander

7/16 (11.1mm)
1/2 (12.7mm)
9/16 (14.3mm)
O8 FRENCH HORN
POLISHING JIG
N36 Medium Right Angle Expandable Tool
N37 LARGE RIGHT ANGLE TOOL

For baritones, valve trombones. 9/16 (14.3mm)
N37 Large Right Angle Expandable Dent

Tool
26
Designed to hold a French horn during hand

sanding, polishing or soldering.
O8 French Horn Polishing Jig
DENT RODS
N71
N32
N67
N70
N69
N31
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N31A
N88
N31B
N33
N74
N30
N34
N30
Sousa Bell Jack. Adjustable to

straighten sousaphone bell tenons,
especially on fiberglass sousaphones
which bend even easier.
N31
3ft (.91mm) straight, 5/8 (15.9mm) rod

for use on baritones, sousaphones and
with the N81 sax dent balls. Also uses
N80CS, N80DS and N80ES balls.
N31A 3 ft (.91mm) straight, 5/8 (15.9mm) rod,

bent on C ball end for use in Alto sax
bows.
N31B 3 ft (.91mm) straight, 5/8 (15.9mm) rod,
bent on D/E rod end for use on Tenor sax
bows.
N32
2 ft (61cm) S curve, 5/8 (15.9mm) rod

for use on saxophones, baritones and
sousaphones. Uses N80CS, N80DS and
N80ES balls.
N33
4 ft (1.22m) small ends curved, 3/4

(19mm)
rod
for
saxophones,
baritones and sousaphones. Uses N80CS,
N80D and N80E balls.
N34
3-1/2(1.07m) S curve, 3/4(19mm)

diameter rod. Reaches extra far into
(continued)
sousaphones. Threaded for N80DS

and N80ES balls. Has a plate on one
end to help prevents slipping
under
heavy pressure.
N67
3 ft. (.91m) S curve, 5/8 (15.9mm)

diameter rod for baritones, basses.
Uses N80DS and N80ES sets of balls.
N69
5 ft. (1.52m) S curve, 3/4

(19.0mm)
diameter
rod
for
baritones, sousaphones and recording
basses. Uses N80DS and N80ES sets of
balls.
N74
4 ft (1.22m) straight, 3/4 (19mm)

threaded on one end for N80D and N80E
balls for sax bells, baritones and
sousaphones tapered and threaded on
the other end for use with N80CS balls
for sax body.
N88
Sousaphone Dent Rod Short, finely

knurled hand held dent rod.
6 (152mm) long. For working inside
sousaphones with your arm when the
instruments not disassembled. Takes
N80DS and N80ES sets of balls.
27
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N70 FRENCH HORN DENT ROD
N124 FRENCH HORN DENT RODS
Guido
Fraipont from
Belgium
shown using
N70.
1/2 (12.7mm), 3 ft (.91mm) for French horns,

threaded on both ends to receive N80CS set of balls.
Curved on one end, made from stress proof steel.
Uses N80CS ball set.
This special set of four French Horn dent rods were

designed to remove dents from French Horn bell and
1st branch tubing after the bell has been separated at
N70 French Horn Dent Rod
the connection ring from the first branch.
These threaded rods are used with the N80BS set of
N71 FRENCH HORN DENT ROD
dent balls.
The rods are designed so that the tool can be put in
the vise and the horn held by hand with plenty of
room for the bell rim to pass the vise.
Guido
These rods may be purchased separately or as a
Fraipont from
Belgium
complete set of four.
shown using
N71.
1/2 (12.7mm), 3ft (.91mm) S curve made from

stress proof steel for French horns and mellophones.
This rod is threaded on both ends to receive the
N80CS balls.
N71
French Horn Dent Rod
RightSmall radius (European horns)

LeftSmall radius (European horns)
RightLarger radius (American horns)
LeftLarger radius (American horns)
N124S Set of 4 French Horn Rods. Use with

N80BS balls.
D40 FRENCH HORN CORD
F65 HAND TUBING SHRINKER
Braided green/white nylon cord, with a fiberglass

core. Very flexible and strong. It will not stretch.
Ideal for French horn and Trombone valves
(.026-.034 thick)
For shrinking the end

of tubing or crooks
when they do not fit
exactly into slides or
ferrules. The tool has a
very slight taper. It will
not
over-shrink
tubing, but is designed
to give the minor
shrinkage necessary for precise fit of tubing, crooks
and slides.
D40A French Horn Cord, 10ft length

D40B 100ft (30.5mm) Spool
Braided green/white nylon cord. Same as above,
but heavier, for tuba valves. .036-.043 thick.
28
Individual Rods
N124A
N124B
N124C
N124D
D40AH French Horn Cord, 10ft length

D40BH French Horn Cord, 100ft length
F65
Hand Tubing Shrinker
N54 KNUCKLE DENT RODS
N55 KNUCKLE DENT RODS
C
D
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
Many dents on
brass
instruments
can be removed
easily using these
knuckle tools. The
tools are designed
so that they can get
into many hard to
reach areas, then dents can be pushed out without
unnecessary hammering or over working the brass.
This cuts down on the possibility of cracking or
stretching the metal. With these tools you reverse
the action of the impact which caused the dent. In
other words, you push the metal out instead of in.
This set is used on all valve ports and other small
diameter crooks. It consists of five 1/4 (6.4mm)
rods, running in varying degrees from a straight rod
to a 90 (right angle). This set is used with the
N80A Dent Rod Ball Set. Each rod has a threaded
end which will receive a 5/16 (7.9mm),
3/8 (9.5mm) or a 7/16 (11.1mm) ball. By
interchanging the ball you multiply the various
configuration of the rods and balls to make a total of
15 different tools at your disposal. Use N80AS. We
suggest getting 5 extra N54As for custom bending.
N54S
N54A
N54B
N54C
N54D
N54E
Knuckle Dent Rods, Set of 5

Indv. Knuckle Dent Rod
EMAIL ORDERS TO US:

ferreestools@aol.com
This set of rods consists of five knuckle tools

designed along the same principle as the N54 rods.
They are 3/8 (9.5mm) in diameter with angles varying from straight to 90 for use with the larger instruments; trombone, baritone, euphonium, tuba and
sousaphone crooks and bows as well as blending
in the cornet and trumpet bells in the area between
where the N57 dent balls stop and the tapered
mandrel quits. These rods use the N80BS set of 5
dent balls giving the user a possibility of 25
different combinations. Get 3 N55Es for custom
bending.
N55S
N55A
N55B
N55C
N55D
N55E
Knuckle Dent Rods, Set of 5

Individual Knuckle Dent Rod
*NEW* L14 V-BLOCK
Holds
round
mandrels
in
any
repair position in a
vise. Mandrels will
not
slip
under
pressure.
L14
V-Block
L14A V-Block with locking screws.
29
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N105-107 HOOK BURNISHER
Hook burnishers for curved and straight tubing.
N105 Hook size of 5/8 (15.9mm) for flutes

and trombone slides.
N106 Hook size of 1-3/4 (44.5mm)
N107 Hook size of 2-1/2 (63.5mm)
N2A Wood Burnisher Handle for
burnishers listed above.
N2A WOOD BURNISHER HANDLE
N1-N3 STRAIGHT BURNISHERS
All of our burnishers are made of fine tool steel

with highly polished finishes. The 6 (152.4mm),
8 (203mm) and 10 (254mm) sizes work well on
the bell flares, from piccolo trumpet thru
sousaphone.
N1
N2
N3
N2A
6 Straight Burnisher, small.

8 Straight Burnisher, standard.
10 Straight Burnisher, large.
Wood Burnisher Handle for
burnishers Listed above
D23 & D24 SMALL 2

BURNISHER
WITH HANDLES
Wooden 24 handle to fit any of the straight or
hook burnisher listed on this page. Adding the handle
gives much more control of the burnisher during use.
N2A
Wood Burnisher Handle
N8 & N9 DOUBLE HANDLE

BURNISHERS
The two handles
give more leverage
and better control for
severe damage.
These burnishers
have a very fine
finish and a good
radius that allows the
burnisher to work right up to the bell rim wire.
N8
N9
30
Small
Double
Handle
Burnisher.
2 (50.8mm) radius for cornets/trumpets
Large
Double
Handle
Burnisher.
4 (102mm) radius for trombones and
baritones
Small oval shaped tool steel burnishers, highly

polished with seasoned wood handles. For
woodwind keys and all plated instruments.
D23 Straight Burnisher

D24 Curved Burnisher
Same size as above but extra slim, supple for delicate work or smaller instruments such as oboe,
piccolo etc
D25 Straight Burnisher

D26 Curved Burnisher
L5 UNIVERSAL BELL IRON
Primarily used as a Sousa and Tuba bell iron, this

tool can also be used on many small instruments as
making this tool universal. Can be used to
remove dents from the bell rim through the bell flare
of many bells from metal clarinets to sousaphones.
L5
P71 & P72 UNIVERSAL BELL

FLARE MANDRELS
Designed to be used on the bell flares on all
brands of instruments. An extra high stem helps to
hold the bell on the mandrel, thus freeing both
hands. Works best if used with an N8 or N9 Double
Handle Burnisher to restore contour.
The loose fitting flexible natured design of these
mandrels makes it possible for the bell to be in
contact with the mandrel at all times while rubbing
with a double or single handled burnisher.
P71
Universal Bell Iron
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
Bell Flare
Mandrel for
Cornets and
Trumpets
L3 & L4 SPECIAL BELL IRONS

For more precision
work on bells, on
which you want to do a
smoother job. You can
do perfect work, with
just a little care and
patience.
L3
L4
Cornet and Trumpet Bell Iron

Trombone and French Horn Bell Iron
P72
Bell Flare
Mandrel for
Trombones
*NEW* P14-P16 CONTOURED

BELL ROLLERS
VISITORS
The new Contour Series bell rollers were

designed for repairing specific types of instruments.
Sebastian Rosol (IL) and Greg Ryglicki

(Poland) visit with Gary Ferree
P14 Roller for cornet and trumpet, saxes

P15 Roller for trombone, flugelhorn,
P16 Roller for French horn and tuba
(newer style with smaller diameter
bell)
31
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N90 & N94 UNIVERSAL TAPERED
MANDRELS
N90 General use on brass instruments. Great for

piccolos and trumpet mouthpipes. The large end is
1/2 (12.7mm) and the small end is 1/4 (6.4mm).
The length is 20 (508mm).
N90 Universal Tapered Mandrel

N94 General use on brass instruments. The large
end is 2 (50.8mm) and the small end
is .6875 (17.5mm). Length is 30 (76.2cm).
N94 Universal Tapered Mandrel
H55 HEAVY DUTY TUBING

BENDING JIG
This heavy duty tubing bending jig is made of

1/2 thick steel plate 9-1/2 X 7. The back plate
and vise mount are made of 2 angle iron 1/4 thick
and securely welded to the base plate, so there is no
flexing of the jig while it is being held in the vise.
There are 3 bending mandrels, 3, 2 and 1
diameter which are covered with cork as is the back
plate to prevent damage to the tubing. The jig works
on small diameter tubing as well as larger tuba
tubing.
H55 Heavy Duty Tubing Bending Jig
N47 BELL STEM MANDREL
This mandrel is used on the straight tube of the

bell crook when the bell is removed from the horn.
The extra long 28 (71.1cm) length keeps the bell
flair from hitting the vise. Each end of the mandrel
has a different diameter, one is .390 (9.9mm) the
other is .437 (11.1mm).
N47 Bell Stem Mandrel
D50 TUNING SLIDE

MEASURING TOOL
No more guesswork or inaccurate measurements.

Measures tuning slide for replacement. Measure the
thickness of cork and felt on all valve instruments. 0
to 8 (203mm), carefully built precision tool.
Sharpened tool steel scribe on both marking and
adjustable end to mark all the tubing. A knurled lock
screw holds measurements precisely. Measurement
stays put for as long as needed.
D50 Tuning Slide Measuring Tool

Thank you so much for this follow up!
This is very helpful info for me.
.Virginia, WV
32
N91 TAPERED MANDRELS
N91D This is used for the tapered part of trumpet bells. The large end is 1 (25.4mm) and the
small end is .480 (12.2mm). Length is 24 (61cm)
N91D Tapered Trumpet Bell Mandrel

N91E Used for the tapered part of the cornet bell.
Large end is 1 (25.4mm). Small end
is .540 (13.7mm) with a length of 24 (61cm).
N91E Tapered Cornet Bell Mandrel
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N91F Here is a stubby model used to round out

the engraved section of a cornet or a trumpet bell.
Eliminates the corrugated effect. The large end is
1 (25.4mm) and the small end is .850 (21.6mm).
Length is 12 (305mm)
Here is a complete set of tapered mandrels

designed to accommodate the changes in bores
and tapers over the years. This set of 9 tapered
mandrels will cover all horns from piccolos to
N91F Tapered Stubby Mandrel
sousaphones. By using stress proof steel, were
able to make a N91A and N91B in a smaller size
than previously available. The rest of the set is
spring resistant steel. A 4 (102mm) non-tapered
N91 TAPERED MANDRELS FOR
end gives you a place for the vise to grip. Use
TROMBONE & BARITONE
these mandrels with a burnisher to remove dents.
Also used to round out ligatures and clarinet
N91G Used for the tapered part of trombone
finger ring keys. Mandrels are polished. No lathe bells. Goes all the way to the tuning slide. The large
marks or scratches. See descriptions below for end 1.5 (38.1mm) and the small end
particular uses of the different sizes.
is .6875 (17.5mm). The length is 30 (76.2cm).
N91G Tapered Trombone Mandrel
N91A Designed for cornet and trumpet
mouthpipes. Dents can be reached through the
receiver. Also used for piccolo. The large end
is .400 (10.2mm) The small end is .250 (6.4mm).
Length is 16 (406mm).
N91A Mouthpipe Tapered Mandrel

N91B Same measurements as the N91A, except
the small end is threaded to receive the smallest ball
of the N80S set. Very practical for sharp, crease type
dents.
N91B Threaded Tapered Mouthpipe

Mandrel
N91C Used to remove dents in the stem or tail of
the bell into the valve section. The large end
is .625 (15.9mm) and the small end
is .375 (9.5mm). Length is 24 (61cm).
N91C Tapered Stem Mandrel
Find up to date price lists on our website

N91H Stubby model for trombones. For rounding

out the engraved section of the bell. Large end is
1.75 (44.5mm) and the small end is
1.025 (26mm). Length is 18 (457mm).
N91H Tapered Stubby Trombone Mandrel

N91J For bass trombone bell tapers and baritone
branches. The large end is 1.125 (28.6mm) and the
small end is .875 (22.2mm). Length is
30 (76.2mm).
N91J Tapered Bass Trombone Mandrel

N91S This is our set of 9 mandrels (N91A-J).
You can save money by ordering them all at one
time. Shipping would also be less than if purchased
separately.
N91S Set of Tapered Mandrels
Email technical questions about our

items to repairtips@aol.com
33
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N95 & N96 DENT
REMOVING RINGS
We now have available, three large Dent Removing

Rings for use on larger brass instruments. These are
variations of the large rings that go with our Z60
Dent Machine. They measure 3-1/2, 4-1/2 and
5
-1/2 in diameter and are 1-5/8 wide. The outer
surfaces of the rings are rounded, so they can be used
to push out dents in curved areas such as in baritone
horns and tuba bells elbows. You can reform
damaged tubing with them using a rawhide mallet.
Their surfaces are polished as they will often be used
against lacquered or polished surfaces. The center
hole is tapped for 1/2-13 thread so that they can be
used with any of our dent rods designed to hold our
N80D and N80E dent balls.
These three Dent Removing Rings make an
excellent extension to our N80 Dent Ball Sets for the
Repairmen who work on larger brass instruments and
do not have our Z60 Dent Machine
N95
N95B
N96
G45 CORK BARREL

DENT REMOVER
A really great time saver! No longer is it necessary

to remove trombone slide rails to take dents out of
the cork barrel. Also, this tool can be used to raise the
area on a cork barrel where the hand slide brace has
been dented into it, still without removing the cork
barrel. So the slide does not have to be realigned and
soldered. Save on alignment time........soldering
time...re-assembly time, polishing & lacquering, etc..
The large part of the tool is inserted into a vise with
an L14 V-Block. The slide rail is inserted through the
opening in the small end of the tool and the cork
barrel is forced over the working surface of the tool.
Dent work is performed either with a rawhide mallet,
a dent hammer or hand manipulation.
Two standard sizes are necessary to cover the
major brands. For instance, Holton and Olds require
the large G45A, but Conn and Martin, the smaller
G45B.
G45A Cork Barrel Dent Remover, Larger Size
G45B Cork Barrel Dent Remover, Smaller Size
3-1/2 Dent Removing Ring

VISITORS
F50 SLIDE REMOVER PLIERS
Used by putting a dent ball in the tubing for the

pliers to grip over. This prevents crushing the tubing,
when twisting the tube to break it loose.
F50 Slide Remover Pliers
34
Richard Dolan and Jobie Kilzer, Jr. of Amro

Music in Memphis, TN visit Ferrees.
L17 & L18 LARGE

BURNISHING RINGS
These burnishing rings are to obtain a wrinkle free

finish on a bell taper by hand. The L19 handle should
be used for a weight advantage. Sometimes, instead
of having it swing under the work, you lean it against
your shoulder and push down as you work.
The L17 and L18 are each threaded on two sides to
double the wear life of each the tool. Each ring has a
cutout section so it may be used while the instrument
is still together. These rings are chromed for a
smoother action and longer tool life.
L17
L18
Also known as rounding rings, you can use these

rings to remove dents and re-contour and smooth
large tubing.
L16A
L16B
L16C
L16D
L16E
L16F
Large Ring for Cornet and Trumpet bells, L16G
brace to tuning slide end of a Trombone L16H
bell and the straight Baritone branch.
Large Ring for Tenor or Brass Trombone L16S
Bells
L19 HANDLE FOR L17 & L18
This is the 14 (35.6cm) long, 12 pound (5.45kg)

handle for the L15AS, L15BS, L17 and L18 Large
Burnishing rings. The weight of the handle helps in
rubbing,
L19
*NEW* L16 EUROPEAN STYLE

HAND DRAW RINGS
Heavy weight, 12 pound (5.45kg) handle

to give you a better mechanical advantage.

Thanks for your advice. I removed the
finish, cleaned it, and went back with two
thin coats of clear. It was OK.Al, VA
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
36mm
41mm
46mm
51mm
56mm
61mm
66mm
72mm
1.41
1.60
1.80
1.99
2.49
2.38
2.58
2.81
L16J
L16K
L16L
L16M
L16N
L16P
L16Q
L16R
82mm
92mm
102mm
112mm
122mm
132mm
142mm
152mm
3.20
3.59
3.98
4.39
4.76
5.15
5.54
5.93
Set of 14 Rings
N80 UNDRILLED DENT BALLS

N80F Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80FS Set of 4 balls in the sizes:
1-1/4 (31.8mm), 1-1/8 (28.6mm),
1-3/8 (34.9mm), 1-1/2 (38.1mm)
N80G Individual Dent Balls from Set below.
(Specify Size)
N80GS Set of 4 balls in the sizes:
1-3/4 (44.5mm), 2 (50.8mm),
2-1/4 (57.2mm), 2-1/2 (63.5mm)
~REPAIR TIP~
Pulling Half-Tone Crooks...When pulling a stuck
slide on a cornet or trumpet, and the rawhide gives
up; try using an old catgut bass fiddle (violin)
string. It is strong, it fits and its long.
Dont use the metal part or a metal string. This from
our customer John in New Castle, New South
Whales, Australia.
35
BRASSWIND TOOLS
BRASSWIND TOOLS
N131- N140 HIGH QUALITY AMERICAN MADE
ADJUSTABLE REAMERS
Some repairmen prefer a reamer to fix valve

casings. If you do, you need these American made
adjustable reamers. They are the most precisionmade, adjustable reamers weve found. These
reamers are also handy for woodwind work.
These reamer blades are so accurately ground that
you can replace them right in your own
shop...without regrinding.
N140
N131
N132
N133
N134
N135
N136
N137
N138
17/32 (.5312) to 19/32 (.5937) (13.5 to

15.1mm) for sop. clarinet
19/32 (.5937 thru 21/32 (.6562) (15.1
thru 16.7mm) small cornets and sop.
clarinet
21/32 (.6562) thru 23/32 (.7187) (16.7
thru 18.3mm) most cornets/trumpets and
alto clarinet
23/32 (.7187) thru 25/32 (.7812) (18.3
thru 19.8mm) large cornets
25/32 (.7812) thru 27/32 (.8437) (19.8
thru 21.4mm) baritone
27/32 (.8437) thru 15/16 (.9375) (21.4
thru 23.8mm) baritone and bass clarinet
15/16 (.9375) thru 1-1/16 (1.0625) (23.8
thru 27mm) bass
1-1/16 (1.0625) thru 1-3/16 (1.1875) (27
thru 30.2mm) bass
1-3/16 (1.1875) thru 1-11/32 (1.3437)
(30.2 thru 34.1mm) jumbo bass
Note: For replacement blade order #, add A to

reamer stock number, i.e. N131A.
36
*See the N28 and N58 valve mandrels &

casing sleeves on page 45*
N14 MOUTHPIPE RECEIVER

FORMING MANDRELS
When installing a
new
French
horn
mouthpipe or a new
trombone venturi tube,
these custom steel
forming dies provide
the proper taper to
receive the mouthpiece inside the ferrule or cork
barrel.
N14A For French Horn Mouthpipe

N14B For Trombone Mouthpipe
*NEW* N14C Bass Trombone Mouthpipe
Mandrel
N66 MOUTHPIECE RECEIVER

REAMERS
Ferrees makes three sizes of mouthpiece

receiver reamers. Use where the mouthpipe is
expanded inside a ferrule, instead of having a
separate machined receiver to clean up bore.
N66A Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer for cornet
N66B Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer for trumpet
N66C Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer for
trombone, baritone and euphonium
SEE US ONLINE AT
Email orders to: ferreestools@aol.com
Email repair questions to:
repairtips@aol.com
F5 RAWHIDE MALLETS
Solid rawhide heads. Firmly riveted to selected

hickory handles. Excellent for straightening bent
keys, sprung valves and many other uses.
F5
F5A
Small 1 (25.4mm) X 2 (50.8mm)

Medium 1-1/2 (38.1mm) X 3 (76mm)
REBOUND RAWHIDE MALLET

The F5B Extra Large Rawhide Mallet really packs
a wallop. It weighs in at about 22 oz. (624g). Used
primarily for striking dent rods when using the
rebound method. 12 (305mm) long handle.
Rebounding is a method used to raise dents by
placing the dent ball under the depressed area,
pushing down and then striking the dent rod with the
large mallet. The after shock of the blow raises the
depressed area. If you dont keep pressure on the
ball, it will dent the opposite side.
F5B
Rawhide Mallet 2-3/4 (69.8mm) X

4-1/2 (114mm)
VISITORS
L15 DRAW RINGS

These
two
sets of Draw
Rings replace
the old style
drawplate.
Drawplates are
approximate at
best and once
damaged
are
done. The rings
are not only much more convenient to use, they are
replaceable individually. Each inside surface is a
perfect radius in both directions, making it much
superior to the old fly cut, hand polished radiuses.
The rings are chrome plated for smoother action and
to resist rusting. They may be used by hand, held in
a vise or in the L19 Handle. Individual rings are
numbered according to size in the set, #1 being the
smallest. #18 is the most commonly used from size
in both sets for dent work. They may be purchased
separately. The larger set works best on baritones,
euphoniums, sax necks and smaller sousa and tuba
tubing. ALL of the rings are graduated
in .015 (.38mm) steps.
L15A RINGS
No.
Size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
.320 (8.1mm)
.335 (8.5mm)
.350 (8.9mm)
.365 (9.3mm)
.380 (9.7mm)
.395 (10.0mm)
.410 (10.4mm)
.425 (10.8mm)
.440 (11.2mm)
.455 (11.6mm)
.470 (11.9mm)
.485 (12.3mm)
.500 (12.7mm)
.515 (13.0mm)
.530 (13.5mm)
See next column
Paul Laurendeau and Gilles Laramee

(Montreal, CA) visit Ferrees.
No.
Size
16 .545 (13.8mm)
17 .560 (14.2mm)
18 .575 (14.6mm)
19 .590 (15.0mm)
20 .605 (15.4mm)
21 .620 (15.7mm)
22 .635 (16.1mm)
23 .650 (16.5mm)
24 .665 (16.9mm)
25 .680 (17.3mm)
26 .695 (17.6mm)
27 .710 (18.0mm)
28 .725 (18.4mm)
29 .740 (18.8mm)
L15B RINGS
No.
Size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
.755 (19.2mm)
.770 (19.6mm)
.785 (19.9mm)
.800 (20.3mm)
.815 (20.7mm)
.830 (21.0mm)
.845 (21.5mm)
.860 (21.8mm)
.875 (22.2mm)
.890 (22.6mm)
.905 (23.0mm)
.920 (23.4mm)
.935 (23.7mm)
.950 (24.1mm)
.965 (24.5mm)
.980 (24.9mm)
17 .995 (25.3mm)
18 1.010(25.7mm)
L15AS 29 Rings from .320 (8.1mm) to .740

(18.8mm) i.d.
L15A Individual Rings (State Size)
L15BS 18 Rings from .755 (19.2mm) to
1.010 (25.7mm) i.d.
L15B
Individual Rings (State Size)
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
37
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N68 RIGHT ANGLE DENT ROD
This rod is used to remove dents from mouth

pipes. Especially for Conn 14A & 15A cornets
which have tuning slides set up like a trumpet or any
other instrument where you dont have clearance to
get by the bell. Use with an N80A set of balls,
which must be ordered separately.
N68
G39 VALVE GUIDE FITTING TOOL

This
tool
is
scientifically shaped,
drilled and tapped to
hold valve guides and
stars
for
valve
instruments. To use,
you screw the guide
into the fitting tool
and file it to the proper width to fit the guide slot.
When the guide is fitted, remove it from the tool and
install it in the valve, then file it to the proper height.
The tapered end screws into stars. Saves time and
eliminates filing of the valve.
G39 Valve Guide Fitting Tool
Right Angle Dent Rod
J20 SWEDISH STYLE PLIERS
G39B VALVE GUIDES

The head is round to allow you to fit them
properly. Screw into place in the valve, mark where
they are to be cut, and remove.
Install them in the G39 Valve Guide Fitting Tool
and hand file or power grind to slightly oversize.
Install on the valve and hand file to the exact size.
Thread is 3-48 which fits most valves. For smaller
valve guide screw holes, use a D220W #47 and a
D200, 3-48 tap to enlarge the hole.
Available in dozens or hundreds
G39B Brass Valve Guide (specify quantity)

We think these are the highest quality pliers
being made today. Almost impossible to bend the tips
because of the fine rectangular box joint design.
Cross hatched handles wont slip in your hand.
Although these pliers are extremely strong, they are
still designed to be held by hand, not in a vise. All are
5 (127mm) and have smooth jaws.
J20SS Round Nose

J21SS Chain Nose
J22SS Small Duck Bill
38
Our price list is now online, go to

www.ferreestools.com and click
on Price Lists.
E17 VALVE MIRROR

By using this mirror
you can see if you have
used
the
proper
thickness valve cork.
This
eliminates
stuffy blowing in
many instruments. 6
long handle.
E17
Valve Mirror
Fax:269-965-7719
PREVENTING ACCIDENTS
P100 VALVE THREAD MANDRELS

For many years we had requests for a tool that
would straighten and reset the threads on either bent
in, bent out or worn out valve casing caps top or
bottom. Ferrees Valve Thread Mandrels will do this,
prevent many accidents from happening in the first
place, and even more.
The worst thing you could do to a valve casing in
this condition is to use a die, thread chaser or
grooving tool. This will remove brass where the brass
is needed. Valve casings are very weak in the threaded areas to start with.
REFORMS METAL
Most
repairmen
take out knuckle
dents with our N54
Knuckle Tools and
N80A
Balls.
Sometimes,
while
working on a knuckle
between valves on a
horn with thick brass,
it is easy for the tools to slip causing a little
expansion of the
valve casing threads.
If one of our Valve
Thread
Mandrels
were screwed on the
end where you insert
the knuckle tool, such
a mishap could be
prevented.
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
Ferrees Valve Thread Mandrels dont have any

abrasive or cutting action. They are basically a
forming tool to reform threads into their original
positions, smoothing up any burrs or waviness.
Because of their solid design, these Valve Thread
Mandrels can be started on a ruptured part more
easily than if they were slotted. They have a hex
SPECIAL ORDERS
handle which makes them easier to control than a T
handle.
If you need a special size, larger or smaller or a
Our Valve Thread Mandrels leave a smooth
different thread, we can make it for you at no
burnished finish that cant be obtained from any case
additional charge. We would prefer that you send the
hardened cutting tools.
horn, but if this is not possible, we need:
Outer diameter of the threads on a good
Instructions are
casing
included with the
Number of threads per inch on the casing
order. The valve
thread
mandrels
You can use P19 Micrometers and a G15 Thread
are used with either Gauge to get this information.
a tapered mandrel
to help form the
ORDER INDIVIDUALLY OR IN SETS OF TEN,
threads or, better
YOUR CHOICE OF SIZES.
yet, an expandable tool of proper size
LISTING OF SIZES
We have the Valve Thread Mandrels listed by sizes
in the 27, 32, 36 and 40 threads with notations telling
you what horns the various sizes will fit. If your shop
only works on one brand of instrument, it would only
be necessary to have the correct size and one size
over. But if you work on many brands as most shops
do, it would be more convenient to have at least a set
of ten.
New Asian sizes will be available as they are
established.
P100S
Set of 10 Valve Thread Mandrels

(You pick your sizes)
P100A Individual Valve Thread Mandrels
(Specify size)
See next four pages

for some of the sizes
39
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
P100 VALVE THREAD MANDREL SIZES
The number listed in the chart below tells the size of the mandrel. The first two numbers indicate the
thread pitch and the last two numbers indicate the diameter in 64ths of an inch.
NOTE: In most cases you will need at least two P100 Mandrels to repair damaged threads. One mandrel
will be the actual size of the horn as listed below and the second will be
1 size larger for external thread or
1 size smaller for internal thread
As an example, if you needed to repair an All Star cornet, you would order one P100 in size 3651 and the
second in size 3652. If the size you need is not listed on the charts, Ferrees will make it for you. As always,
our customer service people will be glad to help you. These mandrels may be ordered individually or more
economically in sets of 10.
SIZE
2749
2753
3247
3248
3250
3251
3252
3288
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
40
WILL FIT THESE HORNS

Conn 16b trpt.-bottom
Conn 16b trpt.-top
Bach, Elkhart & N.Y.-bottom
Nova-bottom
Bach, N.Y.-top
Bach, Elkhart-top
Nova-top
Conn Sousaphone, 20k-top & bottom
York-bottom
Benge-bottom, US Besson-bottom,
Besson, London 700-bottom, Schilke
piccolo trpt. top & bottom
Bundy-bottom,
Cleveland, Japanese-bottom,
Collegiate, Japanese-bottom
Conn, Japanese-bottom
Gretsch & H. Pedlerbottom
Noblet, -bottom
Olds, old model (not Ambassador)bottom
Regent-bottom
Yamaha-bottom
American Standard-bottom
Carl Fischer-top
Getzen, new-bottom
Getzen, old-top & bottom
King, Cleveland (ex. Japanese)-bottom
Rudy Muck-top
York-top
Besson, English-bottom
Conn, 1000B-bottom
Conn, 18B-bottom
Huttle-bottom
Olds, Ambassador-bottom
Olds, new-bottom
Reynolds, Medalist, new-bottom
Reynolds, Medalist, old-top & bottom
Reynolds, Specialist, new-bottom
All Star-top and bottom
Besson, Stratford-bottom
Conn, 60B-bottom
SIZE
3651

Coueson-top & bottom
Regent, Roth-top
Reynolds, Emperor-top
Couesnon baritone-top & bottom
3652
Benge-top, US Besson-top
Besson, Stratford-top, US Besson-top,
Cleveland, Japanese-top
Collegiate (not Japanese)-top & bottom
Collegiate, Japanese-top
Conn, Japanese-top
Holton-top & bottom
Olds, old model (not Ambassador)-top
Yamaha-top
American Standard-top
Besson, English-top
Gretsch-top
Holton alto horn-top & bottom
Huttl-top
King, Cleveland (ex. Japanese)-top
Yamaha mellophone-top & bottom
Conn 1000B-top
Olds, Ambassador-top
Olds, new-top
Reynolds, Medalist, new-top
Reynolds, Specialist, new-top
York baritone-bottom
Holton Baritone-top & bottom
Yark baritone-top
Bundy euphonium-bottom
Bach marching baritone-top
King baritone-top & bottom
Olds baritone-top & bottom
Bach marching baritone-top
Besson, baritone, 3 valve English-top &
bottom
Bundy euphonium-top
Besson Sovereign
Besson baritone, 4th valve, English-top
& bottom
Blessing baritone-top & bottom
Holton sousaphone-top & bottom
3653
3654
3656
3660
3663
3664
3665
3667
3668

CONTINUED FROM PRECEEDING PAGE
SIZE
3669
3672
3673
3676
4047
4048
4050
4051
4052
4053
4055
4056
4057
4061
4062
4065
4066

York sousaphone-top & bottom
Blessing bass-top & bottom
Deg bass-top & bottom
King bass-top & bottom
Olds bass-top & bottom
Reynolds bass, new-top & bottom
Reynolds Eb sousaphone-top & bottom
Besson tuba-top & bottom
Conn 12J tuba-top & bottom
Blessing (old Silvertone)-bottom
Carl Fischer-bottom
Lyons-bottom
Martin Elkhart-bottom
Rudy Muck-bottom
Silvertone-bottom
Blessing-bottom
Buescher (old Silvertone)-top
Deg-bottom
Martin Elkhart-top
Blessing (old Silvertone)-top
Jupiter 520-top & bottom
Lyons-top
Martin mellophone-bottom
Silvertone-top
Buescher, old-top
Conn (all except 16B or Japanese)-top &
bottom
Jupiter 1000 trumpet-top
Cavalier mellophone-top & bottom
Conn mellophone-bottom
Pan American mellophone-top & bottom
Jupiter mellophone-top & bottom
Martin, mellophone-top & bottom
Jupiter valve trombone-top & bottom
Buescher baritone-top & bottom
Jupiter euphonium-top & bottom
Jupiter tuba-top
Conn, 101 baritone-top & bottom
Conn, 141 baritone-top & bottom
Pan American baritone-top & bottom
Conn Eb sousaphone-top & bottom
Pan American Eb sousaphone-top &
bottom
Conn, 20I baritone-top & bottom
SIZE
4067
4068
4070
4071
4073

Marin Eb sousaphone-top & bottom
Yamaha euphonium-top &bottom
Yamaha YEB321 euphonium-top &
bottom
Yamaha YEB311 baritone-top & bottom
Yamaha, YBB102 tuba-top & Bottom
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
Martin BBb sousaphone-bottom

Martin Eb sousaphone-top
Reynolds bass, old-bottom
Jupiter sousaphone-top & bottom
Jupiter tuba-bottom
4074
Yamaha tuba-top & bottom
4075
Bundy sousaphone-top & bottom

Martin BBb sousaphone-top
4076
Reynolds bass, old-top

Signet sousaphone-top & bottom
4078
Conn, 14K sousaphone-top & bottom
CORNETS HAVING INTERNAL THREAD

SIZE
3645PI
3647PI
3648PI
3650PI
3651PI
4051PI

Reynolds, Best-top
Selmer, Paris-bottom
Getzen, new-top
Noblet-top
Selmer, Paris-top
Getzen trumpet-top
Reynolds, Best-bottom
Bundy-top
H Pedler-top
Blessing-top
Deg-top
Lyons-top
41
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
CORNETS, TRUMPETS, ALTO HORNS AND MELLOPHONES
BRAND SIZES LISTED ALPHABETICALLY
BRAND OF HORN
SIZE
BRAND OF HORN
SIZE
All Star-top & bottom

American Standard-bottom
American Standard-top
Bach, Elkhart-bottom
Bach, Elkhart-top
Bach, N.Y.-bottom
Bach, N.Y-top
Benge-bottom, US Besson-bottom
Benge-top, US Besson-top
Besson, English-bottom
Besson, English-top
Besson, London 700-bottom
Besson, Stratford-bottom
Besson, Stratford-top
Blessing (old Silvertone)-bottom
Blessing (old Silvertone)-top
Blessing-bottom
Buescher, old-top
Buescher-bottom
Bundy-bottom
Carl Fischer-bottom
Carl Fischer-top
Cavalier mellophone-top & bottom
Cleveland, Japanese-bottom
Cleveland, Japanese-top
Cleveland-bottom
Cleveland-top
Collegiate (not Japanese)-top &
bottom
Collegiate, Japanese-bottom
Collegiate, Japanese-top
Conn 1000B-top
Conn Mellophone-top & bottom
3651
3649
3653
3247
3251
3247
3250
3647
3652
3650
3653
3647
3651
3652
4047
4051
4048
4052
4048
3648
4047
3649
4054
3648
3652
3649
3653
3652
3648
3653
3652
3650
3653
4053
4051
4051
4051
4053
4051
4055
3649
3653
4047
4051
4047
4050
4051
4055
4056
3648
3248
3252
3652
3650
3654
3648
Conn, 1000B-bottom
Conn, 16B trpt.-bottom
Conn, 16B trpt.-top
Conn, 18B-bottom
Conn, 60B-bottom
Conn, (ex. 16B or Japanese)-top &
bottom
3650
2749
2753
3650
3651
4052
Conn, Japanese-bottom
Conn, Japanese-top
Couesnon-top & bottom
3648
3652
3651
H. Pedler-bottom
Holton alto horn-top & bottom
Holton-top & bottom
Huttl-bottom
Huttl-top
Jupiter 1000-bottom
Jupiter mellophone-top & bottom
King-bottom
King-top
Lyons-bottom
Lyons-top
Martin Elkhart
Martin Elkhart-top
Martin mellophone-bottom
Martin mellophone-top &
bottom
Noblet-bottom
Nova-bottom
Nova-top
Olds, (not Ambassador)-top
Olds, Ambassador-bottom
Olds, new-top
Olds, old model (not Ambassador)bottom
Pan American mellophone-top &
bottom
Regent-bottom
Regent-top
Reynolds, Emperor-top
Reynolds, Medalist, new-bottom
Reynolds, Medalist, new-top
Reynolds, Medalist, old-top &
bottom
Reynolds, Specialist, new-top
Reynolds, Specialist, new-bottom
Rudy Muck-bottom
Rudy Much-top
Schilke piccolo trpt.-top & bottom
Silvertone-bottom
Silvertone-top
3648
3652
3654
4054
42
4054
3648
3651
3651
3650
3654
3650
3654
3650
4047
3649
3647
4047
4051

CORNETS, TRUMPETS, ALTO HORNS AND MELLOPHONES CONTD
CORNETS AND TRUMPETS WITH INTERNAL THREAD
BRAND OF HORN
Deg-bottom
Getzen, new-bottom
Getzen, old-top & bottom
Gretsch-bottom
Gretsch-top
BRAND OF HORN
Blessing-top
Bundy-top
Deg-top
Getzen trumpet-top
Getzen, new-top
SIZE
4048
3649
3649
3648
3653
SIZE
4051PI
3650PI
4051PI
3648PI
3647PI
BRAND OF HORN
Yamaha mellophone-top & bottom
Yamaha-bottom
Yamaha-top
York-bottom
York-top
BRAND OF HORN
H. Pedler-top
Noblet-top
Reynolds, Best-bottom
Reynolds, Best-top
Selmer, Paris-bottom
Selmer, Paris-top
SIZE
3653
3648
3652
3646
3649
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
SIZE
3651PI
3647PI
3650PI
3645PI
3645PI
3647PI
VALVE TROMBONES, BARITONES & SOUSAPHONES

BRAND OF HORN
SIZE
BRAND OF HORN
SIZE
Bach, marching baritone-bottom

Bach, marching baritone-top
3664
3665
Besson baritone, 4th valve, englishtop & bottom

Besson baritone-top & bottom
Besson, baritone, 3 valve, Englishtop & bottom
Blessing baritone-top & bottom
Blessing bass-top & bottom
Buescher baritone-top & bottom
Bundy euphonium-bottom
Bundy euphonium-top
Bundy sousaphone-top & bottom
Conn Eb sousaphone-top & bottom
Conn sousaphone, 20K-top & bottom
Conn, 14K sousaphone-top & bottom
Couesnon baritone-top & bottom
Deg bass-top & bottom
Holton Baritone-top & bottom
Holton sousaphone-top & bottom
Jupiter euphonium-top & bottom
Jupiter sousaphone-top & bottom
3668
Jupiter tuba-bottom
Jupiter tuba-top
Jupiter valve trombone-top & bottom
King baritone-top & bottom
King bass-top & bottom
King sousaphone-top & bottom
Martin BBb sousaphone-bottom
Martin BBb sousaphone-top
Martin Eb sousaphone-top
Martin Eb sousaphone-bottom
Olds baritone-top & bottom
Olds bass-top & bottom
Pan American baritone-top & bottom
Pan American Eb Sousa-top & bottom
Reynolds bass, old-top
Reynolds bass, new-top & bottom
Reynolds Eb sousaphone-top & bottom
Signet sousaphone-top & bottom
Yamaha euphonium top & bottom
Yamaha tuba-top & bottom
Yamaha, YBB102 tuba-top & bottom
Yamaha, YEB321 euphonium-top
& bottom
Yamaha, YEP311 baritone-top &
bottom
York baritone-bottom
York baritone-top
York sousaphone-top & bottom
4073
4061
4055
3664
3672
3672
4070
4075
4070
4067
3664
3672
4062
4065
4076
3672
3673
4075
4067
4074
4068
4067
3676
3665
3668
3672
4057
3663
3667
4075
3676
3676
4065
3288
4062
4062
4078
4066
3651
3672
3660
3668
4061
4073
4067
3656
3660
3669
43
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
F11 CLIFF S CANVAS MALLET
This mallet is one of the best new ideas to come

along in years, but also one of the most difficult to
write about. You really have to take this great little
mallet in your hand and work with it to
appreciate what it can do. Cliff Ferree made one of
these mallets for his personal use some time ago.
He liked it so well, that he wanted to make it
available to his customers, too!
The hardness is between a brass hammer and a
rawhide hammer. It is made of rolled canvas and
high pressure phenoilic-type mica. This is the same
substance used to make printed circuit boards used
in space projects where reliability and strength are
so important. It delivers a little more punch than a
rawhide mallet, but will not mar a surface like a
brass hammer or a dent hammer.
The precut tapered edge is thinner than normally
used on a rawhide mallet and therefore,
concentrates more power directly to the target.
Some of the repairmen that have tried this mallet
describe the feel as snappy. We are sure that you
will enjoy using this space age mallet yourself, and
of course, trying this hammer will make you a
believer. This really is a try-it-youll-like-it tool.
F11 Canvas Mallet

*NEW* F11A Larger Canvas Mallet
F9 BRASS HEAD HAMMER
*NEW* Z6 SYNTHETIC
LUBRICANT
It is important to use this
NEW
Z6
synthetic
lubricant in all friction
producing actions. This
product, when mixed with
your petroleum jelly is
Great! It makes all of your
movements
easier;
burnishing, rubbing or
contouring. It also tends
not to allow as much, if any, scratching of the raw
brass or lacquered surfaces. It is also very good with
silver plated surfaces. Z6 should be mandatory for
all burnishing jobs. Especially rod and ball work.
Comes in 4 oz can. MANDATORY for the Z60-13
aluminum balls.
Z6
Z6A
Z6B
Synthetic Lubricant 4 oz
Pint
Quart
*NEW* Z8 MONEL ADDITIVE

Made specifically for Monel.
It can be used on brass, stainless, plated valves or trombone
slides. This gives you long
lasting performance, without
the recurring drag that sometimes occurs. Saves come
backs after repairs.
Z8
Z8A
Z8B
1-1/4 oz
Pint
Quart
~REPAIR TIP~
This 4 oz (113g) brass head is for use when you

need something firmer and more persuasive.
44
F9
Brass Head Hammer
A Bit About Flutes...Bundy flutes usually work just

fine using ALL our standard .114 thick pads in the
big sizes, and for the three little 11mm pads; I
(Gary Ferree) have always used the B21 double
skinned clarinet pads because they have a thicker
cardboard on the back which keeps them flatter for
better seating and the thicker skin makes them less
crinkly as far as noise goes and more durable. At
least, in my mind. Also, less shellac to manage.
N58 GROUND CASING

MANDRELS
These are solid steel mandrels used to remove dents

from valve casings and to straighten casings if they
are sprung. Easier, faster and more safe to use than
reamers and almost impossible to damage a casing
using these mandrels. They are not adjustable, so you
must know the size you need or the brand and model
of the instrument. Precision measuring is helpful.
N28 GROUND VALVE

SLEEVES
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
These steel sleeves are used to straighten bent and

out of round pistons. The sleeves have been bored
and then honed to the exact sizes used when the valve
casings were manufactured. They are not adjustable.
This is a forming die.
TO USE
Remove the valve cap, finger button, stem and
guide from the piston. Select the proper diameter
sleeve and push the piston all the way in so the main
body of the piston is completely covered by the
sleeve. Hold this complete assembly in the palm of
your hand. Use a F5 rawhide or canvas mallet and
strike the outside of the steel sleeve many times,
rotating the sleeve in your hand as you go, so
hammer blows strike the sleeve all the way around.
Continue this procedure until the piston works freely
in the sleeve.
The recommended procedure for use:

Mount the instrument on a wood assembly
mandrel in a vise.
Thoroughly clean the casings with F7
Brasso and Z10 Cold Cleaner
Select the proper size mandrel for the
instrument and insert it all the way into the
casing.
When ready to hit the mandrel, STRIKE
SHARPLY. It is the quantity of hits that raises the dents and straightens casings, not the
force
ORDER THE EXACT SIZE.
used. Strike firmly-not hard.
SLEEVES
ARE NOT ADJUSTABLE
Use the side of a rawhide mallet and strike
the small end of the mandrel with many
small and repeated taps. Use sideways and up TO ORDER CORRECT SIZEorder by the size of
the valve wanted. Example Yamaha .664
and down hits. Aim at port intersections.
ORDER THE EXACT SIZE.

MANDRELS ARE NOT ADJUSTABLE
TO ORDER THE CORRECT SIZEOrder by the
O.D. of the piston. Example: Yamaha .664.
N28A For cornet and trumpet

N28C For alto horn, valve trombone,
N28D For sousaphone, Tuba, Bari
N58A For cornet and trumpet

N58C For alto horn, valve trombone, baritone
and euphonium
N58D For sousaphone, Tuba, Bari
CASING MANDRELS AND VALVE SLEEVE

SIZES LISTED ON NEXT 2 PAGES
(N28A/N58A Part # for sizes: .640-.700, N28C/N58C: .701-.885, N28D/N58D: .888-1.400)
45
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
BRAND
Pan Am, Cont, Conn
16A
201 Short Action
Japanese
Bach, Mercedes 1
COR./
TRPT.
.682
.665
ALT/HRN
MELLO.
.714
VALVE
TROMB
.714
BARI
EUPH.
.828
Eb
BASS
.888
BBb
BASS
1.048
JUMBO
BASS
1.223
1.365
.939
1.360
.978
1.365
.888
.664
.664
.741
Benge
Besson1st line
Student line
Student line 609 USA
4 Valve Baritone
Blessing
Boosey & Hawkes, Regent
Bundy
.658
.685
.684
.664
Buescher-new
-old
.650
.682
Couesnon
Czechoslovakia
Deg, Dynasty II, 2 Valve
.668
.674
East German
Getzen
Holton-new, made in USA incl
Colleg T602
Old Holton
Old Collegiate
New Colleg-Yamaha T602R
Huttl
Imperial Creations, Pocket
.686
.650
Jupiter
King
Marching Baritone
Cleveland
Leblanc
Martin, Indiana
Meinl Weston
Mercedes II, Signet
Musica Austria
Olds
Orsi
Reynolds by Olds
Reynolds by Reynolds
Roth, Sears, RMC, Reynolds
by Blessing, Wards
Schenkelaars
Schilke
Selmer, French
Shanghai
Windsor
Yamaha
YB 102
York
.649
.660
.728
.660
.661
.660
.660
.660
.715
.840
march
.776
.775
.684
.923
.864
.976
.645
.645
.650
.724
.842
.920
.978
1.062
.978 tuba
1.062
.864
.772
.840
.665
.836
.660
.650
.668
.664
.672
.644
.650
.673
.665
.645
.664
.660
.645
.657
.645
.661
.660
.651
.664
.650
.668
.916 tuba
.924
.791
.802
.791
.728
.737
.807
.835
.738
.922
.906
.922
1.141
1.003
.976
.936
.812
.812
.665
.772
1.015
.916 tuba
1.062
.665
.738
.839
.976
.664
.738
.839
.832
.975
.976
.837
.893
.893 tuba
.680
.925
.631
46
.947
1.039
.947 tuba
SIZE
.631
.644
.645
.645
.645
.645
.645
.645
.645
.649
.650
.650
.650
.650
.650
.650
.651
.657
.658
.660
.660
.660
.660
.660
.660
.660
.660
.661
.661
.664
.664
.664
.664
.664
.664
.664
.664
.665
.665
.665
.665
.668
.668
.668
.672
.673
.674
.680
.682
.682
.682
.684
.685
.686
.714
.714
.715
.728
.728
BRAND NAME
York
Imperial Creations, Pocket
Blessing
Roth, Sears, RMC
Reynolds by Blessing
Wards
Schilke
Boosey/Hawkes
Orsi
Jupiter
Bundy/Bach TR300
Buescher-NEW
Getzen
Getzen
Holton-OLD
Mercedes II, Signet
Windsor
Schenkelaars
Benge
Holton
King
King
Leblanc
Leblanc
Martin, Indiana
Shanghai
Cleveland
Selmer, French
Besson-Student Line
Conn, Japanese
Bach, Mercedes I
New Collegiate
Yamaha T602R
Reynolds by Olds
Reynolds by Olds
Yamaha
Pan Am, Conn 16A
Bundy, Mercedes II, Signet
Olds
Olds
Couesnon
Old Collegiate
Old Holton
Huttl
Musica Austria
Czechoslovakia
Yamaha
Conn (Old)
Pan Am, Continental
Buescher-Old
Besson-Student Line
Besson-1st Line
East German
Pan Am, Continental
Pan Am, Continental
Martin, Indiana
Jupiter
Jupiter
INSTRUMENT
COR/TRPT
CORNET
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
VALVE T-BONE
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
VALVE T-BONE
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
COR/TRPT
COR/TRPT
ALTO HORN/MELL
VALVE T-BONE
ALTO HORN/MELL
ALTO HORN/MELL
VALVE T-BONE
SIZE
.737
.738
.738
.741
.772
.775
.776
.791
.791
.802
.812
.812
.828
.832
.835
.836
.837
.837
.837
.839
.840
.840
.842
.864
.864
.888
.888
.893
.893
.916
.920
.922
.922
.925
.924
.936
.939
.947
.947
.975
.976
.976
.976
.978
.978
.978
1.003
1.015
1.039
1.048
1.062
1.062
1.062
1.062
1.141
1.223
1.360
1.365
1.365
BRAND NAME
INSTRUMENT
King
VALVE T-BONE
King
MRCH. BARITONE
Olds & Reynolds by Olds
VALVE T-BONE
Bach, Mercedes I
ALTO HRN/MELL
Bundy, Mercedes II, Signet
BARITONE
Besson, Student Line
BARITONE
Besson, 1st Line
BARITONE
Getzen
BARITONE
Old Collegiate
BARITONE
Old Holton
BARITONE
Martin, Indiana
VALVE T-BONE
Martin, Indiana
BARITONE
Pan Am, Continental, Conn
BARITONE
BARITONE
King
BARITONE
Deg, Dynasty, 2 valve
BARITONE
Roth, Sears, RMC
BARITONE
Reynolds by Blessing
BARITONE
Wards
BARITONE
Reynolds by Olds
BARITONE
Bach, Mercedes I
BARI/MRCH. BARI
Bundy
BARITONE
Blessing
BARITONE
Besson-Student Line
EUPHONIUM
Boosey/Hawkes
EUPHONIUM
Conn 201 Short Action
EUPHONIUM
Pan Am, Continental
Eb BASS
Schenkelaaras
BARITONE
Schenkelaaras
TUBA
East German & Menl Weston
TUBA
Blessing Accord Bb
TUBA
Old Holton
BBb/Eb Bass
Besson-1st Line
EUPHONIUM
Yamaha
BARITONE
Getzen
BBb Bass
Cleveland
JUMBO BASS
Besson-Student Line
Eb BASS
Yamaha
Eb BASS
Yamaha-YB102
TUBA
Reynolds by Olds
BBb BASS
Besson-4 Valve
BARITONE
King and Olds
BBb BASS
BBb BASS
Besson-Student Line
BBb BASS
Bundy
TUBA
Boosey/Hawkes
BBb BASS
Jupiter
BBb BASS
Martin, Indiana
BBb BASS
Yamaha
BBb BASS
Pan Am, Continental
BBb BASS
Bundy
BBb BASS
Buescher-New
BBb BASS
Mercedes II
BBb BASS
Signet
BBb BASS
Old Holton
JUMBO BASS
Pan Am, Continental
JUMBO BASS
Besson-1st Line
BBb BASS
Besson-1st Line
Eb BASS
Besson-1st Line
JUMBO BASS
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
47
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
P90 TROMBONE LEVELING STONE
This precision cut and ground granite is within .0001 (.0025mm) of being level. It is fitted with a
removable slide assembling jig, consisting of two
precision ground rails, each of which has a permanently mounted guide pin and three 10 lb pull, dual
pole magnetic holders. The combination of the tapered holders and the permanently mounted guide
pins will hold any size slide in position without any
damage to the slide rails
(tubes).
P91 ADJUSTABLE STAND FOR

TROMBONE LEVELING BLOCK
If you have a P90
Trombone Leveling Stone,
the P91 Adjustable Stand is
what
youve
been
wanting. The stand holds
the stone at the right level
for you to see the bends in
the tubing. Also provides a
better lighting position,
allows
a
comfortable
posture while working,
eliminates dropping the
heavy stone on your foot or ankle, provides
convenient storage by allowing you to roll the stone
out of the way when not in use.
P91 Adjustable Stand

The P90 Trombone Leveling
Stone with the holders in place
is used to reassemble a slide after it has been straightened and aligned or when installing any new rails
(tubes) or other parts (hand brace or end bow). The
magnetic holders hold the slide exactly in position
after measuring so that binding wire is not necessary.
In actual use, the two magnetic holders on the right
would be in position, but we have tipped them on
their sides so you can see the magnets mounted in the
bottoms.
By removing the assembling jig or turning it to the
rear, the stone can be used to straighten sprung slides
the same way the steel leveling plate was used. Also,
the granite is much superior to a glass leveling plate,
because glass is very elastic and quickly effected by
temperature changes. The P90 Trombone Leveling
Stone has a bracket on the bottom so that it may be
mounted in a vise. By removing the bracket you can
screw the stone to the P91 Stand.
The P90 Trombone Leveling Stone comes
complete with the vise mounting bracket, two
precision ground slide spacing rails and 6 magnets.
P90 Trombone Leveling Stone, Complete

P90B Steel Bar (Set of 2)
P90M Magnets Only (1 only, NOT set)
P90S Stone only w/vise mounting bracket
48
*NEW* P88 TUBING

TRUE TOOL
These NEW Tubing True Tool mandrels allow

the most precision and accurate way to round and
straighten brass band instrument tubing, including
trombone slide rail tubes.
These new precision ground mandrels allow about a
3 times more precise fit than even our regular
mandrels; both foreign and domestic.
The new 11 length brings this proven idea into the
21st century, so that in conjunction with your N87A
trombone pliers you will have the perfect meld of
both accuracy and speed. 34 sizes available.
The N87A requires approximately 5.5 of work
space for best results. The NEW P88 provides 11 for
a 100% safety factor. The P88 also has incorporated a
delrin Safety Stop to help prevent over run,
which is used on our P53 with great success for
several years. Comes with instructions.
P88L Set of 2 trombone handles (2 diameters)
P88S Set of 2 regular tube handles (2 diameters)
P88M Indv. Mandrels by size from .440 to .605
N53 REGULAR TROMBONE

SLIDE MANDRELS
These N53 mandrels are perfectly straight, high
carbon, 36 (91.4cm) rods. The leading edges of
these rods are chamfered for safe insertion. The other
end of the rod is knurled for placement in the vise.
We can make any size needed.
These mandrels can also be used to keep slides
straight during buffing. They are also used by those
who prefer the traditional method of repairing dented
trombone slides.
INDIVIDUAL RODSSTATE SIZE

#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
.4219 (10.7mm)
.4375 (11.1mm)
.4531 (11.5mm)
.4687 (11.9mm)
.4843 (12.3mm)
.5000 (12.7mm)
N53S
N53A
N53B
N53C
N53D
N53E
#7 .5156 (13mm)
#8 .5313 (13.5mm)
#9 .5469 (13.9mm)
#10 .5625 (14.3mm)
#11 .5781 (14.7mm)
#12 .5937 (15.1mm)
#13 .6094 (15.5mm)
Set of Trombone Slide Mandrels (#1-10)

Individual Mandrels (#1-5)
Yellow Mesh Sleeve 1/4-1/2
Blue Mesh Sleeve 1/2-3/4
N52 METRIC TROMBONE

SLIDE MANDRELS
Special metric trombone slide mandrels for use on

Yamaha and other Asian trombone slides. Also,
some Conn, King, etc.. We can make any size needed.
N52A 12.2mm (.4803)

N52B 13.5mm (.5313)
N52C 14.5mm (.5709)
Note: N53B #8 and N52B are

the exact same size.
*NEW* N87A TROMBONE

ROLLING SLIDE DENT TOOL
This tool is a
complete departure
from
previous
methods
of
trombone
slide
dent removal.
We used to use a
N52
or
N53
mandrel fitted into
the slide and a N12 ring to burnish the slide. Years
later, with the N12 ring mounted in the vise,
lubricated and petroleum jelly or bar soap, you
dragged the slide through the ring on an angle and
scrubbed the dents out.
Of course, this scratched the finish even with the
soap or petroleum jelly used. But, the larger problem
was that IT BENT THE SLIDE. Now, you really had
something to fix. We then advanced to using the old
N87 which had two rollers to angle the slide thru,
thus rolling out the dents and leaving less damage to
the finish and maybe not bending the slide tube rails
quite as much.
This new N87A is based on an idea from Dr. Mike
Webb who had used some old modified N87 parts
with some long tubular metal and a piece of threaded
rod with some acorn nuts. Gary used this tool in Iowa
at a clinic and Mike later sent it to him to use and
measure. Curtis drew it up and then Gary showed
Cliff how well it worked.
After observing the tool in action Cliff reduced the
size and made it a little more user friendly with a
stabilizing wing, an indexing system and coated
aluminum handles so that the tool is safer, more
manageable, easier to use and still very affordable.
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N87A Trombone Rolling Slide Dent Tool

N87U Update for N87Send in old tool
N12 BURNISHING RING

The N12 ring is used
when burnishing a slide
tube while using a mandrel.
Used to burnish out dents
and dings.
N12
Burnishing Ring
49
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
N10 & N11 EXPANDABLE
DENT REMOVAL TOOLS
FOR COMPARING DISTANCES
A
tool
of
specific size such
as
an
N53
Mandrel cannot
work equally well
on
both
the
beginning section
and the bottom
section of the
slide. This is because the first 4 inches of the slide is
from .002 to .010 (.05mm to .15mm) smaller than
the rest of the slide on 90% of all trombones. This is
caused by shrinkage of the tubing when the hand
brace or outer sleeve is soldered on. This can also be
caused by the slide being jarred in such a way that
the hand brace is pushed slightly into the slide.
Using the tool is simple. First, clean the trombone
slide thoroughly with F7 Brasso, Z10 Cold Cleaner
and a dry cheesecloth rag as per our standard
process. Put the tool in the vise and slide the
trombone slide loosely over the tool. Turn the
adjusting nut until the expandable working part of the tool
is snug under a portion of the tubing that is dent
free. Then, merely slide the trombone slide back and
forth over the working part of the tool with a slightly rotating movement. This will produce a smooth
burnishing action. The tool is polished chromed
steel. It will not burr or scrape the inside tubing. Rotate until the slide feels smooth. Remove the slide
and wipe it out with a clean length of X50 cheesecloth. The dent will probably have
disappeared; if not, repeat the operation with the adjusting nut a little tighter.
N10 For tenor inner slides

N11 For tenor outer slides
N11A For bass trombone outer slides
Use with N12 ring on page 49.
50
G8 VERNIER
COMPARATIVE CALIPER
Graduated in both millimeters and 1/32,

6 (152mm) long, with 5-3/8 (137mm) capacity, this
device is an economical wonder when it comes to
simple machine work, like tenons, toneholes and
sockets. Your sense of feel can be more accurate
than you need to be. For comparing distances that are
to be the same, you can use these inexpensive
calipers and compare the tension between the trombone slide rails or tubes. The measurement doesnt
matter as long as the distance between them is the
same, measured by your good sense of feel.
Check alignment of trombone slides, tuning slides
and other parallel dimensions.
G8 Vernier Comparative Caliper
P89 STEEL TROMBONE

SLIDE PLATE
The plate has a 3 (76mm) X 20 (508mm) ground

surface. It is inexpensive and excellent for
straightening individual rails of trombone slides. The
20 (508mm) length will not interfere with the hand
slide brace sleeve. CAUTIONDO NOT attempt to
solder on this plate. Acid fumes will destroy the
ground finish and the heat could warp the steel. For
soldering work, the P90 Trombone Leveling Stone
should be used.
P89 Trombone Slide Plate
P80 ROCKET ROLLER
P80 Shown mounted in a L42

multi-angle rod holder vise
The Rocket Roller is a rotating bell mandrel with

a specially designed concave taper. One end of the
tool accepts one of two interchangeable heads: one
for cornet, trumpet, flugelhorn, another for
trombone and baritone. The other end is a rotating
tapered mandrel, 1 (25.4mm) to 3/8 (9.5mm),
which can roll against the bell ring, inside tapers on
trumpet, cornet, trombone bells etc.. The concave
taper is the secret to the ease of operation and easy
blending with the P80 Rocket Roller.
P80 Rocket Dent Roller
DIAL CALIPERS
P60 ROTARY VALVE

BEARING TOOL
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
The P60 Rotary Valve Bearing Tool consists of a

hex shaped main body. Included is a complete range
of collet sizes to fit French horns as well as other
rotary instruments. And newly added sizes for
woodwind key swedging.
TO DO THE TOP BEARING

Place the hex body of the tool in a vise. Select a
collet that fits the bearing and slide this collet into
the holder. Screw on the pressure handle. Insert the
valve stem into the top bearing plate, then put the
bearing into the collet and tighten the pressure
handle with sufficient force to shrink the bearing
against the stem.
TO DO THE BOTTOM BEARING

Remove the cork stops and place the bottom
bearing stem into the proper size collet. Proceed as
above.
TO RELEASE THE TOOL

To remove the bearing from the tool, unscrew the
pressure handle one turn and tap the pressure handle
with the palm of your hand to release it.
Necessary for tonehole, tenon and socket work as

well as brass tube sizing and wood rod making. Also,
for identifying major diameters of screws. Stainless
steel with measuring faces precision ground and
micro lapped for ultimate accuracy. Protective case.
G5A 4 length by .001

G5B 10cm length by .05mm
P60 Rotary Valve Tool, Complete with Body

and Four Collets, #0, #1, #2 & #3
P60B Body & Handle only
P60C Individual Collets-Specify size
Collet size ranges for rotary valves:
P60C-0 .286-.316 (7.3-8mm)
P60C-1 .313-.343 (8-8.7mm)
P60C-2 .338-.368 (8.6-9.4mm)
P60C-3 .360-.390 (9.1-9.9mm)
Optional sizes woodwind collet sizes:
P60C-5 5mm
P60C-6 6mm
P60C-7 7mm
P61 Rotor Bearing Plate Expander (Pg. 58)
51
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
P101 BACH AND BUNDY
THREAD RESTORING TOOL
J17 PATCHING BRASS

ASSORTMENT
Stamped patching brass circles. Assorted sizes.
Very handy. .025 (.64mm) thick.
J17 Patching Brass Assort. Sold by the pound
L11 PATCH MAKING TOOL
Bach and Bundy cornet and trumpet piston spring

tower thread restoring tool. This tool removes
corrosion left in the top of the spring barrel when
replacing or reinstalling the aluminum alloy valve
stems.
P101 Thread Restoring Tool
P102 YAMAHA SPRING TOWER

THREAD RESTORING TOOL
This tool has

the correct profile
of crook to make
patches
for
knuckles
and
slide crooks on
trumpets
and
cornets.
Use
annealed sheet brass or nickel silver for the patch.
L11
Patch Making Tool for cornets and

trumpets
L11A Larger size for sousaphones
L24 LEAD BLOCK
Ferrees now manufactures a thread restoring tool

for Yamaha Cornet/Trumpet spring tower. This tool
will do exactly what the P101 does, except that it is
made specifically for the Yamaha.
Rolled pure soft lead.

4 (102mm) square,
1/2 (12.7mm) thick.
For making patches,
etc.. or as a pounding
surface. Ideal for use in
connection with our
Patch Making Tool. Also, used to receive needle springs.
P102 Yamaha Thread Restoring Tool
J11 NICKEL SILVER

PATCHING MATERIAL
This patching material .025 thick, is now available
in 6 X 12 (152mm x 305mm) pieces. Easily
formed to make attractive patches.
L24
Lead Block
L26 LEAD PIG
J11 Nickel Silver Patching Material
Soft pigs of pure

lead. Excellent for
filling tubes to be
bent into crooks or
mouthpipes,
etc.
Weight is about 5
lbs(2.27kg).
J15 & J16 PATCHING BRASS

Sheets of patching brass .025 thick. Soft enough
to be easily formed.
J15 6 (152mm) x 12 (305mm)

J16 12 (305mm) x 12 (305mm)
L26
Lead Pig
52
G40 SLIDE SOLDER ROD
*NEW* O28 ADJUSTABLE

FRENCH HORN HOLDING JIG
This G40 Slide Solder Rod is properly tapered for

soldering into all stuck slides on cornets, trumpets,
mellophones and other small tube instruments after
removing crooks. Warm the slide so you dont burn
the lacquer and apply J88 Corrosion Cracker to help
loosen the slides. Solid brass for easy soldering.
5 (127mm) long.
BRASSWIND TOOLS
Brasswind tools
G40 Slide Solder Rod
O70 WOOD ASSEMBLY

MANDRELS
Mandrels used to securely hold instruments

during repairing or final assembling after
lacquering.
O70A Wood Assembly Mandrel, small for
cornet and trumpet
O70B Wood Assembly Mandrel, medium for
trombone
O70C Wood Assembly Mandrel, large for sax
and baritone
O70D For Bass Trombone (not included in set)
O70S Set of 3 Wood Assembly Mandrels,
(O70A, O70B and O70C)
This holding jig is a very secure way of holding

French horns in a vise. It greatly eases operations
such as soldering, valve adjustments, string
adjustment and other general repairs. New O28 model has a hole in center of the base plate, so that P56
(on page 19) can be used with it.
Some of the more unique features include: an
adjustable hand brake to allow the Repairmen to
rotate the instrument 360 and lock in place at any
angle; a base and holding groove covered with felt to
prevent scratching; adjustable holding blocks to
securely hold any size French horn bell in place.
O28 French Horn Holding Jig

O28U UpdateSend in old tool
P56X Extension Handle for O28
O29 VALVE INSTRUMENT

HOLDING JIG
O10 CORNET AND

TRUMPET POLSHING JIG
Will hold most piston
valve instruments. while
doing hand polishing or
special soldering. Hard
maple prongs slip easily into
first and third valve casings.
O10 Cornet and Trumpet Polishing Jig
This jig holds valve instruments more securely

than ever before.
Although constructed of steel, this holding jig
features delrin hardware and PVC covered shafts to
protect inside valve casing surfaces. The adjustable
shaft with locking lever will accommodate different
widths of valve casing clusters. The O29 also works
well with the newer marching style instruments.
O29 Valve Instrument Holding Jig
53
BRASSWIND TOOLS
BRASSWIND tools
UNIVERSAL
WATER KEYS
A complete water key
assembly; with a solid
brass saddle and nipple.
The key and pin are
nickel plated. Includes
spring.
S20N For
cornet-trumpet
tuning
slide
Complete Assembly
S25N For 3rd valve slide on cornet-trumpet.
Complete Assembly
S30N For trombone. Complete Assembly
S80-S96 FERREES
VALVE SPRINGS
Precision made of phosphor bronze alloy.
S80
S35 AMADO WATER KEY
S81
We have the Amado

Water Key in stock. This
fine
water
key
is
available on several newer model
instruments.
It
can
be
installed anywhere on the
instrument that has a
water build-up. Installation is very simple.
These water key assemblies are sold as a
complete package, ONLY. They come to you,
unassembled, in five parts.
Available in unfinished brass and silver plated.
S82
S83
S84
S85
S86
S87
S88
Cornet, straight, small inner upper,

Selmer type
Cornet, barrel, inner upper, Bach-Bundy
type
Cornet bottom, Conn type
Cornet medium, outer upper Buescher
type
Cornet, large, outer upper, Olds-King
type
Mellophone, alto horn
Baritone
Eb sousaphone
BBb sousaphone
S90S93B FERREES
WATER KEY SPRINGS
S35 Amado Water Keys, brass

S35S Amado Watery Keys, silver plated
S78 & S79 POLYGON SPRINGS

These
springs
are available in
diameters to fit
basses and
baritones and are sold
in 9 (229mm)
lengths, allowing
you to custom cut valve springs for each individual
horn. This gives your customer the personal touch.
The unique shape gives an especially smooth action to the valves
S78
S79
54
Ferree Polygon spring for baritones/

euphonium, 9 (229mm) length
Ferree Polygon spring for tuba/
sousaphone, 9 (229mm) length
S89
S96
French horn rotary valve

Tuba rotary valve
S90
S91
S92
S93A
S93B
Internal type for cornet or trumpet

External type for Cr/Tr, Alto horn
Baritone or Basses
Trombone, medium, Conn type
Trombone, large, King type
D49 WATER KEY SPRING

INSTALLING JIG
A jig to install short nippled water key springs
D49 Water Key Spring Installing Jig
L13 TUNING SLIDE

REMOVAL TOOL
Wrap rawhide around the stuck slide. Hook the

L13 Slide Remover around the rawhide and briskly
pull with the sliding weight. Designed to help
prevent pinched fingers. Also to be used with the
N60 Sax Post Raising Tool as shown above.
L13 Tuning Slide Removing Tool

L13A Replacement Hook (screws in)
L13B Replacement Rawhide Strip
G30 TROMBONE
SLIDE SPACING TOOL
We have the simple
method to get correct
alignment of trombone
slides during reassembly.
Faster and far more
accurate than makeshift
methods, the G30 Slide
Spacing Tool works well
for aligning both inside
and outside slides. It is
accurately machined from steel and brass and has a
fine screw adjustment.
After straightening the slide rails or tubes, then,
using either the end bow or the handslide brace to
establish the spacing, use the G30 spacing tools to
maintain this size at both ends. After re-checking the
parallel, solder the slide together using low heat.
High heat will change your alignment. We suggest
using the E45A solder clips to secure the brace/tube
alignment when soldering. Also, you will find using
the P90 stone will enhance your accuracy.
N60 SAX POST RAISING TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
When a sax post is depressed into the sax body

causing misalignment and key binding, it can be
raised quickly to its proper position with the N60 Sax
Post Raising Tool. The tool is double-ended to fit all
common sized posts. It is not necessary to remove
the spring, unless the post has two springs pointing in
opposite directions. In this case, remove the top most
spring only. NEW N60B for baritone saxes.
PROCEDURE
Slip the tool over the post knob. Insert the hook of
your L13 Tuning Slide Removing Tool through the
hole at the opposite end (see picture below). Align
the Post Raising Tool and the Slide Remover so that
they will put the post in the proper direction. Now,
pull the weight on the L13 Slide Removing Tool.
Two or three light pulls will usually do the job.
The N60 and N60B Sax Post Raising Tools can
also be used for pulling dents out of sousaphones and
other large bodied instruments. Solder a sax post into
the center of the dent and pull up a little more force.
N60 Sax Post Raising Tool-Alto, Tenor Sax

N60B Sax Post Raising Tool-Baritone Sax
N60A Misc. sax posts
G30 Slide Spacing Tool (Set of Two)

55
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
*NEW* N93 SAX BODY MANDREL
2-1/2
(63.5mm)
Overall diameter
1-1/8
(28.57mm)
Diameter
8 long
(203.2mm)
46
(1168.4mm) (116.84cm)
Work length
.875
(22.22mm)
Diameter
This solid steel tapered body mandrel is a copy of the original sax body rod Cliff and Gary have used for
over 50 years. It works equally well on alto, tenor and baritone sax bodies. The body must be apart to use it as
you are likely working on a badly bent or damaged instrument. Use to straighten, dent or burnish the body
tube.
N61 SAX BODY

STRAIGHTENING TOOL
This Sax Body
Set is especially
for straightening
saxes which are
slightly bent or
sprung,
usually
causing
upper
stack keys to bind
and /or not work
properly. Always straighten before disassembly!
Bending the keys and cups without straightening
the body or shortening the hinge tubing will not
work satisfactorily . The stack rod will still not align
with the posts or key spacing.
After you determine which way the body is bent
or sprung, insert the proper size N61 plug into the
neck socket on an alto/tenor OR tighten the clamp
on the sax body holder placed on the baritone body
to the coil ring. Some repairmen accomplish the
straightening by allowing a controlled fall of the
instrument so that the holding device hits the top of
the bench and reverses the bend. One or two light
blows are usually sufficient to straighten the body
and realign the keys. QUICK AND EASY! Full
instructions are included.
N61
Sax Body Straightening Set
O70C WOOD
ASSEMBLY MANDREL
56
54 Overall length
(1371.6mm)
(137.16cm)
O70C Wood assembly mandrel, large for

sax and baritone.
N72 BODY BOW DENT REMOVER

A double ended,
curved and tapered
rod, 18 (457mm)
long
and
1/2 (12.7mm) in
diameter.
Intended
to
remove dents in the
sax body bow by inserting balls through the Eb or C
tone holes and then gently prying up dents, low
spots or brace flanges with the lever action hand or
in a vise. Use the N80CS set of balls and N16S
guides.
N72
Sax Body Bow Dent Remover
N73 SAX GOOSENECK DENT ROD

This 1/2 (12.7mm)
tapered and curved rod
was designed to help
remove dents from all sax
goosenecks using the
fast, rod
and
ball
technique.
The slightly curved end fits the body end of the
necks and the large curved end fits over inside the
gooseneck of the Tenor Sax and some C Melodies.
Use the flexible P58 for that area between where
the rod and ball will not reach from either end.
In addition to sax repairs the N73 Rod can also be
used on some French horn crooks, some sousaphone
crooks, etc.. Used with the N80BS Set of balls
N73 Sax Gooseneck Dent Rod
*NEW* REP FERREES

REPAIR MANUAL
N16 SAX DENT ROD GUIDE

The tool is laid
over the tone hole
opening.
The
desired dent rod
with the ball is
used
to
carefully push up
the dented key
guards, posts and
dents that are close
to the tone hole opening. A centering notch
prevents the dent rod from slipping. The dent rods
and balls not included.
N16S
N16A
N16B
N16C
Sax Dent Rod Guides (Set of 3)

Sax Dent Tool 3/4 (19mm)
Sax Dent Tool 1 (25.4mm)
Sax Dent Tool 1-1/4 (31.8mm)
N81 SAX DENT BALLS
Now, also available,

the original Ferrees
Repair Manual, from
the Ferrees Repair
School.
Used as a college text,
this rare book has now
been re-edited,
typo
-corrected, reprinted and
is now available for
you. There are no
pictures, just a lot of
intense information, in
easy to read layout and divided into chapters so you
can easily look up what you are most interested in
doing. More intense than EB3.
REP
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
Ferrees Repair Manual
EB3 ERICK BRAND

REPAIR MANUAL
Two new sets of balls for sax work that will fit the
N31 and N74 dent rods. Each set has a round ball
and a barrel shaped ball. The round ball is for
pushing up dents in sax bodies. The barrel shaped
ball is for smoothing out dents. The balls are slotted
so they can be slipped past the octave tube going in
through the neck receiver.
N81A Round push ball and barrel shaped ball
for alto sax
N81B Round push ball and barrel shaped ball
for tenor sax
N81S A set consisting of all the balls listed in
N81A and B
(Round balls have a thread size of 3/8-16.
Barrel shaped balls have a thread size of 1/2-13)
The well known Erick Brand Repair Manual,

considered by some as the Bible of the
industry. Everything you need to know about
repairing
band
instruments
including
recommended tools. This manual has been
faithfully reprinted by Ferrees since 1993, to
help newcomers.
EB3
Erick Brand Repair Manual
57
WWODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
N4 YAMAHA TUNING
SLIDE DENT REMOVAL KIT
If you service Yamaha cornets or trumpets this

TUNING SLIDE DENT REMOVAL KIT is a
must have addition to the shop. Because of the
manufacturing process (silver soldered draw knob),
dents in the first or second valve tuning slide are
nearly impossible to fix any normal method.
Ferrees modified the dent removing jig used at
the Yamaha factory to solve this problem. In 90% of
the dented slides we tried, the N4 fixed them quickly without the need for further dent work.
N85 SAX BODY DENT REMOVER
For removing dents from saxophone bodies by

internal hammering, which can be controlled from
the outside of the instrument. Will work on bow or
any part of the body.
The price includes two different length arms and
three interchangeable heads.
N85
Sax Body dent Remover

(Not interchangeable with L13)
*NEW* P61 BACK ROTOR

BEARING PLATE EXPANDER
The N4 DENT REMOVING KIT will eliminate

the need for keeping a large inventory of new slides
as replacement parts. It will also eliminate having
to completely overhaul each damaged tuning slide.
The kit comes complete with a holding jig, special
ground pliers and instructions.
N4 Yamaha Tuning Slide Dent Removal Kit
*NEW* ERV STRING REPAIR FOR

BAND INSTRUMENT REPAIRMEN
Here it is! A violin repair
manual written especially for
Band Instrument Repairmen by
a Band Instrument Repairman
who is also well schooled as a
Luthier. Richard Ervin, who
trained with roots going back
to the Mittenwald school in
Germany, makes string repair
understandable and easy to
perform.
ERV String Repair Book
A super tool for tightening loose bearing plates in

warn rotor valves.
Quickly tightens bearing plates by expanding their
diameter by swedging them while they spin in this
handy fixture that is mounted in your lathe or even
your bench motor. Roller makes easy work of this old
problem.
P61 Back Rotor Bearing Plate Expander
SEE US ONLINE AT
58
REPAIR KITS
Q30 STANDARD REPAIR KIT
Take a look at these handy kits. There is a

size for every need and theyre easy to sell to:
*Band Directors
*Salesmen
*On the road musicians
REPAIR KITS
EMERGENCY REPAIR KITS
For band directors or salesmen who dont want to

get into emergency repairs deeply enough to buy
the Q29, this Q30 Standard Kit will solve many
problems.
CONTENTS
Q29 DELUXE REPAIR KIT

This kit contains most items necessary for on the
spot repairs to keep em playing. The items come
in a sturdy box. Take a look at whats included.
TOOLS
Ferrees Mouthpiece Puller, Jewelers Anvil,
2
-Swivel Top Screwdrivers, Valve Mirror, 2-Pad
Leveling Tools, Tweezers, Spring Hook, Hammer, Rawhide Mallet, Bench Knife, Swedging Pliers, Chain Nose
Pliers, Round Nose Pliers, Flat Nose Pliers, Heat Treated Diagonal Cutters, Spring Punching Pliers, Alcohol
Lamp, Lead Block, Warding File, Parallel Round File,
Testing Feeler Holder, Clamp on Vise, Pivot Screw Key
Reamer, Solder Scraper, Flute Gauge, 6 Rule, Micro
Torch.
SUPPLIES
2-Mouthpiece Brushes, Flexible Trombone Brush,
Valve Brush, Wet & Dry Sand Paper, Clarinet Pads,
Sax Pads, Piccolo Pads, Flute Pads, 4 Thicknesses
Sheet Cork, Tube Corks, Water Key Corks, Valve Stem
Felts, Sax Key Felts, Sax Bumper Felts, Pad and Cork
Cement, Flat Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Stainless
Steel Round Springs, Water Key Springs, Valve
Springs, Valve Oil, Key Oil, Bore Oil, Wood Screws,
Valve Cleaning Rod, Cork Cement, Soft Solder, Solder
Flux, French Horn Cord, Split Rivets, Clarinet Swab,
Cork Grease, Sax Pivot Screws, Clarinet Pivot Screws,
Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell Screws,
Sousaphone Bell Screws, Brasso, Silvo, Cheesecloth,
Bench Oiler, Testing Corks, Shellac, Wood Wedges,
Binding Wire, Soldering Millboard, Valve Stem Corks,
Emery Strip, Slide Oil.
Q29 Deluxe Repair Kit
Cork Cement, Round Nose Pliers, Spring Hook, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Key Oil, Cork Knife, Valve Oil,
Slide Oil, Bore Oil, Cork Grease, Clarinet Pads, Sax
Pads, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, French Horn
Cord, Flat Spring Screws, Alcohol Lamp, Flat Nose
Pliers, Brasso, Pad Leveling Tool, Special Pad Prick,
Rawhide Mallet, Pivot Screw Key Reamer, Shellac, 4
Thicknesses of Sheet Cork, Water Key Corks, Tapered
Neck Corks, Valve Stem Felts, Valve Stem Corks, Felt
Bumpers, Sax Key Felts, Stainless Steel Round Springs,
Flat Springs, Valve Springs, Pivot Screws, Thumb Rest
Screws, Valve Cleaning Rod, Valve Mirror, Emery
Strip, Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell
Screws, Sousaphone Bell Screws.
Q30 Standard Repair Kit
Q31 ECONOMY REPAIR KIT

The Q31 Economy
Repair Kit is for
minimum repair
emergencies. Take it with the
band to the football
game or
parade.
Also useful to the college music major. A lot of repair potential at a minimum price.
CONTENTS
Cork Cement, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Cork Knife,
Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Valve Springs, Special Pad
Prick, Tapered Sax Neck Corks, Sax Felts, Sax
Bumpers, Water Key Corks, Valve Cleaning Rod,
French Horn Cord, Chain Nose Pliers, Spring Hook,
Key Oil, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, Pad Leveling
Tool, Sheet Cork, Valve Stem Corks, Stainless Steel
Round Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Pivot Screws,
Thumb Rest Screws, Pad Cement, Cork Grease
Q31 Economy Repair Kit
59
PICTURES
PICTURES
SHOP FOREMEN
OFFICE
Curtis Ferree & Steve W.
Katherine, Cindy, Kate, Dawn
Barbara Ferree
JILL
GLEN
KEN
60
KEITH
ROGER
PICTURES
PICTURES
LYLE
SHIPPING DEPARTMENT
Suzy, Linda, Lisa, Dorothy, Marilyn
RODNEY
STEVE Y.
RUSTY
DALE
RYAN
LINDA
61
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
E67 POST LOCKING
SCREW COUNTERSINK
E68 & E69 POST BODY

COUNTERSINKS
The E67 Post

Locking
Screw
Countersink
is
used to drill and
countersink
the
proper size hole
when installing a
post
locking
screw. The countersink duplicates the taper on the
bottom of the screw head. The pilot drill is correct
size for C50 Wood Screws. Drill is adjustable for
hole depth and can be removed for sharpening or
replacement.
These two post body countersinks and thread

pilot drills are used to countersink the post flange
into the instrument body after a new socket graft
has been installed. The adjustable drill can be
removed for sharpening or replacement.
E67
Post Locking Screw Countersink
E61 FLUTE GAUGE
E68
E69
Post Body Countersink and Drill 5.8mm

Post Body Countersink and Drill 6.5mm
E57 POST BODY COUNTERSINKS
Special gauge for adjusting flute pad cup openings

and for leveling. The small step is for trills and the
upper C# key. The middle step is for mainline keys
on the body and the
third steps is for foot
joint keys.
E61
Flute Gauge
E74 COMBINATION
SCREWDRIVER/FLUTE
CLEANING ROD
Try our new
combination
screwdriver/flute
cleaning rod. You
have a screwdriver
at your fingertips
just by unscrewing
your cleaning rod.
Never be caught without a screwdriver again.
E74
62
Combination Screwdriver/
Cleaning Rod
Makes a flat seat when replacing post in graft or

replacing with larger threads. Knurled for hand
operation. Also adjusts seats so posts can be lined
up. E57A: .226 D (5.74mm) and E57B .312 D (7.92mm).
E57A Small Post Body Countersink

E57B Large Post Body Countersink
G70 CLARINET BARREL

CENTERING TOOL
Holds
and
centers
clarinet
barrels in a lathe
chuck when
re
-cutting the ring
groove after shortening the barrel. Used to make
new barrels.
G70
Clarinet Barrel Centering Tool
N99 BENCH MOTORS
*NEW* N97 COMPACT

BENCH MOTOR
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
With a N99 Bench Motor, you can make quick

work out of jobs such as; straightening bent clarinet
and saxophone rods, turning hollow and solid hinge
This motor would be especially useful for tube cutters, pivot screw counter bores, and pivot
someone with limited space or someone doing double screw reamers. Add a few inexpensive accessories
duty. This new motor is 1/10 hp, it is plenty strong for and youll be able to sand the corks on clarinet
your rod straightening and fabrication (made easy due mouthpieces, mount a small buff to finish color buff
to its hollow shaft) and small drilling jobs (post set clarinet and flute keys while theyre on the horn.
screws, body pinning, etc..) Remember, 90% of the You can spin drills of all sizes. The N99 motor
time, a bench motor is NOT used under power. It is comes complete with hollow extended shaft,
used among other things, as a third hand. It is a precision ground with a 3/8 (9.5mm) Jacobs chuck
rotating hand for threading a rod, a rotating tap ensuring true center, an aluminum hand brake and
handle and a broach holder and many other uses. We foot switch. 1725 speed. Single speed. No longer
all know how handy they can be. The new N97 has a available in 220 Volt.
gun drilled shaft, a full sized Jacobs 3/8 chuck and
Motor, 1/4 hp, 110V,
key, complete with power cord and foot switch. N99A Bench
Single speed 1550 rpm.
3/8 (9.5mm) Chuck
N97(L) & N99 (R)
N97
Compact Bench Motor
H27 FOOT SWITCH

Micro action foot switch
connections. Use for
motors, scratch brushes,
grinders and other power
tools through 1/3 hp.
with
solder on
H27 Foot Switch
L8 SPECIAL BENCH MOTOR

SPINDLE
Special Left-Hand spindle with 5/16-18 (7.9mm
-18) left hand thread, screws to back of N99 Bench
Motor to hold BR5 Chamois buffs. Needs to be
removed when straightening long shafts.
L8
Bench Motor Spindle
N99B Bench Motor, as above except has

1/2 (12.7mm) Chuck
N100 Replacement Aluminum Hand Brake
for Bench Motor
D22 ADAPTORS
The D22 Adaptor is inserted into the chuck of the
N99 Bench Motor. The adaptor will hold the E7A
Tapered Spindle.
D22
Spindle Adaptor
L7 & L9 JACOBS CHUCK FOR

BENCH MOTOR (TAPERED FIT)
L7
L9
Jacobs Chuck 0 thru 3/8 (0mm thru

9.5mm)
Jacobs Chuck 0 thru 1/2 (0mm thru
12.7mm)
63
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
NARROW JAWED SWEDGING PLIERS
Four
narrow
jawed
swedging
pliers for flute and
other small keyed
instruments. Used
for swedging hinge
tubing. Also fits
areas that require
narrower swedging jaws.
E15A
E15B
E15C
E15D
This wheel is 2 OD
(50.8mm) x 1/4 ID
(6.4mm) x 1/4 (6.4mm)
thick. It comes as a two
piece unit so the wheel can be replaced. The chrome
arbor is threaded and comes with a tightening nut and
washer.
.075 (1.9mm) jaw width Swedging Plier

with larger hole for use on saxophones
E2A SWEDGING PLIERS

Heavy
Duty
Swedging pliers
for use on all
woodwinds that
need keys tightened. The holes in
pliers are oval shaped and highly polished to prevent
key marring and gives burnishing action. The five
different size burnishing holes are the same diameter
as the holes that have been standardized for years by
the repair industry. The jaws are 3/16 wide from top
to bottom and the total length of the pliers is 9-1/2.
The big change is in the handles. The compound
leverage created by the handle means less hand
pressure with faster results. If you do a lot of
swedging, this problem is greatly eliminated.
E2A
D57 SILICON
CARBIDE
WHEEL
D57 Wheel and Arbor Set

D57A Wheel only
D57B Arbor only
N130 SANDING ROD SET

A set of 3
different rods of various lengths.
Each rod has a
slot in one end for
holding small pieces
of emery cloth. The
emery cloth on the whirling end can be used to sand
inside tenons, tone holes, etc
N130 Sanding Rod Set
DIAL CALIPERS
Swedging Pliers
D5 ADAPTOR CHUCK
Has two sets of
jaws
0
to .090 (0mm to
2.29mm) capacity
for use on lathe or
bench motor to hold
small drills
64
D5
Adaptor Chuck
Stainless steel with measuring faces precision

ground and micro lapped for ultimate accuracy. Scale
surface has a satin chrome finish with engraved graduations. Has a clamp for repetitive settings. Comes
with protective case.

*NEW* F77 POWERDRIVER SCREWDRIVERS

Our new F77 PowerDriver Screwdrivers are for repairmen who
love solid, fixed-blade screwdrivers that fit correctly. These
repairmen take pride in their tools and workmanship. This NEW
design gives the blade a better fit with sizes that fit nearly every
woodwind or brasswind screw, giving excellent control which
helps to eliminate slippage, scratching or injury.
We started with the tip of the blade, the part that has to fit the
pivot screw and rod end slots perfectly. The tip is the most imp
ortant part of the repairmans screwdriver. The blade tip area is
precision ground to a semi-hollow ground shape to give them
maximum strength. The improved design parallel section is then
ground to fit the slot of the screw or rod. This is what keeps you
from buggering up the slot and post hole; a blade tip that evenly
distributes the turning torque applied at the handle to the full
width and depth of the pivot screw or rod end slot.
Each of these screwdrivers comes with a black anodized finish
on a finely knurled aluminum alloy handle for a firmer feel,
which provides you with more torque for easier turning of stubborn screws and rods. All of the tops are hex
shaped, so that they will NOT roll off your bench. They are color coded for quick reference.
It is VERY IMPORTANT to keep the blade parallel to the body to prevent damage caused by the leverage
created by angular insertion in the post pivot screw or slot.
As well as these F77s are made, nothing is unbreakable. These drivers ARE stronger than most others
and tough too, but that doesnt mean you can just twist away with abandon. When the screw is hard frozen
and the screwdriver shaft flexes, STOP and apply a little heat and our great old standby, J88 Corrosion
Cracker. Wait a bit and Voila!, the screw will usually come out much easier
Six of the most commonly used rod and screw sizes were chosen for this collection of fine drivers. Two
of them come in two lengths. They are available individually or in a complete set of 8.
F77S
F77SL
Set of all 6 original screwdrivers

Set of 8 screwdrivers, including 1L & 2L.
F77-0
.012 tip, .060 width, Red, 3 long

This is for the little Conn pivot set screws.
.012 tip, .070 width, Yellow, 3 long
.012 tip, .070 width, Yellow, 6 long
These are for flat spring screws, small rods and pivots with thin slots.
.018 tip, .083 width, Blue, 3 long
.018 tip, .083 width, Blue, 6 long
These are for most clarinets, flutes, oboes, etc.
.018 tip, .095 width, Brown, 6 long
Your new screwdrivers. I think
This is for saxes and some clarinet pivot screws theyre great and I actually dont
.023 tip, .109 width, Green, 6 long
jab myself, since they dont slip out
of the screw slots as easily. Plus, I
This is for saxes, bass clarinets, etc.
like the larger grip and top. The
.023 tip, .125 width, Orange, 6 long
colored tops make it faster to find &
This is for saxes, bassoons and general use
to pick up the right driver I want to
F77-1
F77-1L
F77-2
F77-2L
F77-3
F77-4
F77-5
Replacement blades are available F77B-0, F77B-1, etc.........

use, as compared to examining the

tips to get the right one....Sharon
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
65
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
SWIVEL TOP SCREWDRIVERS
Ferrees makes four swivel top screwdrivers; three
small sizes and one large. All of them are sturdily
built. Blade lengths and tips vary and blades are
replaceable. Tip widths range from .062 (1.6mm)
to .125 (3.2mm). Each blade has only one tip. The
swivel tops are hex shaped so they wont roll on the
bench.
F69 COMBINATION
SCREWDRIVER & SPRINGHOOK
A really handy item, the combination of a

screwdriver and a spring hook makes a great tool
for small repair kits or band directors gifts. Total
length is 6-1/4 (159mm).
F69
Combination Screwdriver and

Spring Hook
F70 SCREW
HOLDING SCREWDRIVER
F66
5-1/4 (133mm) Screwdriver with .062

(1.6mm) tip
F66A Blade, 1-1/2 (38.1mm) long with .062
(1.6mm) tip
F66S Replacement blade set screw
F66W Small Allen wrench to fit blade set screw
F67
6-3/4 (172mm) Screwdriver with .085

(2.15mm) tip
F67A Blade, 3 (76mm) long with .085
(2.16mm) tip
F68
9 (229mm) Screwdriver with .125
(3.2mm) tip
F68A Blade, 6 (152mm) long with .125
(3.2mm) tip
F72
Screwdriver with 6 (152mm) blade,
.125 (3.2mm) tip, 5-1/2 long handle
A light-weight, versatile, swivel top screwdriver

with a small reversible blade. Total is
4
-1/2 (114.30mm)
66
F60 Swivel Top Screwdriver

F60A Small reversible blade for F60
No more lost screws with this screw holding screw

driver that features self-adjusting jaws. Holds pivot
or flat spring screws straight and secure while
inserting or removing.
F70 Screw Holding Screwdriver

F70A Blade for F70 Screwdriver
F74 SCREWDRIVER
BLADE MAGNETIZER
Here is the ideal way
to
magnetize
your
screwdrivers, taps and
other small metal tools.
A small, two-piece block
is held together by
rubber tubing. It has a
hole through the middle.
Pass the screwdriver
thru the hole and your
tool will be magnetized. The best way we know of
to hold small screws on a screwdriver tip.
F74
Screwdriver Blade Magnetizer
D14 SAX NECK SCREW

EXTRACTOR
D1 SPRING HOOKS
For hooking up and adjusting spring tension on

needle springs. The push and pull. About
5 (127mm)
D1A
D1B
Spring Hook, medium size for clarinet

Spring Hook, large size for sax
D44 PIN VISE

Has
adjustable
collets on both ends
to hold small hand
tools. For instance,
holding small drills
for installing oversize springs in reed instruments or
holding a pad while applying shellac, so you dont
burn your fingers.
D44
D14 Sax Neck Screw Extractor

D14A Replaceable Blade
D35 TESTING FEELER HOLDER
Pin Vise
E8 SAX NECK HOLDERS

Two
expandable
mandrels to spin a sax
neck in a lathe while
sanding corks. Do not
use in a Bench Motor.
Insert in lathe chuck
or
N98
Valve
Lapping Machine. Do
not run over 900 rpm.
E8
E8A
The D14
Sax Neck
Screw
Extractor
is used to
remove the remaining threaded shaft of a broken
sax neck screw from the screw holder socket.
Simply press teeth against the end of the piece to
be removed and twist. Reversible bit has right and
left handed teeth. Comes complete with chrome
plated, swivel top handle.
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
Make your own feelers to fit this permanent

handle. This is the only way to be sure a pad is
perfectly seated. Feelers can be made from fish skin,
cellophane or the leader from an old cassette tape.
D35
Testing Feeler Holder
D38 SPRING PUNCHES
Saxophone Neck Holder .425

Saxophone Neck Holder .475
D13 SAX PAD OPENING

HEIGHT GAUGE
A set of millimeter
gauges used to determine
the height of saxophone
pad cups. 2mm thru
12mm in one millimeter
steps. Flat black finish.
D13
Sax Pad Opening Height Gauge
A set of two spring punches used to drive out

broken needle springs that you are unable to remove
with the E4 Spring Removing Pliers. Remove the
post from the clarinet and lay it on an L24 Lead
Block. Use a F5 Rawhide Mallet to stick the post
into the lead, then use the punch to drive the spring
into the lead.
D38 Set of two Spring Punches
67
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
E3 SPRING REPLACING PLIER
Designed
with
slotted jaw to press in
needle
springs
smoothly
without
bending them. Also
excellent
for
replacing pins in flute
keys. 5-1/2 long.
E3
Spring Replacing Plier
E4 SPRING
PUNCHING/REMOVAL PLIERS
Remove broken
springs
from
posts on all reed
instruments.
Saves hours in
overhauls when
necessary
to
remove stuck and
rusted
springs.
No longer necessary to use a punch and a hammer
for this job. Suggest getting 3 extra E4Ps to make
different angle punches. 5-1/4 (133mm) long.
E4
E4P
Spring Punching/Removal Pliers

Replacement Punch
*NEW* E5 STAINLESS STEEL

SPRING REMOVING PLIER
E1 HOOK NOSE PLIERS

Adjust the Bb key
on saxes. The hook
nose
allows
application
of
pressure
on
the
underside of the key.
Eliminates marring
of key surfaces. Also
used with the E5
Whole Spring Removing Plier to remove springs. 6
-1/4 (159mm) long.
E1
Hook Nose Pliers
E9 & E10 FLUTE KEY LEVELING

TOOL & LARGE FLUTE PAD
IRONING TOOL
The E9 Flute Pad Ironing Tool is made of

tempered stainless steel. It has two center holes of
different diameters, both larger than our E34. Used
for smoothing skin on new flute pads with nylon
washers.
E9
Large Flute Pad Ironing Tool
This flute Key Leveling Tool is used to align key

cups with tone holes before seating the pads. Each
end is a different radius to fit around new types of
washers. May be used on all models of flutes in a
manner similar to using the G21 Key Leveling
Tools on saxes.
This plier will remove whole springs without
breaking them when overhauling a reed instrument.
Designed with tremendous leverage for better
gripping power. Now, stainless steel, box-joint.
5 (127mm) long.
68
E10
Flute Key Leveling Tool
E5 Spring Removing Plier
F80 ADJUSTABLE WOODWIND

KEY SWEDGING TOOL
The ever popular F80 Swedger now comes

equipped with 3 collets including the addition of the
new .106 collet for the smaller keys on the oboe
and piccolo.
The collets are now: .106, .149 and .187 which
is approximately 2.69mm, 3.78mm and 4.75mm.
This completes our swedging collet series; with
the addition of the 3 new, smaller collets to the P60
Rotary Bearing Tool that can now be used on large
keys too. The .187 closes to about .150; the .149
closes to about .118; the .016 closes to
about .075.
F80
Swedging Tool with 3 collets
*NEW* P60W SWEDGING TOOL

FOR LARGE WOODWIND KEYS
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
Especially outfitted for the woodwind specialist

who wants the very best.
Three new collets specifically for woodwind
hinge tubing. Collets are interchangeable and there
is a collet available for French Flute chimney and
grommet repairer also (P60C-3).
With this tool you can use the crush method of
swedging and not scratch or break plating same as
with the new H58 (See pg. 80) Sax Neck Tenon
Heavy Duty Swedge. Times they are a changin!
See P60 on page 51.
P60W
F80B Body and Knob only
F80C-106 Collet .106
Also, see P60 Tool for larger sizes on page 51
F52 ROUND NOSE PLIERS

Petite 4-1/2 (114mm)
standard duty round nose
pliers, jaws are tapered.
F52 Perfectly round
jaws.
Swedging Tool for Large

Woodwind Keys
P60B
Body & Handle only
P60C-5 5mm (.197) collet
E16 CRACK WIRE

6 (152mm) pieces of threaded drill rod for
pinning cracks. The wire will cut threads though the
grenadilla wood after a hole is drilled with a
D220W drill.
E16A Crack Wire (3-48 thread size)

E16C Crack Wire (1-72 thread size)
CRACK WIRE DRILLS
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

D220W #48-Crack Wire Drill for E16A

D220W #54-Crack Wire Drill for E16C
Call 800-253-2261
to place your order!!
69
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
F28 CLARINET MANDRELS
F28
F28A
These tools have two uses. One, to be used in the

N99 Bench Motor to slip the mouthpiece on for
turning and sanding the cork. Two, to be put in a
lathe chuck to slip a clarinet joint over for turning
and sanding tenon corks. Has the correct taper to
receive all the various parts.
F28 Mandrel for Soprano Clarinets

F28A Mandrel for Alto and Bass Clarinets
F2 DELUXE DOUBLE END

SPRING HOOK
Fine hand made chromium plated double end

spring hook. Both hooks are at your finger tips.
6 (152mm) long.
F2
*NEW* L52 WOODWIND REPAIR

HOLDER
Deluxe Double End Spring Hook
E36 FLUTE GROMMET

& BOOSTER PLIERS
For those who like their work suspended above

the bench to avoid damage and provide a clearer
view when working. This system allows you to
move about and use both your hands doing repairs
other than holding the instrument; like corking a key
or installing a pad, or straightening a rod during a
repair, repad or overhaul.
L52
L50
L50B
L50P-1
L50P-2
L50P-3
L50P-4
L50P-5
L50S-1
L50S-2
L50S-3
L50T
Woodwind Repair Holder

Woodwind Repair Holder
Base only
.570 tapered plug
.620 tapered plug
.785 tapered plug
.945 tapered plug
1.000 tapered plug
Small saddle 2 shaft
Medium saddle 3-1/2 shaft
Large saddle 6-1/2 shaft
T leak light adaptor
E14 FLUTE BOOSTER PLIERS
The E36 Flute Pad

Grommet Ring Pliers
are very useful when
working on French style
open hole flutes.
5
-1/4 (133mm) long.
These precision made pliers are used to remove the
metal retaining grommets in open hole flute pad
cups. They can also be used to remove the nylon tone
boosters that snap into regular flute pad cups.
70
E36
Flute Grommet and Booster Pliers
Handy flute booster pliers were designed for

installing those stubborn nylon flute pad boosters.
Delrin pads inserted into the plier jaws keep the
keys from getting scratched. 5-1/4 (133mm) long.
E14
Flute Booster Pliers
E33 CLARINET PAD

LEVELING TOOL
Used to level
pads when regulating clarinets,
oboes,
etc.. Has a
small notch to
aid in applying cork to clarinet crows foot.
E33
Clarinet Pad Leveling Tool (Pad Slick)
E34 FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL
E41 FLAT SPRING HOLE PUNCH

An ideal way to punch
holes in flat springs. Used
primarily for punching an
extra hole in flat springs
where there are two
screws, as in bassoons
and some flutes.
The hardened punch and die will punch
a .060 (1.5mm) hole in a flat spring. New hole will
accept an 0 X 80 flat spring screw. There is a
T
-handle on the screw punch for easy operation. One
of our most popular specialized woodwind bench
tools.
E41
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
Flat Spring Hole Punch
E53 & E54 OCTAVE/REGISTER

TUBE REMOVERS
A tempered, spring steel tool. Used for smoothing
skin on flute pads. Also used to apply and spread a
drop of water on pad surface for seating or
applying talc to prevent sticking pads.
Used to remove octave tubes before polishing

the bore.
E34
E53 Clarinet
Register Remover
Flute Pad Ironing Tool
E11 FLUTE PAD CUP

LEVELING TOOLS
These 3 Flute Cup
Leveling Tools make
the job of pad cup
leveling much easier.
The set consists of
three levers of different sizes to accommodate all flute
keys. Each tool is
lined with cork so that the cups will not be scratched
when leveling the keys. Great for sterling silver keys.
Will not work for piccolo or alto flutes.
E11
Flute Pad Cup Leveling Tools,
E54 Oboe Octave

Tube Remover
F3 ADJUSTABLE OBOE OCTAVE

TUBE REMOVER
Adjustable oboe octave tube remover adjusts

laterally. Fits most any oboe.
F3
Adjustable Oboe Octave Tube
71
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
*NEW* E100 FLUTE
KEY ARM BENDING SET
Complete with 10-pad cup dies, 2-formed drivers,
1-brass jaw with one Teflon face and 1-2 X 2
patch of Teflon to make small cushion pads for the
drivers.
Now you can bend or re-bend keys to give the
proper attack angle to a tone hole WITHOUT
distorting the pad cup in the process. By using this
key arm bending set, you can dial in the proper
angle for the pad to be perfectly level with the
tone hole without using a big stack of washers or
making the pad too high out of the cup than the rest
on the pads on the instrument. This tool set works
with either Plateau or French model instruments. It
doesnt take much power to do. Use just a slight tap
with a rawhide mallet to tunk the arm, using the
supplied driver.
With this complete set of dies, 15.5mm thru
20mm, you can, at last, correct factory or previous
repair miscues by setting the pad projection to your
standard and have the pad hit the tone hole in level
fashion. Especially handy for installing some of
those special pad and base washer combos that
some people are experimenting with now.
The two special drivers, (one-blunt chisel for
forged keys and the other a split fork for the French
style sculpted keys) fit the pad cup key arm profiles.
The special made brass jaw is coated on one side
with a Teflon pad so that the pad cup doesnt get
scratched. The Teflon patch is provided so that you
may cut small cushions for the drivers to give some
help in protecting sterling keys or brand new plated
ones.
E100
72
Flute Key Arm Bending Set
F27 SAX KEY BENDING LEVERS
Seven tools designed specifically for key bending

work. Eliminates makeshift methods. You can level
any sax key easily in a matter of minutes. Will pull
down the back of the pad cup if the pad does not
touch the tone hole in back. Will not mar the keys.
No longer necessary to shim up pads. Will cut hours
off overhaul times and adjustments when replacing
pads.
Slip the proper G21 Key Leveling Tool between
the tone hole and the front of the pad. Next, select
the correct F27 Bending Lever. Hook the prongs on
the lever under the hinge tube. Then, pull down with
the necessary pressure.
F27 Sax Key Bending Levers
G21 SAX KEY LEVELING TOOLS

This set of 7 brass
wedges are placed
under sax pads to
align cups with tone
holes before pad
seating. Each wedge
is
a
different
thickness
and
different angle for
hard to get places. Can be used with F27 Bending
Levers or for bending keys with your fingers.
It is suggested that two sets be purchased, as you
will custom bend some of these for special
locations.
G21
Set of 7 Key Leveling Tools
O38 SAX OCTAVE

KEY LEVER TUBING
*NEW* E42 SAXOPHONE PAD

SLICKS
Opaque white Teflon tubing for saxophone octave

key lever. Gives smooth action.
These pad slicks are NOT meant to bend keys, but

to protect the pads from the tone hole edge AFTER
the leveling is done and before the seating!
*Only .020 (.5mm) thick, doesnt affect angle of
pad to tone hole.
*Double ended for more precision fit and 18
different sizes.
*Each has a center hole to fit around any style resonator.
*Stainless steel construction (rust free) for those
who still use water. Ferrees pads DO NOT require
water.
O38 Sax Octave Key Lever Tubing

(Sold by the foot)
O41-O45 LOW TEMPERATURE

HEAT SHRINK TUBING
This tubing is in answer to many requests from
our customers. Its used on woodwind instruments
as key silencers, etc Easily shrunk using the J99
heat gun, a bunsen burner or another heat source.
Color is BLACK (sold by the foot).
O41
O42
O43
O44
O45
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
3/32 (2.4mm) O.D.

1/8 (3.2mm) O.D.
3/16 (3.8mm) O.D.
1/4 (6.4mm) O.D.
3/8 (9.5mm) O.D.
O50-054 FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING

Flexible vinyl tubing in five sizes. Slip over oboe
and bassoon key feet or sax side key lever hinges.
Comes in clear only. Sold by the foot.
Item
Number
I.D.
Wall Thickness
O50
.066 (1.68mm)
.016 (.41mm)
O51
.095 (2.41mm)
.016 (.41mm)
O52
.118 (3.00mm)
.020 (.51mm)
O53
.148 (3.76mm)
.020 (.51mm)
O54
.186 (4.72mm)
.020 (.51mm)
O50-54 Assortment, 1ft

(305mm) of
each size

Hey, thanks for the in depth answer. Much
appreciated....Tim, New Zealand.
Fax orders to: 269-965-7719
E42
Sax Pad Slicks
J8 & J9 PRESSURE
SENSITIVE TEFLON SHEETS
Teflon is one of the most useful substances
around. It can be utilized in both the woodwind and
brass departments.
Take
advantage
of
the
NATURAL
LUBRICATION QUALITIES of teflon. Great for
the sliding keys on saxes and flutes. Long-lasting
teflon is much more durable than sheet cork or
leather when used under adjusting screws.
These sheets are easy to use. Simply cut the
Teflon to size, peel off the backing and press on to
the desired area. Teflon sheets are available in two
different thicknesses.
J8 Teflon Sheet, 6 X 6 X .005

J9 Teflon Sheet, 6 X 6 X .010
73
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
X183 CORK SANDING ACCESSORY
N50 DRILL ROD IN 31 SIZES

Make stack and hinge key rods. Specify sizes by
thousandths. Priced by 36 (91.44cm) lengths,
although they will be cut in half for shipping, unless 36 specified.
SizesMost Clarinets & Flutes

This tool has a live center base that fits on a drill
press bed and a soprano clarinet joint arbor holds the
joint arbor which fits into the chuck. The joint arbor
holds the joint firmly while it revolves on the ball
bearing base. Makes sanding corks evenly, more
consistent and easier. It needs 12 (305mm) between
the bottom of the chuck and the bed of the drill press.
Rotate at lowest drill press speed.
Be sure to secure the base to the drill press bed with
the holes provided.
X183 Cork Sanding Accessory
.075
(1.9mm)
.079
(2.01mm)
.081
(2.06mm)
.088
(2.24mm)
.092
(2.34mm)
.097
(2.46mm)
.085
(2.16mm)
SizesMost Saxes
.099
(2.51mm)
.101
(2.57mm)
.106
(2.69mm)
.112
(2.84mm)
.115
(2.92mm)
.120
(3.05mm)
.108
(2.74mm)
STACK ROD ASSORTMENTS

N50A Set of 14 assorted sizes (18 only)
N50B Set of ALL 31 sizes (18 only)
SIZES
Worlds Largest Manufacturer

of Quality Band Instrument
Repair Tools!!
Our Price List is NOW Online
and Updated Regularly.
74
I cannot thank you enough. WOW!!! My

business is growing because of your help. If
you ever need a testimony count me in.
Please thank the girls too, in the assistance
with orders. They are worth their weight on
gold. I especially like KATE. I ordered
B25s by mistake and said I was not sure if
they were the medium thick or not and SHE
CALLED me BACK IMMEDIATELY to
say the B21s were the medium thick, so I
changed the order. With every good
wish. ...Pauline.
DRILL
INCH SIZE
METRIC
1/16
#52
#51
#50
#49
#48
#47
5/64
#46
#45
#44
#43
#42
3/32
#41
#40
#39
#38
#37
#36
#35
7/64
#34
#33
#32
3MM
#31
1/8
#30
3/16
1/4
.0625
.063
.066
.069
.072
.075
.077
.0781
.079
.081
.085
.088
.092
.0937
.095
.097
.099
.101
.103
.106
.108
.1093
.110
.112
.115
.1181
.120
.1250
.127
.1875
.2500
1.287mm
1.600
1.676
1.752
1.828
1.905
1.955
1.983
2.006
2.057
2.159
2.235
2.336
2.380
2.413
2.463
2.251
2.565
2.616
2.692
2.743
2.776
2.794
2.844
2.921
2.999
3.048
3.175
3.225
4.762
6.350
G20 JET MAGIC
H75 HOT STUFF GLUE AND

GRENADILLA CHIP KIT
Jet Magic is a two part

epoxy glue that will not
Quick way to
deteriorate or rot. It
fill holes, cracks
resists water, oil and
and chips in
acids. After appropriate
wood
curing time it can be
instruments. Can
tapped, drilled or sanded.
also be used to
Unequaled for repairing
repair
chipped
broken tenons, joints and
tone holes and
mouthpieces. G20 Jet
cracked pin holes.
Magic is black to blend
The chips are made of the finest grenadilla wood.
with clarinet color. Price is for a kit including H75 Hot Stuff Glue is a special cyanoacrylate glue
adhesive, catalyst and solvent. Cannot ship by mail.
that is extremely thin. It will instantly soak into and
penetrate the chips, unlike the super glues you buy at
G20
Jet Magic
grocery and drug stores.
G20S
G20PT1
G20PT2
Refill Solvent for G19 or G20

Part One Refill
Part Two Refill
G19 CLEAR MAGIC

Comparable to G20 Jet Magic, except that G19
Clear Magic is colorless. Can be used to repair holes
in fiberglass sousaphones and cracks in bassoons.
Price includes adhesive, catalyst and solvent. Cannot
ship by mail.
G19
G20S
G19PT1
G19PT2
Clear Magic
Refill Solvent for G19 or G20
Part One Refill
Part Two Refill
G22 BLACK PIGMENT STAIN

This powdered black pigment will help you
match the original color on oboes and clarinets
when using grenadilla replacement parts.
Simply mix the black pigment with alcohol and
apply to the grenadilla wood. Let it stand about one
minute until the alcohol dries and then polish.
G22
Black Pigment Stain
FAX 269-965-7719
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
Take some grenadilla chips in your fingers.

Pulverize them between your fingers and thumb and
fill the crack or the hole. Mound up the chips slightly.
Add about 3 to 4 drops of Hot Stuff Glue. You will
see in about 15 seconds the grenadilla chips are hard
enough to be sanded or filed. No more waiting
overnight for epoxy to dry.
H75 Hot Stuff Glue and Grenadilla Chip Kit
H75A 1/2 oz (14.2g) Hot Stuff Glue
H75B 1/3 cup (35.5g) Grenadilla Chips
ACCESSORIES
H75C Hot Shot Spray (2oz) (56.8g)
This catalyst in a spray bottle makes a large
quantity of Hot Stuff Glue harden in just a few
seconds after application. This is very useful when
filling gaps, chips and holes when grenadilla chips
are not being used. 2 oz. (56.8g).
H75D Ultra Solvent

The solvent will take care of unwanted bonds
by dissolving them. Works quickly and easily.
H75E Extra Fine Tubing

Fine spaghetti tubing used with H75 Hot Stuff
Glue. Due to the small I.D. of the tubing it is easily
plugged with glue. Keep some extra on hand.
75
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
D20 & D21 SOLID HINGE
TUBE SHORTENERS
D29 TUBULAR HINGE

TUBE SHORTENERS
Used for the

same purpose as
tubular
hinge
tube shorteners,
except these are
for solid hinge
Five sizes of hinge tube shorteners. Used to both
shorten and square up tubular hinges. Use after
swedging when you are fitting between the posts.
Pilot Size
D29A For small oboe, no handle
.059
D29AH For small oboe, with handle
tubes.
D20
D20H
D21
D21H
Small Solid Hinge Tube Shortener

Shortener with handle
Large Solid Hinge Tube Shortener
Shortener with handle
E29 TONE HOLE FILES
D29B For medium oboe, no handle

.067
D29BH For medium oboe, with handle
D29C For small clarinet, large oboe,
no handle
D29CH For small clarinet, large oboe
with handle
.075
D29D For large clarinet, flute, small

saxophone, no handle
D29DH For large clarinet, flute, small
saxophone, with handle
.085
D29E For large saxophone, no handle .106

D29EH For large saxophone, with handle
D29S Set of five Tubular Hinge Tube
Shorteners, no handles.
D29SH Set of five Tubular Hinge Tube
Shorteners, with handles
**Cutters A, B, C and D are 3/16 (4.8mm) diameter
Cutter E is 1/4(6.4mm) diameter
E18 SWISS PATTERN FILE SET

Comes in a plastic
case with 12 different
shapes in a set. Ideal for
working on keys and
parts;
have
round
handles. 5 (127mm)
long, O cut.
76
E18
Swiss Pattern File Set
A flat tone hole on saxophones is a must for air

tight seat. These specially manufactured files will
usually cover a complete tone hole, insuring an even
flat cut.
Three sizes help insure that you can get to most
tone holes, making them perfectly flat, so that the
depth of the pad seat will be equal all the way
around.
E29
Tone Hole File

1/8 (3.2mm) thick, 1-1/2 (38.1mm)
wide, 4-1/2 (114mm) long.
E29A Narrow Tone Hole File
3/16 (4.8mm) thick, 29/32 (23mm)
wide, 8 (20.3mm) long.
E29B Medium Tone Hole File
1/8 (3.2mm) thick, 1-1/4 (31.7mm)
wide, 5 (127mm) long.
E87 MINI TONE HOLE FILES

(Especially for piccolo)
E87A 1/4 (6.4mm) Mini Tone Hole File

E87B 3/8 (9.5mm) Mini Tone Hole File
E87C 17/32 (13.5mm) Mini Tone Hole File
*NEW* E97 SAXOPHONE

TONE HOLE REFACING TOOL
These NEW E97 Diamond and brass refacing tools
are now available
in two different
grits; the standard
400 and fine 800,
for both cutting and
deburring depending on your need.
For doing really
fine tone hole work
without the guessing and approximate precision of not having a tool
made for the specific purpose of leveling and
smoothing the tone hole surface.
These tools are designed with the intent to allow
you to both smooth and level a tone hole quickly and
easily after a body straightening and any dent work
area done. Many times only a quarter turn of the tool
is required to check the status of the tone hole and
keep material removal to a minimum. These tools
save on fingers, hands and fingertips.
These new refacing tools use the same proven
rotary method used with the old E96 set. This new
E97 set contains the same pilot discs, handles and
wrenches, but is crafted from billet machined brass to
hold a diamond disc as a precision cutting surface.
These tools are made from brass to allow cleaning of
the abrasive diamond disc with a toothbrush and
plain water. If desired, you may order a set of brass
refacing tools with either the 400 or 800 grit.
*NEW* E98 FLUTE TONE HOLE

REFACING TOOL
This
flute
specific tool is a
refined version of
the hexagonal one
we have had for
saxophones since
the late 1980s.
The new, longer,
round and knurled
aluminum handle gives you more control over the
movement of the diamond cutting face, since you do
not have to overcome the inertia caused by the
heavier hexagonal brass handle model.
The delicate nature of a flute requires your hand to
have ultimate control unlike the bigger, heavier and
thicker tone hole saxophones.
This tool now comes complete with 4 pilots for
the basic sized tone holes on most flutes. The pilots
are:
4/16 (6.35mm)
7/16 (11.11mm)
8/16 (12.7mm)
9/16 (14.28mm) in diameter
Specific pilot sizes to your specs are available by
special order. Or, you may modify the ones that
come with it.
The replacement 800 grit diamond disc is a
standard part we carry; its number is E97D8-1.
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
E98 Flute Tone Hole Refacing Tool

E98P Pilot-Specify Size
E97-4 Rotary Tone Hole Refacing Set (400 grit)

E97D4-1
E97D8-1
E97D4-2
E97D8-2
E97D4-3
E97D8-3
E97D4-4
E97D8-4
E97D4-5
E97D8-5
.75 400 grit Round Diamond Disc

.75 800 grit Round Diamond Disc
1.00 400 grit Round Diamond Disc
E97F-1
E97F-2
E97F-3
E97F-4
E97F-5
Indvl. Rotary File 3/4

Indvl. Rotary File 1
Indvl. Rotary File 1-1/4
Indvl. Rotary File 1-1/2
Indvl. Rotary File 2
E97P-1
E97P-2
E97P-3
E97P-4
E97P-5
E97P-6
E97P-7
E97P-8
E97P-9
Indvl. Pilot 1/4

Indvl. Pilot 3/8
Indvl. Pilot 1/2
Indvl. Pilot 3/4
Indvl. Pilot 1
Indvl. Pilot 1-1/8
Indvl. Pilot 1-1/4
Indvl. Pilot 1-1/2
Indvl. Pilot 1-5/8 (not in set)
E97R-1
E97R-2
E97R-3
E97R-4
E97R-5
.750 Brass Round (19mm)

1.000 Brass Round (25.4mm)
1.500 Brass Round (38mm)
E97W
Universal Wrench
77
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
D32 BROACHES
E47 PIVOT SCREW KEY REAMERS

Set of three pivot
screw key reamers
provide a wider size
range. Better cutting
angle.
D32A Set of 2 pentagonal spring broaches

used to enlarge spring holes when
larger springs must be fitted.
D32B Set of 2 pentagonal spring broaches
used to free ends of hinge tubing if
they bind after swedging.
E47 Set of Pivot Screw Key Reamers

E47H Set of Pivot Screw Key Reamers
with handles
E31 INSIDE BORE TOOL
Uses O11 handles. Also works on flutes.
D15 PIVOT SCREW COUNTERSINKS

New design Pivot
Screw Countersink. We
now have many more
sizes
to
fit
the
multiplying screw head
diameters, precisely. All
are
assembled with
smooth, finished wood
handles for precision
metal removal.
Constructed of high carbon tool steel which has
been tempered to hold a sharp cutting edge with
minimum breakage. The countersink shaft is
11 (27.9cm) long for easy access to posts. These
tools can be bought each size separately or by the
set.
78
D15-1
D15-2
D15-3
D15-4
D15-5
D15-6
D15-7
D15-8
D15-9
D15-10
D15-11
.085 Countersink (2.16mm)

D15S
Set of 11 Countersinks (Handles

are included)
This boring bar has a cutter that can be reground

for sharpness. Tool is used to bore exact inside
diameter when making new tenon replacement plugs
or new socket graft sleeves for joint repairs.
E31
Boring Bar complete (3/8 {9.5mm}

shank)
E31A Replacement Cutter for E31
D55 & D54 TENON CAPS

The clarinet tenon caps are nickel silver only. They
are used to repair cracked, but not broken, tenon
joints. .018 (.46mm) thick material.
FOR CLARINET JOINTS
D55A Bell
D55B Barrel
D55C Center
D55D Center G#
FOR OBOE JOINTS
D54B Bell, large
G53 & G54 CLARINET

TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS
This tool was developed at the request of several

Repairmen. These Repairmen had been getting
requests to undercut the tone holes on bass and
soprano clarinets. Accomplished players feel that
this undercutting improves the tone, response and
clarity of many of the notes on the clarinet.
This tool accomplishes the undercutting that is
already standard on many French manufactured
clarinets. Now you can perform the procedure on
any clarinet.
Ferrees G53 Soprano Clarinet Tone Hole Under
cutters and G54 Bass Clarinet Tone Hole Under
cutters make this undercutting a simple task.
7. Now you can unscrew the T handle from the

cutter and pull out the insertion rod out of the
clarinet. The cutter will come out with the rod.
8. While holding the clarinet joint, pull up on the
T handle and twist it clockwise. This will pull
the undercutter against the inside of the tone
hole. The clockwise turning will remove the
material making a perfect tapered opening. It
normally only requires a few turns of the
handle (5 or 6). Not a lot of upward pressure
is necessary.
A G53 Soprano Clarinet Undercutter set
consists of the insertion rod, three T handles, and
six precision cutters.
A G54 Bass Clarinet Undercutter set consists of
the insertion rod, two T handles and seven
precision cutters.
G53 Clarinet Tone Hole Undercutters

(6 cutters)
G54 Bass Clarinet Tone Hole
Undercutters (7 cutters)
G54A, B Individual handles for G54
G54C Insertion Rod for G54
G55 Insertion Rod-Alto Clarinet
M49 BASSOON BELL RINGS
1. Choose one of the G53 or G54 Under cutters

that matches the tone hole you will be cutting.
2. Slide the keyed slot in the bottom of the
cutter over the keyed part of the insertion rod.
3. Slide insertion rod (with the cutter resting on
it) into the end of the clarinet joint. By looking
thru the tone hole, stop the cutter directly under
the hole you will be working on.
4. Insert the threaded T handle down thru the
tone hole and screw it into the under cutter.
5. Pull out the insertion rod from the clarinet
joint.
6. After the hole has been undercut, return the
insertion rod into the clarinet joint and insert
the keyed end back into the key way in the
under cutter. (Cont. top of next column)
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
Ferrees Bassoon Bell Rings are made of a slightly

off-white nylon to make the color as close to original
ivory as possible. They will fit most popular
bassoons and only
have to be glued in
place using G19 Clear
Magic Glue. The
standard dimensions
in the picture shown
are;
A. 1-3/4 (44.5)
B. 2-1/8 (54mm)
C. 2.70 (68.6mm)
M49
Bassoon Bell Ring (Standard Size)
M49A Bassoon Bell Ring (Specify-Custom Size)

Send dimensions A & B
79
TENON FITTING TLS.
Tenon fitting tools

*NEW* H58 HEAVY DUTY
TENON SWEDGER
The H58 mounts in your vise. It comes equipped

with 6 collets for most alto and tenor saxes. Two of
the collets provided fit most alto saxes and the four
larger collets fit most tenor sax tenons. There are
other collets for orphan saxes and we will make
any special sizes you need as well.
Also pictured are two special dies made for
shrinking flute tenons.
~There are two methods used to shrink the
tenons~
One is to use the tool much the same as you would
a flute tenon shrinker. That is, tightening the tool a
little and turning the neck, being careful not to kink
it.
The second method and most preferred is to just
put the neck tenon into the tool and tighten the tool
1/4 turn, loosen the tool, move the neck 1/4 turn and
then tighten the tool 1/4 turn again, repeating until
you get all the way around. Test fit and then if
necessary, only go 1/8 turn the next time around at
each step. Best results are obtained if you limit
shrinking to about .010 per collet.
Other sizes are available for baritone saxes, bass
clarinets and some odd alto, tenor and c-melody saxes.
H58 Heavy Duty Tenon Swedger

H58A Individual Collets
H58FC-780 Flute Collet, size .780
H58FC-790 Flute Collet, size .790
Email your order to us at

80
Include your name, address, phone number,

customer number, item numbers & payment
method
*NEW* H59 TENON EXPANDER

CAN OPENER STYLE
For Flutes, Saxophones & Bass Clarinets
The H59 was recently
redesigned to offer more
flexibility in tightening metal
tenons. Used on flutes, saxes,
bass clarinets, etc. The metal in
the necks of some bass
clarinets and saxophones are a lot
thicker than other instrument
tenons.
This
is
why
conventional methods of enlarging the tenon sometimes
will not be as successful as
when using this tool. Also the curve of a bass
clarinet neck sometimes presents a problem on old style
tenon expanders.
H59
Can Opener Style Tenon Expander

for flutes, saxes, bass clarinets.
The first accessory

developed is the H59A
set of rollers to stretch
or extrude solid hinge
tubes
in
lieu
of
swedging; this helps
save the finish and helps
make the key longer and
stronger.
Especially handy for use on the hi-E and low C#
keys on many saxes, the whisper key on most
bassoons and the f-lever on various clarinets. There
are three radii sizes for clarinet, saxes and bassoon.
Not much squeezing is required, so, proceed
cautiously until you get used to the effect of the
mechanism. These rollers do a beautiful finished job,
in most cases preserving the plating or lacquer by
advancing pressure, slowly. Keep key on straight
course. You may want to leave the key a little bit
oval or slightly squared (NOT ENOUGH TO
NOTICE) to increase the strength through the small
amount of work hardening that naturally happens and
to help prevent twisting or torquing of the shaft while
the instrument is being played. Do NOT just clamp
down and start cranking, be discreet.
*NEW* H59A Triple Key Extruder
H60 thru H63 EXPANDERS
These precision made, polished and chrome plated,

expanders have the proper internal expansion angle to
give you a feel when you are fitting the job and also
help prevent scratching the internal surfaces.
These tough long lasting steel tools can be held in
your hand or in a bench vise.
These expanders all work on the same principle.
They make an even, tight fit from loose and worn sax
neck tenons and metal flute head and foot tenons, by
rounding out bent, dented or out-of-round tenons.
These tools apply even pressure, from the inside
out.
OPERATION
Mount the tool in a vise using a V-block to properly
secure it. Use cork grease or Z6 laced petroleum jelly
as a lubricant on the working surface of the expander.
Then turn the knurled adjusting knob until the
expander is snug inside the tenon back and forth over
the expanders working surface with a slow
semi-rotating motion.
H60
H61
H62
H63
Saxophone Tenon Expander

(for baritone and alto saxes)
Saxophone Tenon Expander (for tenor)
Flute Tenon Expander
Piccolo Tenon Expander
N77 FLUTE AND PICCOLO

HEAD SWEDGING DIES
Ferrees Flute and Piccolo Head Swedging Dies

were designed to shrink the tenons that have been
over expanded. These dies can also be used to
remove ridges and dents from tenons that have been
previously improperly repaired.
The proper sized die should be firmly held by a
vise. Use cork grease or Z6 laced petroleum jelly as
lube on the tenon. Tighten the adjusting screw so the
die barely closes on the tenon. Work the tenon. Then
move it back and forth in the die with a
semi
-rotating motion. Test fit, often.
FLUTE HEAD SWEDGING DIES

N77A Has a .790 (20mm) hole and is
1 (25.4mm) long. It fits most standard
flutes.
N77B Has a .790 (20mm) hole and is
2 (50.8mm) long. Designed for repair
men who need to cover a large area.
N77C This
model
has
a
similar
hole .774 (19.7mm) and is 1 (25.4mm)
long. It fits Armstrong model 80 and
some imported flutes.
N77D For the Armstrong alto flute.
N77E For Gemeinhardt alto flute.
N77F Like
N77C
for
Armstrong
but
2 (50.8mm) long.
PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIE

H64 Has a .470 (11.9mm) and
1-1/2 (38.1mm) long.
H60H T Handle (for H60) for extra leverage
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
Fax orders 24 hours a day to

269-965-7719
is
81
TENON FITTING TLS.
WOODWIND TOOLS
G23 BENCH OILER
Durable 2 oz (59ml)
polyethylene (squeeze type) bottle
with 1 (25.4mm) long,
.025 (.64mm) hypodermic
needle. Ideal for all fine oiling.
Dust proof cap protects the
needle when not in use.
G23
Bench Oiler
H20 POST DRILLING JIG
Will fit all reed instruments. Used to drill out new

posts and to drill out and tap old posts for oversized
rods. Consists of a drilling jig with four bushings
and four extra long drills. Instructions are included.
H20 Post Drilling Jig

REPLACEMENT DRILLS FOR H20
H20A Size 44 (.0860)
H20C Size 51 (.0670)
H20B Size 48 (.0760)

H20D Size 53 (.0595)
For Faster Service Use Your

Customer Number!!!
82
G44 SCREW SLOT SAWING TOOL

The Screw Slot
Sawing
Tool
accurately
saws
screwdriver slots in
stack and hinge
screws. Takes all
necessary rod sizes.
The steel shaft is
3/8 (9.5mm) to fit the chuck of the N99A Bench
Motor.
To use, dip the rod in the proper hole in housing.
Press the rod into the saw blade while holding the
housing in your hand. In a matter of seconds, the job
is completed. The tool comes with one blade which is
easily replaced when necessary with a small Allen
Wrench.
The new oversized 1 blade makes this tool even
easier to use than before. Bonus is that the
replacement blades are about half the cost of the 3/4
ones in the past. Additionally, they have finer teeth
for a smooth precision cut. The best part is, that if
you have had one for a while, you can have it
updated (G44U), including new blade. We still have
the older G44A blades in stock but, we highly
recommend this update, as a splendid improvement.
Note: Slot about .030 to .040 (.75mm to 1.0mm
deep)
There are FIVE (5) insert holes.

They are as follows:
.081 (2.05mm)
.086 (2.18mm)
.096 (2.43mm)
.104 (2.64mm)
.125 (3.17mm)
G44
G44A
G44B
G44U
Screw Slot Sawing Tool

Replacement Blade for Old G44
Replacement Blade for New G44
Update for G44(send in old tool)
Feel Free to Call For Current Notes from customers:

Thanks for the advice. We will order some
Pricing or go to
teflon and epoxy. You guys run a great
business and I hope you keep going forever!
www.ferreestools.com for
Talk to you again later as issues arise! Have a
Regularly Updated
great day....Improvement Engineer, Elkhart.
Price Lists
Q75 PICCOLO LEAK LIGHT
The Q75 bulbs are less than .200 thick; compare

breakable bulbs at .250, which are a full quarter of
an inch thick! Q75 is 20% thinner than those. It
comes with a 6 length and has quick disconnect
for bulb replacement.
Q75 Piccolo Leak Light

Q75-6 Extra Bulb Only
Q94 & Q95 SNEAKY LIGHTS
G42 ADJUSTMENT
SCREW DRILLING JIG
This newly designed
tool allows you to
convert the adjustment
screws
of
any
instrument and obtain
the same results. No
more
adjustment
screws chewing through to the key foot, material
coming loose and
falling off, rendering the instrument unplayable. The body of the drilling jig is made
of hardened steel which will not allow the drill to
drift and ensures positive centering of the hole.
6 (152mm) of special Teflon beading is supplied
with each drilling jig.
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
G42
Adjustment Screw Drilling Jig
G42A Teflon beading 12
R50 TESTING CORKS

A set of five testing corks. Used to plug one end of
woodwind instruments when testing for leaks. Set
includes sizes to fit from piccolo to bass clarinet.
R50 Testing Corks, set of 5

We carry two Sneaky Lights. They are 3/8 thick
and available in 18 or 36 lengths. Each has an
attached 6 foot cord that plugs into a 110V outlet.
The lighted part consists of many small light
bulbs, spaced about 1 apart, which are enclosed in
a flexible allows it to go around a housing. This
lights flexibility allows it to go around a baritone
sax gooseneck or up a bell. It will easily slip into a
flute. There is NO transformer or control box and
no on/off switch (will not fit into a piccolo).
Q94
Q95
Sneaky Light 18
Sneaky Light 36
Worlds Largest Manufacturer of

Quality Band Instrument
Repair Tools
J96 SAX BODY HOLDING WHEEL
The Sax Body Holding Wheel inserts into the neck

socket. This elevates the sax body off the bench and
helps eliminate scratching. A leak light can be passed
through the center of the wheel to check for leaks
when the holder is being used.
J96
Sax Body Holding Wheel
83
TENON FITTING TLS.
WOODWIND tools
Q80 FLUORESCENT LEAK LIGHT
(For Sax and Flute)

Q80 with Permanent Cord
12 (305mm) Fluorescent tube, 8 watt, leak light
with permanently attached cord.
Q80 Fluorescent Leak Light with 12 bulb

Q80-2 220V for European Customers
Send your complete unit back and we will
replace the bulb for a minimal fee.
These fluorescent tubes are available at most

hardware stores. If you cant get them locally, we
will supply them for you.
6 (152mm) 4 watt tube Q83

12 (305mm) 8 watt tube for Q85
(For Sax and Flute)

Q82 Fluorescent Leak Light Control Box to use
with Q83 6 (152mm) tube w/cord and plug or
the Q85 12 (305mm) tube w/cord and plug.
Fluorescent Leak Light Control Box only. Use
tubes with attached cords (Q83 or 85) and plugs.
Control box accepts either of the following bulb/
cord/plug combinations.
Q82 Control Box Only

Q82-2 220V for European Customers
Q87 & Q89 REPLACE YOUR

OWN FLUORESCENT TUBES
Q87
Q89
Q82 FLUORESCENT LEAK LIGHT

CONTROL BOX ONLY
TUBE WITH CORD AND PLUG FOR Q82

Buy one or both
Q83 6 (152mm) fluorescent, 4 watt tube
with cord and plug
Q85 12 (305mm) fluorescent, 8 watt tube
with cord and plug.
If a bulb breaks, send your cord back and we will
replace the bulb for a minimal fee.
Q65-1 LEAK LIGHT TESTING KIT

Tests for leaks in all woodwind instruments except
piccolo. Two cords...one with a small bulb, the other
with a large bulb. Eliminates the need for two separate
leak lights. Has an on/off/on switch and a heavy duty
transformer. All parts are available and easily replaced.
The bulbs are included.
Q65-1
Q65-2
Q65A
Q70A
Q70B
Q71A
Q71B
Leak Light Kit, 110 volt

Leak Light Kit, 220 volt for foreign use
Transformer only
Small bulb for leak light
Box of 10 small bulbs
Large bulb for leak light
Box of 10 large bulbs
84
G37 RUBBER WEDGES

For Repairmen who
prefer rubber seating
wedges. Available in
three sizes and sold in
dozens or hundreds.
G82 FLUTE PAD SEATING

SPRING CLIPS
G37A Small Rubber Wedges

.562 (14.28mm) x .200 (5.08mm)
G37B Medium Rubber Wedges
.750 (19.05mm) x .300 (7.62mm)
Specially tempered spring steel. Keeps flute keys

closed and clips are cushioned where they touch pad
cups and body. Easy to install and you can preset the
individual pad pressure.
G37C Large Rubber Wedges

1.000 (25.40mm) x .375 (9.53mm)
G82 Flute Pad Seating Spring Clips

G82S Set of 18 Clips
G38 WOOD WEDGES
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
G26 FLUTE PAD SEATING CLIPS
Two sizes of wood

wedges to slip under key
feet when needed.
G38A Small Wood Wedges

1-1/4 x 1/4 (31.8 x 6.4mm)
G38B Large Wood Wedges
1-1/2 x 1/2 (38.1 x 12.7mm)
Place your order 24 hours a

day by calling 800-253-2261,
faxing to 269-965-7719 or
email to
ferreestools@aol.com.
Be sure to have your
customer number, address,
phone number, item numbers
and payment method.
The G26 Flute Seating Clips are smaller than the

G82 Flute Clips and good for playing condition
jobs. The clips are vinyl covered to prevent them
from scratching the instrument while in use. Not
recommended for use in X100 Flute Pad Oven.
G26 Flute Pad Seating Clips

G26S Set of 18 Clips

I want to thank you for all your time with
us on Saturday. You reinforced some things
that I was already doing and taught me much
more about how to be a successful
repairman!...Billy Walker, Dallas.
Fax:269-965-7719
85
TENON FITTING TLS.
Woodwind tools
J99 HI-HEAT BLOWGUN
CUTTING KNIVES
The J99 is a
professional hi-heat
blowgun
for
seating saxophone
and flute pads. Less
change of burning
corks,
pads
or
lacquer when used
like a blowpipe.
J99 Hi-Heat Blowgun
D6 CONICAL BENCH PEGS
CORK CUTTING KNIFE

Small, easy to use, made with a square handle so it
will not roll on the bench. Used for cutting and
trimming the corks under keys. Has a replaceable
razor sharp flexible blade.
D2
D2A
Cork Cutting Knife

Extra Blade for D2 Knife
BENCH KNIFE
This knife has a uniformly hardened, tempered
steel, blade. Excellent tool for shaping and cutting
cork.
D33
Properly tapered to
hold all clarinet joints
between the bench and
body. Braces any sax
gooseneck,
while
sanding
the
cork.
Machined
of
steel,
chrome plated, lasts indefinitely, unlike the old
fashioned wood plug. Easily installed and removed
from small 3/8 (9.5mm) hole in the bench.
D6
Bench Peg-Traditional
Bench Knife
UTILITY KNIFE
Utility knife with unlimited uses. Cuts, carves,
opens and trims. Extra blades store in the handle.
Five blades are included.
D45 Utility Knife

D45A Package of five extra blades
D30 SINGLE EDGE RAZOR

BLADES
It seems there is never a sharp, single-edge, razor
blade around when you need one. Avoid this
problem with a handy package of 100 blades. As a
bonus, youll pay less per blade when you buy in
this quantity.
86
D30
Box of 100 Single Edge Razor Blades
This combination reverse cone works with

bottom joints to help contain the tenon to help
prevent splitting. Regular is for soprano clarinets.
Large is for alto and bass clarinets.
D6A
D6B
Reverse Bench Peg

Reverse Bench Peg-Large
Email to ferreepressmailer@gmail.com to be added

to our weekly email list
H70 FERREES
QUICK -DRY CORK CEMENT
Ferrees H70 Quick
-Dry Cork
Cement
resists oils and greases, dries
instantly
and gives an excellent, lasting bond.
Installs all types of
tenon corks, key
corks, felts and water
key corks. Many other uses. IMPORTANT: Keep the can tightly
capped to prevent evaporation. If after a period of
time, the cement gets thicker, refill with H70S Solvent and mix it well. Do not buy more than one bottle of solvent at a time. Cannot ship mail.
H70
Quick-Dry Cork Cement, 4 oz (118ml)

can with brush
H70S Solvent for H70 Quick-Dry Cement,
1 pint (473ml)
H72 4 OZ EMPTY
CAN WITH BRUSH
Empty can with brush installed in top. Used to
transfer half of new can for use later. Restart with
this new can.
H72 Empty 4 oz (118ml) can
G69 FRENCH CEMENT

Used for floating in clarinet and oboe pads with
flat backs. Heavy body with low temperature
melting . Sold individually, box of 10 or box of 20.
G69A 1 stick of French Cement

G69B Box of 10 sticks of French Cement
G69C Box of 20 sticks of French Cement
Call 24 hours a day to place

your order 800-253-2261 or
fax to 269-965-7719
R76 PAD AND CORK CEMENT

A liquid shellac formula,
good for quick repairs.
Ready for instant use. Fast
drying.
Each
tube
individually boxed.
R76
Pad and Cork

Cement, tube
(can only ship 1-3 by mail)
R76A Pad and Cork Cement, Pint
(Cannot ship by mail)
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
R95 GRANULAR GLUE

Good bonding glue, for case repair etc. Mix with
water to proper consistency. For use in the R96 Glue
Pot (replaces flake glue). For use on stringed
instruments, case repair, etc. NOT FOR USE WITH
PADS.
R95 Granular Glue, 1 lb (454g) bag
R96 ELECTRIC GLUE POT

Many uses in the shop;
in string and
guitar
repair, accordion work,
repairing
instrument
cases and many other
uses. Thermostatically
controlled
heating
element keeps glue at
proper working consistency all day long. Holds one
quart (.95 liter) liquid. Use R95 Granular Glue.
R96 Electric Glue Pot

Cheers, John
P.S. I like your care and promptness in
replying, great!
Email orders to us at
87
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
L100 GLUE GUN
D46 & D47 SHELLAC SPATULAS

Used to melt stick shellac underneath tenon corks
during replacement.
D46 Medium
for soprano
clarinet
D47 Large for
bass, alto
clarinet
Here at last is virtually flawless hot melt gluing, for

instant joining of wood, plastic, ceramics, metal and
fabrics. A truly professional quality tool. With
convenience and performance features not found in
any other gun.
G65 & G67 STICK SHELLAC
Trigger feed mechanism eliminates troublesome
feed control, a common fault of some hot melt glue
Old Skool, the superior way of gluing pads in all
guns. Solid state reliability brings the L100 Glue Gun
woodwind instruments.
to 380 F (193 C) operating temperature in three
minutes and holds it. A special silicon feed sleeve has
G65A 1 stick of Clear Shellac
a built in flexible diaphragm designed to seal off and
G65B Dozen sticks of Clear Shellac
eliminate hot melt backup. With convenient
convertible flip stand and specially designed hand
G67A 1 stick of Amber Shellac
grip, you can safely stand the gun on a work surface
G67B Dozen sticks of Amber Shellac
when not applying glue.
L100 Glue Gun Deluxe Kit contains:

Trigger Operated Glue Gun
Two, 4 (102mm) Clear Glue Sticks
Two, 4 (102mm) White Glue Sticks
L104
L105
L106
L107
Clear 4 (102mm) Glue Sticks-Box of 6

White 4 (102mm) Glue Sticks-Box of 6
Clear 4 (102mm) Glue Sticks-Box of 24
White 4 (102mm) Glue Sticks-Box of 24
G61 FLAKE SHELLAC

One pound bags of flake shellac. Best grade
available. Can be dissolved in alcohol or melted into
sticks.
G61 Orange Flake Shellac, 1 lb (454gr)
88
Fax:269-965-7719
Ph:800-253-2261
E60 CRACK SLICK SPATULA
A brass iron, flat on one side, curved on the other.

Used for smoothing G68 Jet Black Shellac or G19/
G20 Epoxies into woodwind cracks or other
spreading uses.
E60 Crack Slick Spatula
G68 JET BLACK SHELLAC STICKS

For filling small woodwind cracks.
G68A 1 stick of Jet Black Shellac

G68B Dozen sticks of Jet Black Shellac
D100 115 PIECE H.S.

DRILL BIT SET
D220W & D220F

INDIVIDUAL DRILLS
WIRE GAUGE SIZES
The
most
complete set of
high speed drill
bits on the market.
Three
complete
sets in one box
including:
1. Sixty piece set of number drills 1 thru 60
2. Twenty six piece set of letter drills A thru Z
3. Twenty nine piece set of fractional drills 1/16
thru 1/2 (1.6 thru 12.7mm)
4. Sturdy steel case
D100 High Speed Drill Bit Set
STRAIGHT SHANK DRILLS
Individual drills are available from size 1 thru 80.

Specify size you want.
D220W Individual Wire Drills (Specify Size)
FRACTIONAL SIZES
Individual drills available in fractional sizes.
Specify the size you want. Drills are available from
1/16 thru 1/2 graduated in 64ths of an inch.
D220F
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
Individual Fractional Size Drills

(Specify Size)
CLIFFS TIPS
Use a D220W,l #55 drill and a
D200, 0-80 Tap to drill and tap keys
for flat spring screws.
D220L LEFT HAND DRILL BITS
High speed drills with precision sharpened tips

and edges. Indexed case permits instant selection of
the drill.
D101 No. 1 thru 60. 60 drills in a set

D118 No. 60 thru 80. 20 drills in a set
D102 1/16 thru 1/2 by 64ths. 29 drills in a set
D103 & D104 WIRE DRILL GAUGE

Speed up the determination of
drill sizes when they are
unmarked or mixed up.
D103 For 1 to 60 drills

D104 For 61 to 80
Left hand drill bits are handy whenever you are

drilling a screw or a bolt in order to use a screw
extractor.
If you drill the hole with a left hand drill bit and
the bit catches, it will back the screw out of the hole.
Remember to use left-hand drill bits only with your
drill motor running in reverse. Available sizes are:
1/16, 5/64, 3/32, 7/64, 1/8, 9/64, 5/32,
11/64 and 3/16.
D220L Left hand Drill Bit (Specify Size)
Worlds Largest
Manufacturer
of Quality Band
Instrument
Repair Tools.
See us online
89
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
F75 SAX BUMPER ADJUSTER
E55 THUMB TUBE REMOVER
Pictured is our Sax

Felt Key Bumper
Adjuster for raising
and
lowering
bumpers on Selmer
Paris and many other
newer saxes. This
tool can help you to
quickly adjust your sax bumpers.
This thumb tube

remover
tool
is
designed to remove
and install threaded
or pressed in tubes on
many
soprano
clarinets. It will not
scratch or mar the
inside of the tube.
F75
E55
Sax Bumper Adjuster
E12 BRASS JAW PLIERS

The E12 pliers are
made on a heavy
duty plier blank unlike the light duty
models
available
from
electronic
suppliers.
E12
Thumb Tube Remover
E58 SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE

Usually used on
top stack C, bis Bb,
bottom stack F# and
old style middle
finger
fork
Eb
mechanism lever.
E58A Small
E58B Regular
Brass Jaw Pliers, 5-1/2 (140mm) long
*NEW* E99 ELDRED

SPELL WIDGET
This useful tool
was
developed
over 20 years ago
by popular Michigan State Alumnus, recitalist and
clinician Dr. Eldred Spell, Phd.
F96-T15 TORX DRIVER

T15 X 80mm
For Bundy sax
guard screws.
F96-T15 Torx Driver
L6 TAPERED SHANK ARBOR
It is a clean and neat way to set open hole French

flute pad retaining grommets.
This tool helps keep the grommet flat, level and
evenly tensioned, when properly used.
Made of delrin so as not to mar the key.
E99 Original Eldred Spell Widget
90
E99A Adjustable Eldred Spell Widget
Used to hold a Jacobs chuck in the tailstock of a

lathe.
L6A
L6B
#1 Morse Taper
#2 Morse Taper
*NEW* Z120 WOODWIND

BENCH LATHE
This self contained little dynamo can help you do

what needs to be done on all the small machine jobs
that come your way. Special hollow chuck mandrel so
you can thread long rods. Special tapered mandrels so
you can turn clarinets and oboe joints. Does
everything a bench motor does and MORE.
INCLUDED:
Variable Speed 500-4000 r.p.m.
3/8 Jacobs chuck and aluminum hand brake
Special Ferree Live in tail stock
Outfitted tool rest base
6 turning diameter (3 swing)
11+ between centers (working parts)
Clarinet and oboe turning arbors
Mandrel and arbor removing tool
Z120 Woodwind Bench Lathe
E32 SPECIAL
COMBINATION WIDE ANGLE
WOODWIND LIVE CENTER
This center replaces
a standard tailstock
center in a lathe.
Revolves with the
work and produces no
friction.
Holds all woodwind joints including bassoon.
E32A #1 Morse Taper Wide Angle Woodwind

Live Center
E32B #2 Morse Taper Wide Angle Woodwind
Live Center
X116 SPECIAL BUFFING MOTOR

3/4 hp
motor,
5/8 (15.9mm) shaft
available in both 1725
and 3450 rpm.
The slower one can
be used for keys, small
parts and mouthpiece
buffing and the faster one as a substitute buffer for
larger parts in a small shop. Uses D36R or D36L
arbors, and E7BR or E7BL Tapered Spindle
Adaptors or a combination of both of them. 4 thru
6(102mm thru 152mm) buffs can be used. Suggest
using a foot switch when wiring, for more control.
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
X116A Special Purpose Motor, 1725rpm

X116B Special Purpose Motor, 3450rpm
SHAFT UTILITY ARBORS

Arbor to hold small buffs
or grinding wheels. Fits
over motor shaft, affixed
by set screw. Comes in two
sizes, in both right and left
hand.
RIGHT HAND ARBOR

D34R 1/2 (12.7mm) shaft size
LEFT HAND ARBOR
D34L 1/2 (12.7mm) shaft size
E7 TAPERED SPINDLES
Mount on motor shaft
for scratch brush or small
buffs. Fit over motor
shaft affixed by set
screw. Comes in two sizes, in both right and left
hand.
E7AL
E7AR
E7BL
E7BR
1/2 (12.7mm) left hand thread

1/2 (12.7mm) right hand thread
91
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND tools
N75 FLUTE HEAD MANDREL
Designed to fit the taper of flute heads. Works

like a tapered mandrel as used on cornet bells.
Useful in removing dents and rounding out egg
shaped joints.
N75 Flute Head Mandrel

N75A Alto Flute Head Mandrel
N76 FLUTE BODY MANDREL

Straight mandrels designed to be useful in
removing dents and straightening flute bodies.
N76
Flute Body Mandrel for

soprano flutes.734 (18.6mm)
N76A Flute Body Mandrel for alto flutes
.937 (23.8mm) Armstrong
N76B Flute Body Mandrel for alto flutes
.984 (25.0mm) Artley, Gemeinhardt,
Haynes
*NEW* P1 PRECISION FLUTE

ROLLER
All steel construction for precision and strength.

Specially machined to get really close to a rib, with
enhanced power and perfect control.
Built for comfort and firm control. Right or left
handed operation.
Now, YOU can do very high quality professional
dent work on even the most delicate of flutes. This
smooth running, specially machined, precision roller
is faced on one side to allow you to get super close
to a rib and is powerful enough to remove even the
smallest dent.
P1 Precision Flute Roller
H65 TAPERED PICCOLO

HEAD MANDREL
Over 60 years of satisfying

customers like you!!
This mandrel is precisely machined to fit piccolo
heads. Especially useful in removing dents and
rounding out egg-shaped joints. The tapered
mandrel is 12 (305mm) long.
H65
Piccolo Head Mandrel
H66 PICCOLO BODY MANDREL
92

Battle Creek, MI 49014
Especially designed to remove dents from piccolo

bodies. Also handy for straightening bent bodies.
The straight mandrel is 12 (305mm) long.
H66
Piccolo Body Mandrel
N79 FLUTE PAD

HOLE PUNCH SET
The N79
N79Y
set
is
designed to
punch larger
holes
in
standard flute
pads for use
on open hole
French type
flutes, so that
Repairmen need not carry two complete flute pad
stocks. A set includes a punch and two brass
centering dies to hold the pads. Since each centering
die has a different pad size on each end, there is a
total four pad sizes available (17.5,18,18.5,19). The
punch will automatically center itself and punch a
neat hole when hit with a rawhide mallet. Be sure to
use a P28 Cutting Pad or an L24 Lead Block to
protect the cutting edge of the punch.
The special N79Y optional punch, is used to enlarge the hole in some flute pads having too small a
hole to fit in Yamaha flutes with their raised flange
spuds. All Ferrees pads fit without alteration.
(Centering die sizes: 17.5, 18, 18.5 and 19)
N79 Flute Pad Hole Punch Set

N79P Flute Pad Hole Punch Only
N79Y Yamaha Flute Pad Hole Punch Only
P28 CUTTING PAD

Made of resilient vinyl plastic and measuring 2
-1/2
(63.5mm)
square, these tough
P28 vinyl Cutting
Pads are ideal for use
with the N79 Flute
Pad Punches and the
P30 Cork pad Punches.
Preserves
the
cutting edges. Pads
are long-wearing and can be used on both sides.
Cutting pads must be used on a solid base for the
best results.
P28
Cutting Pad
P30 CORK PAD CUTTERS

A series of cutters for
making cork pads. They
come in .5 mm steps
from
6.5mm
thru
16mm.
The P30 cutters can
be turned by hand,
holding
them
perpendicular to the
cork. Or, you can put a cutter in the drill press (to
hold it more firmly) and turn the drill press by hand.
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
P30
Cork Pad Cutters-Individual sizes,

state size wanted.
P30S Set of any 10 Cork Pad Cutters-you
select the sizes.
G16 & G17 PUNCHES

These are small
and easy to use.
Precision
ground
Chrome
Vanadium
steel. 4 (102mm)
long.
CENTER PUNCH
G16
Small Point
G16A Medium Point
DRIVE TAPER PUNCH
G17
Small Point
G17A Medium Point
G18 AUTOMATIC CENTER

PUNCH
Mark hole centers, while keeping one hand free.

Spring inside helps strike the blow. Striking force
is adjustable.
G18
Automatic Center Punch
G18A Extra Point
93
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
D3 & D4 BLOWPIPES
Mainly
for
reheating shellac in
pad cups to insure a
good bond after
leveling. Used with
G38 cork or G37
rubber wedges
D3
D4
Blowpipe for use with natural gas

Similar to above. For use with an
alcohol lamp.
N115 CLARINET BODY

CENTERING CLAMP
Using Ferrees G19 Clear Magic makes it possible

to glue together a plastic, rubber, ebonite or resonite
clarinet that has been completely broken in half.
If you have a G78 Clarinet Grafting Jig or a G74S
Raised Tone Hole Jig, you can use either of them as a
clamp to hold the parts together for precision gluing.
If you do not have either of the mentioned tools,
this tool will provide you a less expensive way to
clamp and hold the body while the glue is curing.
Using the N115 Clarinet Body Clamp. Carefully
clean the broken ends with the G20S Jet Magic
Solvent. Be sure the broken edges are free from
grease, oil and dirt. Then, apply properly mixed G19
to the broken ends in such a way that you dont get a
glob in the bore of the instrument when repositioning
them back together. Next, slip the clarinet over the
N115 Clarinet Body Centering Clamp and clamp the
body together by tightening the knurled knobs. Let it
cure for 24 to 36 hours.
If any chips of material have been lost from the
break, you can build up the spot by applying a fresh
batch of G20 Jet Magic as needed. Allow the Jet
Magic to cure between coats, then sand to match the
body contour.
94
G2 BUNSEN BURNER
N115 Clarinet Body Centering Clamp
Nickel plated Bunsen

burner with gas and air
adjustments. Provides
a small intense flame.
G2C
G2N
Propane Gas Bunsen Burner

Natural Gas Bunsen Burner
J88 CORROSION CRACKER

PENETRATING OIL
Our
Ferrees
Corrosion
Cracker
Penetrating Oil is
unbelievable. We put
it on a cornet 1st
valve slide that had
been stuck for years.
After allowing it to
set overnight, the
slide was REMOVED BY HAND, using no tools
whatsoever. A recent scientific discovery reduces
surface tension so that this amazing solvent creeps
into openings as small as ONE MILLIONTH OF
AN INCH. Some parts can be loosened immediately, others may require a little more time for the oil to
work its way to the full length. BUT it will work!
You can loosen valve and tuning slides, stuck or
slow moving woodwind keys and stack rods, nuts,
bolts, studs, screws, pulleys, shafts, bearings, pipe
threads, valve guides or any other corroded metal
parts. You can lubricate air driven tools, remove
rust, gummed oil and grease. Cannot ship by mail.
J88A 2oz (58 ml) Corrosion Cracker Oil

with a G23 Bench Oiler
J88B Refill of 1 pt (473 ml) Corrosion
Cracker oil
See new items and repair tips on

our website
L56 STINGRAY TORCH

This torch is the most
advanced on the market.
A piezo electric system
gives you a flame in one
second at the touch of a
button.
Needs
NO
batteries.
Adjustable gas and air
control gives you precise
control of a pinpoint
flame. The flame will
burn at any angle. This
refillable butane torch
features push button lighting and lightweight handling. New safety lock for extra protection. Uses
L57 Butane Refills (new style as of mid February
2013).
L56
L57 BUTANE REFILLS

Convenient refills for the L56
Micro Torch, L61 refillable
cartridge, the L62, L65 and the L63
Pencil Torch.
L57 5-1/2 oz. Gas Refill

(150g)
Cannot be shipped by air
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
L62 & L65 PORTABLE BUTANE

BUNSEN BURNERS
Stingray Torch
L60 MINI MICRO TORCH

This torch is both small and
powerful and offers pinpoint
accuracy.
Uses
safety
engineered, refillable and
reusable butane gas cartridges.
The choice of many
repairmen for brass and
woodwind work.
L60
Finally, truly useable, portable Bunsen burners.

Greatly superior to any alcohol lamp. Burns approx.
4-5 hours on one refill.
The L62 produces a flame almost exactly like a
regular Bunsen burner using natural gas and ambient
air.
The L65 burns slightly cooler making it also
useable for re-curving bows on stringed instruments.
L62
Deluxe Portable Butane

Bunsen Burner
L65
Standard Portable Butane Bunsen

Burner
Mini Micro Torch
L61 REFILLABLE CARTRIDGE

This cartridge is shipped
empty and can be filled by
the L57 Butane refill. It is
made specifically for the
L60 Mini Micro Torch
(Package of 2). Cant
ship by mail.
L61 Refillable Cartridge
H53 ALCOHOL LAMP

Sturdy chrome plated
alcohol lamp. Adjustable
wick.
H53
Alcohol Lamp
H53A Replacement wicks
95
DENT MACHINE SET UP
SUGGESTED DENT MACHINE & ACCESS.

This is the ultimate set up, all at once. Small shops usually start out and then add to it.
This newest set up has the latest tools that do the work very quickly and better.
Dent Machine Top, Includes
Quick Adjust
Bench Mount Stand for Z60
Z60S
Z60-14B 3/8 Insert
Z60-14C 1/2 Insert
Z60-14D Stem Mandrel
Z60-16A Sax Roller
Z60-16B Sax Wheel
1 Sousa Ball
Z60-18
1-5/8 Sousa
Z60-19
3 Rod
Z60-22
Z60-22A Extended Arm
4-1/2 Wheel
Z60-23
1-1/4 Power Disc
Z60-24
3 Power Disc
Z60-25
Z60-25L Low Profile 3
Z60-25AL Low Profile 2-1/2
4 Power Disc
Z60-26
Z60-26L Low Profile 4
5 Power Disc
Z60-27
5 Power Roller
Z60-28
Slim Taper Roller
Z60-29
Convex Roller
Z60-30
Machine Vise
Z60-31
30 Degree Arm
Z60-32
7 Power Roller
Z60-33
1-1/4 Roller
Z60-36
Z60-36A Small Double Roller
Z60-36B Large Double Roller
Adjustable Strut
Z60-40
Tonehole/Body Set
Z60-50
(Fingertool)
Z60
Z61
Z61E
Z61S
Z61-1
Z61-2
Z61-9A
Z61-9B
Z61-9C
Z61-9D
Z61-11
Z61-13S
Z61-16
96
Dent Machine Base For Sousa

Dent Machine Base For Tuba
Floor Mount Stand For Z60
1 Curved Sousa Rod for Z60
(included w/Z60)
1-1/4 Sousa Rod (included w/Z60)
1-1/4 Steel ball
1-1/2 Steel Ball
2 Steel Ball
2-7/8 Steel Ball
Articulated Tuba Rod
(included w/Z60)
Set of Aluminum balls
(necessary for Z61)
13A 2-3/4 ball
13B 3 ball
13C 3-1/4 ball
13D 3-1/2 ball
Base Vise
G85 OBOE CENTER

TENON TOOLS
The G85 Oboe Center Tenon Tool has a hardened

tool steel cutter to bore a hole in the joint.
The design of the tool insures that the tone hole
will be perfectly centered. Three tapered pilots have
different diameters to fit all known oboe bores.
The set consists of:
Three tapered pilots
One Cutter
One tapered reamer
Two pieces of ABS
Select the tapered pilot that best fits the bore.
Preload the cutter onto the pilot so it will be ready to
form. The reamer is made of tool steel and/or
hardened. Operate the lathe at a slow speed,
approximately 200 rpm, and feed the oboe into the
cutter by hand. Do not use the tail stock if the joint
is warped.
The next step is to make the new tenon. This
procedure is greatly simplified by the use of the G85
Tapered Reamer. This reamer is made of tool steel
and oil hardened. The reamer is engineered to make
a tapered hole in the replacement tenon plug that
will match the bore using your hand skills.
After the tenon is completely formed inside and
out, glue it into the instrument using G19 Clear
Magic.
This tool will turn an almost impossible repair job
into one of the easiest repairs you can make, with
the aid of only a small lathe.
G85 Oboe Center Tenon Tools
G50-G52 BASSOON TENON TOOLS
These tools work similarly to the G84 Clarinet

Tenon Tools, except that they have tapered pilots
instead of cylindrical pilots.
G50 To replace the tenon on bassoon tenor
joints, (also known as the wing joint)
G50RC Replacement Cutter Only
G51 To replace the tenon between the bass
joint and the boot joint
G52 To replace the tenon between the bass
joint and the bell
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
G106 CLARINET BELL TENON REAMER

This Bell Tenon
Reamer is designed to
reproduce the inside
flare radius when
replacing the bell
tenon on Bb clarinets.
It has a unique contoured blade that eliminates the
two angle cuts previously made with a boring bar.
The cutting blade is made of hardened tool steel and
is removable from the tool holder.
G106 Clarinet Bell Tenon Reamer

G106C Replacement blades
G66 LOWER TENON PLUG HOLDER

This slotted collet type holder secures lower joint
tenon plugs tightly in the lathe chuck while the
reaming operation is completed. An inexpensive
answer to a common problem.
G66 Lower Tenon Plug Holder

REPLACEMENT TENONS FOR BASSOON
ABS Plastic for making tone hole

inserts and tenon replacements can be
found on page 110.
G50B ABS for G50

G51C Alum. for G51
G50C Alum. for G50 G52A Maple for G52
G51A Maple for G51 G52C Alum. for G52
97
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
G71 BELL TENON SETS
G84 SMALL TENON SET
The taper of the arbor fits clarinet bores better

and acts as a pilot; making a more accurate cut with
less chance of the cutter drifting off center.
The cutter is held in the lathe chuck and reversed
to make the step cut, if necessary. You can do a
better finished job than by trying to thread a new
tenon in, or some other method. These tenons,
when glued in with G19 Clear Magic, are as strong
or stronger than the original tenon was in many
cases.
Using a machine lathe, this tool eliminates the

danger of splitting a clarinet when making cuts.
Maintains a straight even cut of consistent diameter.
Cutters are made of high speed tool steel, with maximum chip clearance. Brass pilots can be
machined accurately as needed to fit any desired clarinet bore.
These pilots do not cause friction and so eliminate
the danger of softening rubber or plastic. The cutters
are removable and easily re-sharpened. The set
includes the following:
Cutter for soprano clarinet work
Cutter for shortening barrels
Facing cutter, also works on bass clarinet
bottom tenons
Four soprano clarinet pilots: one for
general clarinet use, three uncut
Complete instructions
G71B Bell Tenon Set for Bb soprano clarinet

G71E Bell Tenon Set for Eb soprano clarinet
REPLACEMENT CUTTERS
G71C Bb Clarinet Cutter for G71B
G71F Eb Clarinet Cutter for G71E
G72 & G73 REPLACEMENT

UPPER TENONS
For Soprano Clarinets
G72A ABS plastic tenon plug
G72B Grenadilla tenon plug
For Alto Clarinets

G72C ABS plastic tenon plug
G72D Grenadilla tenon plug
For Bass Clarinets

G72E
G72F
ABS plastic tenon plug

Grenadilla tenon plug
REPLACEMENT LOWER TENONS

For Bb Soprano Clarinets
G73A ABS plastic tenon plug
G73B Grenadilla tenon plug
For Eb Soprano Clarinets
98
G73C ABS plastic tenon plug

G73D Grenadilla tenon plug
G84 Small Tenon Set

REPLACEMENT PARTS
G84T
G84B
G84F
G84BS
G84A
G84BA
G84C
G84BB
G84D
Soprano clarinet tenon cutter

Barrel cutter
Facing Cutter
Soprano clarinet pilot, uncut
Alto clarinet cutter
Alto clarinet pilot, uncut
Bass clarinet cutter
Bass clarinet pilot, uncut
Shaft only
Our price list is now online

and updated regularly.
Just go to
and click on Price Lists.
G76 SPECIAL OBOE ARBOR
G78 CLARINET SOCKET

GRAFTING JIG
Special arbor for Oboe work on G78 Socket

Grafting Jig.
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
G76 Special Oboe Arbor for G78
G77 BASS CLARINET ARBOR KIT
An accessory for the G78 Socket Grafting Jig.

With this 30 (76.2cm) arbor, socket grafts can now
be performed on Bass Clarinets.
The G77 Bass Clarinet Arbor comes complete with
three bass clarinet size tone hole alignment pilots,
adjustable instrument stop and large pressure nut.
G77 Special Bass Clarinet Arbor Kit
~OUR PURPOSE~
To provide for the band instrument
Repairman the most economical, high
quality, up to date and easy to use
tools available today. Ferrees tool
designs have always been based on
Simplicity, Accuracy and Efficiency
while focused on Quality, Economy
and Service.
Consistently the lowest prices in

the industry!
Used to hold the clarinet in place so that tone

holes can be re-drilled in the same location after the
graft is installed.
New templet system makes simply using a
locating pin in a series of pre-drilled movable steel
template rings to duplicate any pattern of holes for
any brand of Bb clarinet.
G78 Socket Grafting Jig

G78A Straight Cutter for Raised Tone
Hole
G78B Angle Cutter for Tapered Tone
Hole
G78U Update for G78- Send in old tool
G79 SOCKET GRAFT SLEEVES

Sleeves for use with G78 Socket Grafting Jig.
G79A Wood graft sleeve for Bb clarinet

G79B ABS graft sleeve for Bb clarinet

Thanks for the info; I removed that large
phillips head screw behind the F# and that
enabled the rod to be pulled out. Just never
saw anything like that before. Flute plays
great, and now Ill get paid!...Thanks again,
Nick, LA.
99
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
H68 FLUTE TENON SLEEVE
This tool is made from 1-1/4 (31.8mm) hexagon

shaped steel 2 (50.8mm) long. The inside has been
bored and then hand honed to an exact dimension.
The tenon sleeve is used by placing it over the tenon
and using the H62 Flute Tenon Expander on the
inside. You can open out the tenon to the sleeve. We
suggest a lubricant (Z6 Laced Petroleum Jelly) to
make the tool slide more smoothly in the tenon. We
will also make special sizes.
.777 Armstrong Head
.786 Blessing Foot
.787 Bundy Head
.788 Blessing Head
.794 Artley Head
.785
.792
Gemeinhardt
Head & Foot
Yamaha Foot
Older Haynes
Bundy Foot
Artley Foot
H68 Flute Tenon SleeveSpecify Size
*NEW* E197 & E198

PAD SEAT REAMERS
From the original
blueprint we acquired
with Erick Brands
archives, these 2 sets
of angled pad seat
reamers are for very
specialized work.
The smaller ones come in a set of 3 for Soprano
Clarinets and Oboes and the larger set of 2 are for
Alto and Bass Clarinets.
E197 Pad Seat Reamers (set of 3)

E198 Large Pad Seat Reamers (Set of 2)
100
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

*NEW* G83 ADJUSTABLE

SOCKET REAMER
With the G83 you can resurface or smooth jobs

that were done imperfectly in the past. Also good
for clean up after socket graft has been
preformed; for removal of glue in the corner or as a
fine adjustment of size. In addition, you can true to
size to a perfectly round, a warped or an ovaled
socket. The G83 works on the mouthpiece, upper
and middle sockets. This fine tool features an
adjustable depth collar and an adjustable SINGLE
cutting blade and sleeve to avoid chattering. An
OPTIONAL separate blade and collar are available
to allow the G83 to also be used on the bell socket.
G83
G83A
G83B
G83C
G83S-1
G83S-2
Adjustable Socket Reamer

Repl. Blade (standard)
Repl. Blade (.030 over)
Oversized (.030) blade & sleeve
Standard sleeve
Oversize sleeve for G83B
E81-E85 TONE HOLE

PAD SEAT FILES
Perfectly ground,
razor sharp edges,
negative
rake
to
prevent gouging. Use
to remove small chips
from tone holes of
wood, rubber and
plastic clarinets.
E81 1/4 (6.4mm)
E82 1/2 (12.7mm)
E83 5/8 915.9mm)
E84 3/4 (19mm)

E85 1 (25.4mm)

your order 800-253-2261
G86 CLARINET TONE HOLE

REPLACEMENT CUTTER SET
The G86 cutters are used to machine a flat

bottomed relief or socket, which will accept the
tapered tone hole or raised tonehole chimney. You
will make from an ABS rod or other material on a
small lathe.
A set consists of 11 cutters and 33 brass pilots.
The cutters are made from tool steel, hardened for
maximum durability.
We recommend this new tool be used with the
G74S Tone Hole Jig, which we have made for many
years.
The G74S should be clamped to the table of a drill
press and the clarinet joint mounted for maximum
rigidity while boring the socket.
The large variety of brass pilots included make a
good tight fit possible in any diameter tone hole.
They center the cutter with the hole and help guide
the cutter in for a straight reveal.
G100 OBOE TONEHOLE

REPLACEMENT CUTTER SET
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
The Oboe Tone Hole Cutter Set is a complete set

of cutters designed to repair or replace tone holes on
oboe joints. This set consists of ten brass pilots,
eight flat cutters, and nine V angle shaped cutters.
The flat cutters can be used to bore an old tone
hole out so a new tone hole can be inserted. This is
especially useful when a crack extends through a
tone hole causing a leak. The flat cutters can also be
used in conjunction with the angle cutters for
repairing tone holes that are double cut with a flat
section in the center of an angled tone hole. These
flat cutters range in size from 5.5mm to 12mm. The
cutters are made from hardened tool steel to hold a
sharp edge. The pilots are made from brass and can
be machined to fit any size tone hole. This fine set
of cutters comes in a padded box with a lid, to
protect them from being damaged and to keep the
pilots from getting lost.
G100 Oboe Tone Hole Replacement Cutters
The two flute design of the cutters, along with the

brass eliminate all chatter that occasionally occurs
with a fly cutter. Cutters run in size from
13/32 (10.3mm) thru 23/32 (18.3mm) in
1/32 (.8mm) steps.
Set comes complete with a divided box which
keeps the cutting edges from becoming damaged
and keeps pilots from becoming lost.
G86 Clarinet Tone Hole

Replacement Cutter Set
G87P Pilots only for G86 & G87
( The pilots go in .010 (.25mm) steps from .180
thru .500 (4.57mm thru 12.7mm). Specify size.
ABS material for making tone hole

inserts and tenon replacements can be
found on page 110.
FAX ORDERS TO
269-965-7719
101
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
F98 & F99 NUT DRIVERS
D116 PEARL HOLDERS

Brass holders to fit D113 pearls. Separately sized
die must be used for each size pearl holder. Use H34
dies to install. SPECIFY SIZE.
D116A For finger pearls

Sizes: 9.1, 10.8, 13.7, 14.8mm
For use on some new model flutes.
D116B For thumb pearls

Sizes: 13.2, 15.3, 16.5mm
F98 Nut Driver 3/32

F99 Nut Driver 1/8
D48 TRADEMARK CRAYON
H34 PEARL
HOLDER CLOSING DIES
Set of 5 dies to close a metal pearl holder around a
pearl finger button. Made of hardened tool steel.
Gold crayon for filling in worn trademarks. Makes

the overhaul jobs really look good. Clean out
engraving using a needle spring to remove dirt and
debris from deep in the crevasses. Scuff crayon into
grooves by going across at 90 degree angle to the
groove. When cool, use a rag and a ruler to slide off
the excess and your engraving will be renewed. If
some gets into the grain, just take a few extra
moments and pick it out.
D48
Trademark Crayon
E59 PEARL PROTECTOR
H34
Pearl Holder Closing Dies
D113 SAX PEARLS

Shell pearls for finger buttons. Will fit D116 pearl
holders. Use H34 dies to install. SPECIFY SIZE.
D113A Concave Pearls

Sizes: 9.1, 10.8, 13.7, 14.8mm
(11.2 is now discontinued)
Used to place over the pearl while heating sax

pads. Prevents scorching of pearls
E59
Pearl Protector

Repair Tools
102
D113B Convex Pearls for thumb buttons

Sizes: 13.2, 14.8, 15.3, 16.5mm
M19 FISH SKIN

Sheets of fish skin for feelers and for use in
making oboe reeds. Also called goldbeaters
skin.
M19 Fish Skin
G104 BASS CLARINET TONE

HOLE CUTTER
G87 TAPERED TONE

HOLE CUTTER
This addition to our tone

hole cutter line is for the
socket tone hole on bass clarinets.
This tapered cutter and
brass pilot are the correct
sizes for most bass
clarinets.
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
G104
Bass Clarinet
Tone Hole Cutter
G104P Pilot
G74 CLARINET RAISED

TONE HOLE JIG
Jig
to
hold joints
in the drill
press
while
drilling
out broken
or chipped, raised and regular tone holes. When the
jig is clamped securely to the drill press bed with the
joint properly placed in the jig, there is very little
chance of damage to the instrument. Allows
accurate drilling of the hole.
Includes centering pins and a fly cutter.
G74S For Soprano Clarinets and Oboes
G74A For Alto and Bass Clarinets
G74F Replacement Fly Cutter fits either
Customer satisfaction
is always guaranteed!
Highest
quality,
lowest prices!
Most items are in
stock
for
quick
delivery!
Worlds Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band
Instrument Repair Tools
The G87 Set of Three Tone Hole Cutters accept

the same pilots as the G86 Clarinet Tone Hole
Replacement Set. The G87 cutters can be used to
shape the top of tapered tone holes. The cutters are
also available individually.
G87
Set of 3 Tapered Tone Hole

Cutters /16 (11.1mm),
1/2 (12.7mm), 23/32 (18.3mm)
G87A
7/16 (11.1mm), Tapered Tone Hole

Cutter
G87B
1/2 (12.7mm) Tapered Tone Hole

Cutter
G87C
23/32 (18.3mm) Tapered Tone

Hole Cutter
PILOTS FOR G87 & G86

G87P
Pilots only for G86 & G87 ( The pilots

go in .010 (.25mm) steps from .180
thru .500 (4.57mm thru 12.7mm). Specify size.

I just bought this fantastic tool (P1). I am
already having fun with my new toy and
experimenting on different problem areas of
different flutes...Dominique, Quebec, CA.
Fax orders 24 hours a day

to 269-965-7719
103
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
N17 BASSOON BOCAL
DENT BALL CABLE
A tool to make bassoon dent work easier. The

cable has a threaded connection in the middle that
allows it to be split into two pieces. This permits
putting a different N57G or N57GH dent ball on the
cable without removing it from the bocal.
It is constructed of high quality, galvanized,
industrial cable and covered with nylon tubing.
Nylon handles on each end of the cable let the
technician easily insert and remove the dent ball.
N17
Bassoon Bocal Cable
E71 KEY FILING CLAMP

Preferred by
some technicians
to
hold
parts
during
filing,
polishing
or
general work.
Made of hard
wood with two
leather
lined
jaws...one round and one square. When the tapered
wedge is forced into one end of the clamp, it
tightens the grip on the part held in the other end.
Gets a strong grip on the work being held.
H35 JOINT AND BARREL

RING SHRINKING DIE WITH
PRESSURE PLUGS
Eliminates using paper, cloth or other wedging

methods.
Shrinks barrel and joint rings on Bb and A
clarinets.
Does a nice job in just two or three minutes.
Invaluable for all dealers and repairmen. Use with a
good bench vise or mallet. Comes complete with
two machined steel plungers.
Note: The rings must be removed from the barrel or
joint before using this tool.
H35 Joint and Barrel Ring Shrinking Die

with Two Pressure Plungers
VISITORS
E71 Key Filing Clamp

I have had nothing but good luck with
DeJurs. Im a DeJur man, have been for a long
time,...Steve
104
Russ Thomas and daughter Jennifer Nicoletti

(Thomas Music, Rochester, NY) visit
Ferrees Tools, Inc.
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

Battle Creek, MI USA
Ph:800-253-2261
J20 SWEDISH STYLE PLIERS
These J20SS and J22SS are Cliff and Garys

favorite pairs of pliers for intense reed work. We
think these are the highest quality pliers being made
today. Cross hatched handles wont slip in your hand.
Although these pliers are extremely strong, they are
still designed to be held by hand, not in a vise. All are
5 (127mm) and have smooth jaws.
J20SS Round Nose

J22SS Small Duck Bill
OTHER USES
J21SS Chain Nose
L37 MOUTHPIECE REFACING KIT

Ferrees has long
carried the Morgan
Mouthpiece Refacing
Kit. Designed by
Henri Selmer in the
1880s and refined by
Ralph Morgan over
the years, the set
includes one glass
Direct
Reading
Gauge, one taper gauge, and five feeler gauges in
sizes .0015, .010, .024, .034 and .050. Also included
is an instruction booklet which walks you through the
various stages.
These are comparison tools, there are no rules! It is
all hand work with no rules! It is ALL hand work
with no magic and no forgiveness. This work is an
art. A combination of common sense and acquired
skill, tempered with judgment and experience. You
can not rush the work. Practice is perfection.
Sadly, Ralph Morgan passed away this past
summer, this was his gift to the woodwind
aficionado.
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
L37 Mouthpiece Refacing Kit
N78 FLUTE PAD CUP TOOLS

The set consists
of two arbors with
a
different
diameter on each
end, making 4
sizes to work
with. They were
designed for two
purposes. First, to
straighten bowed pad cups and second, to use as
forming dies to straighten bent cups.
N78 Flute Pad Cup Tools

Thanks so much for your reply. Your info
helps me greatly when making a decision,
thanks again...Steve.
Call for availability before ordering. Sold as a

kit ONLY. We DO NOT sell the individual parts
of the Mouthpiece Refacing kit separately.
H76 TAPERED GLUE PLUGS

Here is the easy
answer to a chipped
inside
edge
of
a
woodwind tone hole.
Insert a Tapered Glue
Plug in the bad tone
hole.
Then using the H75
Hot Stuff Glue and Grenadilla Chip Kit, fill in the
chipped area. The Tapered Glue Plug keeps the repair
perfectly round like the original tone hole. All thats
left to do is smoothing and flattening the top of the
tone hole. Now you have fast, virtually undetectable
repair. The delrin plug will not stick to the glue.
H76 Set of two Tapered Glue Plugs

105
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
L28 DIES FOR
DISCONTINUED L27
RINGSHRINKING/FLUSHBANING
PRESS
L30-L33A FLUSH BANDS
Flush bands are nickel silver, except for the oboe

bands, which are sterling silver.
By using the dies listed below, the L27 machine

will flush band soprano clarinets, alto clarinets, bass
clarinets, oboes, English horns and Bassett horns.
Due to the changes in the bore through the years,
the dies have all been redesigned to more closely
cover the sizes needed.
Oboes need four dies because of the taper on the
oboe body. The largest oboe die also covers the
English horn. A supply of shim stock is included.
L28A
L28B
L28C
L28D
Eb soprano clarinet die

Bb soprano clarinet die
Alto clarinet and Bassett horn die
Leblanc alto clarinet and Bassett horn
die
L28E Bass clarinet die
L28F Die for bass clarinets, made by Selmer,
Conn, Leblanc, Buffet
L34 Oboe Bell Ring Die and Plunger

OBOE DIES
A set of 4, special Oboe flushbanding dies.
L29 Oboe Flushbanding Dies
L36 SHIM STOCK

Additional assorted shim stock for building up
flush band banding dies to the correct size for
finishing.
106
L36 Shim Stock
L30
Clarinet 1.375 O.D. X .200 width

(34.9mm x 5.1mm)
L30A
Small Clarinet 1.185 O.D. X .240 width

(30.1mm x 6.1mm)
L30B
Small Clarinet 1.185 O.D. X .315 width

(30.1mm x 8.0mm)
L31
Alto Clarinet 1.500 O.D. X .250 width

(38.1mm x 6.35mm)
L32
Bass Clarinet 1.815 O.D. X .312 width

(46.1mm x 7.9mm)
L33
Oboe (fits body or crown) .968 O.D.

X .200 width (24.6mm x 5.1mm)
L33A
Oboe or English horn 1.032 O.D. X .200

width (26.2mm x 5.1mm)
J90-J94 ASSEMBLY BOARDS

Eliminate
the
hunting,
guessing,
trial and error to
figure where the rods
and pivot screws go
back to.
Regardless of the
tear down method, each rod and screw can be easily
found on the board. These boards make it possible
for one person to disassemble an instrument and
have another reassemble it without any guesswork,
regardless of the amount of time which may have
elapsed. Boards show shape of keys and allow
provision for rod, pivot screws and springs.
This is especially helpful for oboes, bassoons and
saxophones. Handy for clarinets and flutes, too.
J90 Clarinet
J91 Flute
J92 Sax
J93 Oboe
J94 Bassoon
J14 SOLID BRASS ROD

ROUND AND SQUARE
F51 CURVED NOSE PLIERS
Use to replace braces. Specify size.
Round18 (45.7cm) lengths

Item #
O.D
J14A 1/8 (3.2mm)
Item #
O.D
J14F 5/16 (7.9mm)
J14B 5/32 (3.96mm) J14G 3/8 (9.5mm)
F51 Curved Nose Pliers, 5-3/4 (146mm) long
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
F58 FLAT NOSE PLIERS
J14C 3/16 (4.8mm) J14H 7/16 (11.1mm)

J14D 7/32 (5.6mm)
J14J 1/2 (12.7mm)
J14E 1/4 (6.4mm)
Square rod comes in two lengths

J14K
J14L
9/64 (3.6mm) O.D. 10-1/2 (266.7mm)

length (Trombone Lyre Stock)
3/16 (4.8mm) O.D. 18 (457mm) length
F47 & F48 HEAVY

DUTY SLIP JOINT
F47 Inexpensive, Heavy
Duty Slip Joint Pliers
6 (152mm) long.
F48 Better grade, Heavy
Duty Slip Joint Pliers
8 (203mm) long.
G64 HAND DRILL

Reasonably
priced drill has 3
jawed chuck and
holds 0 thru
1/4
(6.4mm)
round
shank
drills.
F58A 7 (152mm) long, smooth jaws

F58B 7 (152mm) long, scored jaws
F58C 5 (127mm) long, smooth jaws
F61 & F56 PARALLEL ACTION

PLIERS, NOW TWO SIZES
This 5-1/2 (140mm) size makes these pliers
perfect for woodwind work. You can straighten
bent keys on all woodwinds or wire key guards on
saxes. Also get a
terrific grip on a
stuck stack rod.
These pliers are
available
in
hardened, scored
jaws that are plated. Also in soft
jaws,
unplated that you can drill or modify in your own
shop. Since the pliers are bolted together, it is very
easy to remove the jaws to modify them.
F61A 5 (140mm) Parallel Pliers with
smooth, unhardened jaws
F61B 5 (140mm) Parallel Pliers with
scored, hardened jaws
F56A 6-1/2 (165mm) Parallel Pliers with
smooth, unhardened jaws
F56B 6-1/2 (165mm) Parallel Pliers with
scored, hardened jaws
G64 Hand Drill

107
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
F64 COMPOUND LEVERAGE SNIPS
G62 METAL BACK SAW
Compound
leverage diagonal cutter
with a spring for extra
control. Straight cut jaws.
F64
Straight Cutting Snips
F63 STRAIGHT CUT METAL SNIPS

Forged steel. Cuts
any circle or curve to
the right or left. For
cutting metal patches.
7 (178mm) long.
F63
All purpose saw cuts copper, brass, plastic and

wood leaving smooth edges. 6-1/2 blade, 32 tpi,
.010 thick, 1-3/16 cutting depth. Blade is
non-replaceable. Cuts on pull stroke.
G62
Metal Back Saw
F76 MUSIC WIRE CUTTERS
Straight Cutting Snips
G63 HACKSAW FRAMES AND

BLADES
G63 Good metal hacksaw frame,
adjustable.
BLADES
Blades sold each or Box of 10
G63A 18 teeth per inch (7 teeth per 10 mm)

G63B 24 teeth per inch (9 teeth per 9.5mm)
G63C 32 teeth per inch (12 teeth per 9.5mm)
These wire cutters

have special alloy
hardened
blades,
spring action and
comfort grips.
These F76 Wire
Cutters are a miniature version of
bolt and chain cutters, but are only 8-1/2 (216mm)
long. They are small enough that they can be
operated with one hand. The compound leverage
design makes cutting easier. This tool will cut any
drill rod up to 5/32 (3.96mm) diameter.
F76 Music Wire Cutters
E89 END CUT NIPPERS
F57 DIAGONAL CUTTERS

Specially Heat Treated
For cutting reed
instrument springs,
brass
rods
and
general use.
6 (152mm) long.
F57
Diagonal Cutter
Multi-use. Good for cutting rods. 6 in length

E89
End Cut Nippers
108
L20 BENCH ANVIL or

LEVELING BLOCK
F97 DUCK BILL PLIERS
Used for leveling (straightening) pad cups on saxophones and other woodwind instruments. Also, for
pressing pads flat into cups or flattening spring ends
or any other job requiring a flat, hard, ground surface. Rockwell hardness of 55. The extra height
eliminates having to hold the anvil in your hand, as
the keys will not normally touch the bench when
using this tool.
2-1/2 X 2-1/2 X 1 (63.5mm square X 25mm)
These
high
quality pliers are
especially useful
for key bending.
But
seasoned
Repairmen tell
us they used
them for many
other purposes. Our duck bill plier is an extremely
high quality tool. Only our volume allows us to
offer it at this price.
The jaws of this plier are flared to a width of
13/16 (20.6mm) with thin, yet very strong, tips.
The tool measures 7 (178mm) long and has vinyl
handles to give you a very comfortable grip.
Picture
shows
sax
pad shellac
being cooled
on leveling
block.
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
F97 Large Duck Bill Pliers
L20 Leveling Block or Bench Anvil
F54 & F55 CHAIN NOSE PLIERS
F97A THIN JAWED

DUCKBILL PLIER
We took the F97 Duck Bill Pliers and ground
down one jaw, making it thinner. yet strong enough
to grab and straighten a woodwind pad cup.
F97A Thin Jawed Duck Bill Pliers
F62 LONG FLAT NOSE PLIERS

Call or fax 24 hours a day to

place your order.
Ph:800-253-2261
Fax:269-965-7719
8 (203mm) utility plier with long flat nose. Good

for gripping. Serrated jaws.
F62 Flat Nose Pliers
See page 64 for E15 Narrow Jawed

Swedging Pliers and E2A Swedging
Pliers.
109
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
*NEW* G107 PRECISION
BARREL REAMER
With this reamer
you can bore out
the barrel to match
the bore of the clarinet body and you
can also match the
bore of the barrel
to meet the bore of the mouthpiece. Measure accurately so that you dont overbore the barrel. This
tool has been used for several years by
repairmen heavily involved in custom clarinet modifications. Used in conjunction with G56 Clarinet Bore
Measuring Tool.
G107 Clarinet Barrel Reamer
H28 BLACK ABS PLASTIC ROD

Black ABS plastic rods for making replacement
raised tone hole inserts and for repairmen who want
to fabricate their own tenon plugs and socket grafts.
Comes in one foot lengths.
H28A
H28B
H28C
H28D
H28E
H28F
H28G
1/2 (12.7mm) diameter

3/4 (19mm) diameter
1 (25.4mm) diameter
1-1/4 (31.8mm) diameter
G75 BLACK DELRIN

Black delrin solid rods. The three smallest sizes
are available in both 6 (15.2cm) and 12 (30.5cm).
The larger sizes are available only in 12 (30.5cm)
lengths. YOU CANNOT GLUE DELRIN.
G75A
G75B
G75C
G75D
G75E
G75F
G75G
G75H

3/4 (19mm) diameter
1 (25.4mm) diameter
*NEW* G56 CLARINET BORE

MEASURING TOOL
Clarinet manufacturers spend thousands of dollars to

perfect the inside boring of a clarinet joint to make it
absolutely smooth. However, when we measured the
inside diameter of hundreds of clarinet tuning barrels
and compared them to the inside diameters of the top
tenon of the first joint we found there was a
considerable difference, enough of a difference to
make a noticeable step in the bore.
Quick and easy way to measure clarinet bores.
Compare the bore of the top joint with the bore of the
barrel that you are using or have just
purchased. If the barrel is smaller, you may want to
match the bore to the top joint using the G107
Precision Barrel Reamer. You may also want to match
the bore of the mouthpiece.
We recommend measuring the bottom bore of the
barrel first; that way, you can see the difference when
you install the probe into the top joint bore.
To measure; loosen the set screw slightly and
carefully insert the graduated aluminum probe into the
bore, slide the brass housing down to where it bottoms
out in the socket, lightly tighten the set screw and
remove the unit from the bore. The end of the brass
housing will be marking where the bore size is. Use
your dial calipers or micrometers to measure the
aluminum probe at that point. Write down the size and
proceed to measure the other parts, similarly.
G56 Clarinet Bore Measuring Tool
H29 ABS GLUE

This is the glue to use when repairing broken
sockets on woodwinds. H29 works especially well
bonding ABS tenons, sockets, toneholes, etc.
H29 Weld-On ABS Glue
110
F21 PRECUT TAPERED

PINNING NEEDLES
Replacement pinning needles come in two different
styles. The F21A is a short precut needle that will fit
the Selmer and Bundy flutes. The F21B is a long
pinning needle that fits flutes made by Armstrong,
Emerson and Gemeinhardt. The F21B long needles
must be cut to length.
F21A Short Pinning Needles (by the dozen)

F21B Long Pinning Needles (by the dozen)
F20 KEY PIN REMOVING TOOL

This
is
a
very
versatile
tool. In addition
to flute key pin
removal,
many
stubborn woodwind springs can
also be removed
with the F20 Key Pin Tool. And, you can be as fast
as the factory in flute key pin removal. The set
consists of a frame, three anvils and three punches.
The brass anvils designed so that they can fit any key
configuration. Newly improved model has the punch
spring loaded for stability.
WOODWIND TOOLS
WOODWIND TOOLS
ANVILS
The short brass anvil fits most keys. If you find a
key that needs a custom fit, use the small lead filled
anvil. This is similar to the old way of removing pins
using a lead block and hand held punch. The third
anvil is tall and made of brass. Use it to reinstall the
pins when assembling the key.
PUNCHES
The three punches are made out of tool steel and
have been hardened and tempered. One punch has a
sharp point for the pins that are ground off flush with
the key. The second punch has a small flat end on the
end and the third has a concaved punching surface
which works best on pins that protrude from the key
or when reinstalling pins in the key.
INSTRUCTIONS
To use the F20 Key Pin Removal Tool, install the
proper fitting anvil into the base. Place the key on the
anvil and slide the punch down to contact the pin.
Then tap the punch to remove the pin.
F20
Key Pin Removal Tool
F20A Brass Anvil (Short or Tall)
F20P
Punch (Pointed, Flat or Hollow)
F20LB Lead Anvil
F20U Update for F20Send in old tool
for update.
111
WOODWIND TOOLS
Woodwind tools
X100 FLUTE PAD OVEN
Ferrees is now stocking metal flute pad

backing washers. The A110 washers come in six
different diameters and are .016 (.41mm) thick.
These washers are similar to the washers that K.G.
Gemeinhardt Flute Co. once used as a backing in
their padding process. The A110 Metal Washers are
available in the following millimeter diameters; 16,
16.5, 17, 17.5, 18, 18.5.
Originally developed almost 50 years ago, this oven
has come into its own in the last 45 years for
correcting flute bladder pads to a more perfect air
tightness. With just one drop of distilled water per
pad you can make a good job better, when coupled
with a balanced set of G82 Flute Clips. 6 minutes is
all it takes
Properly done no further adjustment or regulation is
necessary, saving you much time.
X100 Flute Pad Oven

X100A 220V Version for Europe
E61 FLUTE GAUGE
Special gauge for adjusting flute pad cup openings

and for leveling. The small step is for the three small
pads. The middle step is for mainline keys on the
body and the third step is for the foot joint keys. The
other end is used as a key leveling tool.
E61
112
A110 FLUTE PAD

BACKING WASHERS
Flute Gauge
OUR PRICE LIST IS NOW

ONLINE AND UPDATED
REGULARLY. GO TO
www.ferreestools.com AND CLICK
ON PRICE LISTS
A110 Metal Flute Pad Backing Washers

(specify size)
A110A Asst. of 100 Metal Flute Pad
Backing Washers
BA100s PRECUT PAPER

FLUTE WASHERS
NOW MADE IN FOUR THICKNESSES, and
four sizes of each thickness. Be sure to specify the
size wanted. Individual sizes are sold by the hundred.
BA100
.003 thick
(.08mm)
BA101
.006
(.15mm)
BA102
.012
(.30mm)
BA103
.014
(.36mm)
White
Beige
White
Yellow
16mm
17mm
18mm
19mm
16mm
17mm
18mm
19mm
16mm
17mm
18mm
19mm
16mm
17mm
18mm
19mm
BA105 100 Assorted Paper Flute Washers of

the above four thicknesses
~REPAIR TIP~
Seems the Buffet clarinet

nibs (nubs) on the C# & Low B Levers are plastic
and they break. We got word that the easiest way to
fix them is to make a replacement from 2mm
weedwacker cord. Just pull a little bit in your bench
motor, carefully round off the end sticking out with
a small file or something and then take the piece and
glue it into the key. Looks factory and is likely
tougher.
Fax 269-965-7719
~Flute Pads-Old Gemeinhardt style~
~Clarinet Pads~
Cat # Style
Size
Thickness
A54
Natural Cork
6.0-7.5mm
8.0-15.0mm
2.54mm/.100
2.79mm/.110
B9
B9A
Norbeck
Synthetic
7.0-20.0mm
9.0-20.0mm
2.54mm/.100
3.55mm/.140
~All Clarinet Pads below are of needle felt and

beveled style~
Single Skin
Double Skin
B10
B11
6.5-8.5mm
9.0-13.5mm
14.0-20.0mm
2.9mm/.114
3.6mm/.141
3.9mm/.153
B17
B20
B21
True Dbl Skin 6.5-8.5mm

Single Skin
9.0-13.5mm
Double Skin
14.0-20.0mm
2.6mm/.102
2.99mm/.118
3.5mm/.137
B24
B25
Single Skin
Double Skin
2.3mm/.090
2.48mm/.098
2.8mm/.110
6.5-8.5mm
9.0-13.5mm
14.0-20.0mm
~Oboe & Piccolo Pads~

A54
Natural Cork
6.0-7.5mm
8.0-15.0mm
2.54mm/.100
2.79mm/.110
B9
B9A
Norbeck
Synthetic
7.0-20.0mm
9.0-20.0mm
2.54mm/.100
3.55mm/.140
B29
Double Skin
(woven felt)
~Flute Pads-Armstrong style~

B7
Double White 11-12,

Skin
16-20mm
(needle felt)
2.6mm/.101
2.5mm/.098
B8
Double Yellow 11-12,

Skin
16-20mm
(needle felt)
2.6mm/.101
2.5mm/.098
B30
Double Skin
(woven felt)
B31
Double white
Skin
(needle felt)
11.0-12.0mm
16.0-20.0mm
2.6mm/.101
2.9mm/.114
B38
Yellow Dbl
Skin, woven
felt
11.0-12.0mm
16.0-20.0mm
2.6mm/.101
2.9mm/.114
B26
~DeJur~
Yellow Dbl
Skin, needle
felt
11.0-12.0mm
16.0-20.0mm
2.6mm/.101
2.9mm/.114
~These are ALL woven felt~

B32
B33
~All piccolo & Oboe pads below are of woven felt

and NOT beveled~
B33 Oval White Kid
6.5-15.5mm 2.3mm/.090
6.5-15.5mm 2.3mm/.090
E33 CLARINET PAD SLICK
11-12.5,13,14 2.6mm/.101
15, 16.02.9mm/.114
20.0mm
~Bassoon, Alto & Bass Clarinet~
Norbecks DO NOT work on metal surfaces!

(octave vents, metal Piccolo body)
B35, B37 Double Skin

Yellow Dbl
B28
Skin
11.0-12.0mm 2.3mm/.090
16.0-20.0mm 2.5mm/.098
PAD SPECIFICATIONS
PAD SPECIFICATIONS
Tan Kid
White Kid
7.0-35.5mm
7.0-35.5mm
3.2mm/.126
3.2mm/.126
12mm X 14.5mm
3.2mm/.126
LEBLANC/NOBLET ALTO &

BASS CLARINET GOLDBEATER
SKIN PADSIn SETS ONLY
B39LA LeBlanc/Noblet alto clarinet Set
B39LB LeBlanc/Noblet bass clarinet Set

Used to level pads when regulating clarinets,
oboes, etc.. Has a small notch to aid in applying cork
or felt to the clarinets C key crows foot.
E33
Clarinet Pad Slick
It is nice to be, once again, be reminded of

a good thing. I well recognize all you wrote
and, having used the B53 pad, I KNOW that
the .025 difference is significant...i.e. the job
goes along much easier. Thanks, Pat.
See page 141 for cork pads.
113
SOP. CLARINET PADS
Soprano Clarinet pads

B9 NORBECK PADS
Manufactured by Ferrees Tools, Inc.
Revolutionary, space-age technology.
Invented by Dr. Edwin Norbeck.
This pad is made of high-tech silicone originally
developed for use in nuclear physics research as a
gasketing material. It remains elastic and functional
at temperatures ranging from -130 F to +500 F.
Because of its resistance to deteriorating effects of
sunlight, moisture, ozone, radiation, oxidization and
temperature extremes, its service life is virtually unlimited. The back of the pad is a composition cork so
that the pad may be mounted using conventional
methods. None of the conventional cements used in
normal pad installation will stick to the face of the
pad so any cement that accidentally gets onto the face
of the pad can easily be removed.
B9
B9B
B9A
B9AB
B91
B95
B95C
Med. .100 , Sizes 7 thru 20mm

Set of Med. pads for Clarinet
Med. .140 thick, Sizes 13 thru 20mm
Set of Med. Thick pads for Clarinet
Assortment of 100 pads
Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet
B17 FERREES DEJUR

The oldest Name in Superior Pads
TOP OF THE LINE CLARINET PADS
These are the clarinet pads used by repairmen who
want to do an exceptionally unique job for the owner/player they are working for.
These Dejur clarinet pads are made from
premium selected true double skins and felt. The
pads have perfectly selected true double skins, two
separate skins. Sides are beveled and thickness is
medium just like the regular B21 style.
They can be recognized instantly by their peach
colored backs.
Note: When ordering pad sets please specify pad
cup sizes or pad sizes as supplied by you.
B17
B17B
B171
B175
B175C
114
Dejur medium, double skin

6.5 thru 20mm
Clarinet Pad Set,
State specific sizes
with cabinet
HIGH QUALITY CLARINET PADS

High Grade bladder pads with glued backs
6.5mm thru 20mm in 1/2 mm steps
OEM B24 MEDIUM THIN, Single Skin

B24
Medium, single skin, 6.5 thru 20mm
B24B Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes
B241 Assortment of 100 pads
B245C Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet
DELUXE B25 MEDIUM THIN, Double Skin
B25
Medium, double skin, 6.5 thru 20mm
B20
B20B
B201
B205
B205C
OEM B20 MEDIUM, Single Skin

Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes
Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet
DELUXE B21 MEDIUM, Double Skin

Our most popular clarinet pads
B21
OEM B10 MEDIUM THICK, Single Skin
(Thickness needed for Vito clarinets)
B10
DELUXE B11 MEDIUM THICK, Double Skin
B11
ALTO, BASS CLARINET &

BASSOON PADS
HIGH QUALITY FLUTE PADS

ALL DOUBLE SKIN
Made with woven felt
PREMIUM SELECT B7 NEEDLE FELT

Firmer, less mushy, thickness .101 & .098
B7
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mmWHITE
B7B Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes
B71
PREMIUM SELECT B8 NEEDLE FELT

B8
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mmYELLOW
B81
OEM STANDARD B29 WOVEN FELT

Thin Thickness .090 & .098
B29
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm-WHITE
OEM STANDARD B30 WOVEN FELT

Standard Thickness .101 & .114
B30
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm-WHITE
B32 TAN KID

B32
7 thru 35.5mm in .5mm steps
B32A Soprano Clarinet Pad Set
B32B Alto Clarinet Pad Set
B32C Bass Clarinet Pad Set
B32D Bassoon Pad Set
NOTE: Newer alto and bass clarinets, such as Bundy, can take plain or riveted sax pads, which are a
little thicker (approx. .035 OR .060)
B33 WHITE KID

B33
B33A
B33B
B33C
B33D
B331
7 thru 35.5mm in .5mm steps

Soprano Clarinet Pad Set
Alto Clarinet Pad Set
Bass Clarinet Pad Set
Bassoon Pad Set
OVAL WHISPER KEY PADS
Additional sizes for Alto or Bass Flutes
A hard to find item for bassoons. White, leather,

oval shaped pads for whisper keys. These pads
measure 12.0mm X 14.5mm
B30H 12.5, 13, 14, 15, 20.5 thru 40mm-WHITE

B30HB Alto or Bass Flute Pad Set, state specific
sizes
(sold in dozens or hundredsMust specify, oval

whisper key)
OEM B38 WOVEN FELT

Woven Felt-Thickness .101 & .114
B38
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mmYELLOW
DELUXE B31 NEEDLE FELT

Firmer, less mushy, Thickness .101 & .114
B31
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm-WHITE
DEJUR SELECT B26 NEEDLE FELT

B26
11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mmYELLOW
SEE N79 FLUTE PAD PUNCH SET
TO MAKE FRENCH STYLE FLUTE PADS
OPEN TONE HOLE. PAGE 93
OTHER W/W PADS
Other woodwind pads
B33
Oval whisper Key Pad
DELUXE B35 OBOE PADS

DOUBLE SKIN
B35
6.5mm thru 15.5mm in .5 steps
B35B Oboe Pad Set, state specific sizes
DELUXE B37 PICCOLO PADS

Double skin-White
B37
B37B Piccolo Pad Set, state specific sizes
DELUXE B28 PICCOLO PADS,

Double skinYellow
B28
B28B Piccolo Pad Set, state specific sizes
115
W/W SHOP SET UP

116
Suggested woodwind shop set up

Here is a list of tools by Gary Ferree, for a woodwind bench for most repairing, less than
overhauls. Everything is listed as a one of, to keep it simple. Sax pads are quite an expense
and are handled separately. Clarinet, Flute and other woodwind pads are more of an
individual thing, so that IS the way I handled them, they are here.
I have also, in good conscience, put some tools into a community bench because the less
incidence of repair vs. cost of tooling makes me go this way.
N99A
D5
D57
N130
E40
D42
L24
E34
N79
P28
D2
D33
D45
D101
D118
H77
E97-4
E29
E29A
E18
R88
E30
G60
D27-2,4
D20
D21
D29S
F76
G62
D32A/B
D15S
E47
E197
G44
G5A
E46
G97
H56
D44
E12
L20
G18
L62
F97A
F48
F61A
Bench Motor
Adaptor Chuck
Grinding Wheel
Sanding Rod Set
Triangular Scraper
Tenon Scraper
Lead Block
Flute Pad Iron
Flute Pad Punch
Cutting Pad
Cork Knife
Bench Knife
Utility Knife
1-60 Drill Set
61-80 Drill Set
Fine Oilstone
Tonehole Set
Wide Fine File
Narrow Fine File
Swiss Pattern File Set
Filing Wood Block
File Cleaner
Jewelers Saw
Blades
Sm. Solid Shortener
Lg. Solid Shortener
Set of 5 Tubular Shorteners
Music Wire Cutters
Metal Back Saw
Broaches
Set of 11 Pvt Scrw Cntersnks
Pivot Screw Key Reamers
Pad Set Reamers
Screw Slot Tool
4 Caliper
Pad Gauge
6 Scale
Small Pin Vise
Pin Prick Holder
Brass Jaw Pliers
Bench Anvil
Center Punch
Butane Bunsen
Thin Jaw Duckbill
Utility Pliers
Parallel Pliers
J99
G67B
G19
H75
H75C
H75D
H75E
H70
H70S
H72
R50
F20
F66
F67
F72
F77-0
F77-1/1L
F77-2/2L
F77-3/4/5
D6
D6A
D6B
D1A/D1B
D38
D35
J20SS/J22SS
F75
E2A
E15A/B/C/D
E1
E3/E4/E5
N78
E41
D14
Q65-1
J90 thru J94
G23
O38
E36
E61
F12
G82
G26
G38A
D13
G21
Hi-Heat Gun
Amber Shellac
Clear Magic Epoxy
Hot Stuff Kit
Spray
Solvent
Tubing
Cork Cement
Solvent
Extra Can
Testing Corks
Knock Pin Tool
Small Screwdriver
Medium Screwdriver
Large Screwdriver
PowerDriver
PowerDrivers
PowerDrivers
PowerDrivers
Bench Peg-Traditional
Reverse Peg
Reverse Peg-large
Medium/Large Sprghooks
Spring Punches
Testing Feeler Holder
Rnd Nose/Sm. Duckbill Pliers
Sax Bumper Adjuster
Large Swedging Plier
Swedging Pliers
Hook Nose Key Bending Plier
Spring Pliers
Flute Cup Tool
Flat Spring Tool
Neck Screw Extractor
Leak Light Kit
Assembly Boards
Bench Oiler
Octave Tubing
Flute Pad Pliers
Flute Leveling Gauge
Cork Stripper
(18) Flute Clips
(6) Flute Clips
Wood Wedges
Sax Pad Height Gauge
Sax Key Leveling Tools
F27
Sax Key Bending Levers
B215C 500 Clarinet Pads

w/Cabinet
B311 (3) 100 Flute Pad
Assortments
B371 (2) 100 Piccolo Pad
Assortments
Cabinet for Flute and
X14
Oboe Pads
3/32 Nut Driver
F98
1/8 Nut Driver
F99
1/64 Natural Sheet Cork
A55
A56
A57
A58
A62
Laminated Very Thin
A63
Cork
D12A 4 Cork Gauge
WHY 2 THICKNESSES?
IS .025 THAT IMPORTANT?
Most of our competitors stock only one
thickness of sax pad. We feel this is a big
mistake, because it COSTS YOU MORE
MONEY in the long run.
Most American saxes use the .185
thickness as did the Selmer Paris and a few
other foreign saxes. A couple of American
saxes and now the Asian ones use the thinner
thickness.
If you stock only the thinner pad, then every
time you work on a horn designed to use
thicker pads, you have to spend 4-5 minutes
gluing or shimming the pad to make it thicker,
so it will hit in the back.
On the other hand, if you try to use a thicker
pad where a thinner one was designed to go,
you must bend down the front of the cup and
re-regulate everything to make it or them
work. This takes several minutes and with the
average shop time being worth about $1 a minutethats $4-5 of unbillable time wasted,
when you could have just popped in the right
thickness pad.
That is why Ferrees stock both the .160
and the .185 thicknesses. That is why so
called budget pad distributors stock an
in
-between .170 or .175 pad, which is
actually wrong for both situations and costs you
money.
SUZY MEASURING PADS
ALL OF FERREES
WOODWIND PADS ARE
PROPORTIONAL IN
THICKNESS, THE SAME
AS THE PADS THAT
MANUFACTURERS USE ON
NEW INSTRUMENTS. IN
OTHER WORDS, THE SMALLER PADS ARE SLIGHTLY
THINNER,
THE LARGER PADS ARE
SLIGHTLY THICKER.
USING THESE PADS, YOU
DO NOT HAVE TO MAKE
SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS TO
GET THE PADS LEVEL
1. The most practical and economical way to
order pads is by the dozen or 100s of each
size.
2. No orders can be filled for less than a dozen in each size and style, except sax pads
larger than 79/32nds or 62.5mm may be
ordered in half dozens.
3. The 100 pad price is applicable only when
the order is for 100 of the same size and
style pad.
4. Try to avoid ordering pad sets. This is
costly and not always satisfactory, since
there is sometimes a difference in a manufacturers same model, due to different
punch press strengths when punching key
forms. If you do order sets, YOU MUST
MEASURE AND SPECIFY SIZES AND
QUANTITIES OF THE PADS to make up
the set. We cannot guarantee the fit of pad
sets ordered only by brand name. Pad sets
are NON-RETURNABLE.
5. Assortments of 200 pads are packaged in
one enveloped and are pre-made.
6. Assortments of 500 pads are packaged in
individual envelopes by size and are
pre
-made.
SAXOPHONE PADS
Ferrees saxophone pads
117
SAXOPHONE PADS
FERREES SAXOPHONE PADS

B40
Plain Pad
B42
Rivet Pad
B43
Thin Pad w/flat
Metal Resonator
B44
Flat Metal Resonator Pad
Thickness .185
Thickness .185
Thickness .160
Thickness .185
B46
Thin Pad w/
Domed Metal
Resonator
B47
Domed Metal
Resonator Pad
B50
Conn Reso Pad
w/Metal Ring
B60
Snap-On
(metal back)
Buescher pads
Thickness .160
Thickness .185
Thickness .165
Asst. Thickness
B58
Thin PadCenter Hole
B59
Reg. PadCenter Hole
B52
B53
Thin pad w/
Selmer Type
Selmer Type
Plastic Resonator
Plastic Resonator
Pad
Thickness .160
Thickness .185
Thickness .160
Thickness .185
B64
DeJur Thin Pad
Center Hole
B66
DeJur Reg. Pad
Center Hole
B56
Ferrees Cone
Style Plastic Resonator Pad
B62
Ferrees Cone
Style Plastic Resonator Pad
Thickness .160
Thickness .185
Thickness .185
Thickness .160
118
INFORMATION FOR ORDERING SAX PADS.

The quality and sizing of Ferrees sax pads
are consistently high. Each pad size has its own
special die for cutting and assembling. This
does away with the variation in thickness and
diameter that most distributors must contend
with. When we import a pad we check it to
insure that the sizing and quality is as true as
possible to the ones we make.
Ferrees is the largest distributor of
saxophone pads in the United States. All
Ferrees sax pads are made with 100% woven
wool felt, covered with a high grade, specially
selected, soft tan leather.
We are proud of our sax pads. Our sales

indicate that the majority of you are already
using our pads. If you are one of the few that
isnt, we hope youll try them and see what
youve been missing.
We stock most of our saxophone pads in
millimeters as well as 32nds (except for B50,
B60, B64, & B66).
Measure your pads cups carefully or send
us a sample of the sizes you want.
SAXOPHONE PADS
FERREES SAXOPHONE PADS
CONVERSION CHART
(The closest standard comparison)
MM 32/IN
MM
32/IN
MM 32/IN
MM 32/IN
MM 32/IN
MM 32/IN
17.5
22/32
28
38.5
49
59.5 75/32
9/32
7.5
8
18
10/32
8.5
28.5 36/32
39
39.5
19
24/32
29.5 37/32
40
30
40.5 51/32
51
41
51.5 65/32
62
41.5 52/32
52
62.5 79/32
42
52.5 66/32
63
53
63.5 80/32
9.5
12/32
20
25/32
30.5
10
13/32
20.5
26/32
31
21
11.5
12
15/32
38/32
39/32
31.5
50/32
53/32
50.5
60.5 76/32
61
64/32
61.5
22
28/32
32.5 41/32
43
33
43.5 55/32
54
33.5 42/32
44
54.5
34
44.5 56/32
55
45
55.5 70/32
66
56
66.5 84/32
56.5 71/32
67
57
67.5 85/32
53.5
64
68/32
64.5 81/32
12.5 16/32
23
13
23.5
13.5 17/32
24
30/32
34.5
14
24.5
31/32
35
14.5 18/32
25
15
25.5
32/32
36
26
33/32
36.5 46/32
47
37
47.5 60/32
58
37.5 47/32
48
58.5 74/32
69
38
48.5 61/32
59
69.5
19/32
15.5
16
20/32
78/32
32
54/32
67/32
77/32
27/32
29/32
42.5
63/32
21.5
22.5
40/32
50
60
29
19.5
14/32
49.5
23/32
11/32
11
49/32
62/32
18.5
10.5
35/32
27
17
27.5
44/32
35.5
26.5
16.5 21/32
43/32
34/32
45.5
46
45/32
48/32
57/32
58/32
46.5
59/32
65
69/32
72/32
57.5
82/32
65.5
83/32
68
73/32
68.5 86/32
70
87/32
88/32
119
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
B40 IMPORTED PLAIN SAX PADS
These B40 Plain Sax Pads may be
ordered in 32nd sizes 9 thru 88 or in
Millimeter sizes from 7 thru 70 and
every half size. An M in the
Thickness .185
catalog
number
indicates
millimeter (metric) sizes.
SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER
These B42 pads also fit most

current model alto and bass
clarinets. Pads may be ordered in 32nd
sizes 9 thru 88 or in
millimeThickness .185
ter sizes from 7 thru 70 and every
half size. An M in the catalog number indicates
millimeter (metric) sizes. Rivets used are our
B230s.
B40
B40M
B42 (32nd)
B42M (mm)
Description
32nd
MM
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain Pads
9 thru 88
7 thru 70
20 thru 88
16 thru 70
Rivet Pads
B40 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS

State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when
ordering sets!
120
B42 SAX PAD WITH RIVETS

ordering sets!
32nds
MMs
Description
32nds
MMs
Description
B40A
B40MA
Soprano Sax
B42A
B42MA
Soprano Sax
B40B
B40MB
Alto Sax
B42B
B42MB
Alto Sax
B40C
B40MC
C Melody Sax
B42C
B42MC
C Melody Sax
B40D
B40MD
Tenor Sax
B42D
B42MD
Tenor Sax
B40E
B40ME
Baritone Sax
B42E
B42ME
Baritone Sax
B40F
B40MF
Bass Sax
B42F
B42MF
Bass Sax
B40G
B40MG
Alto Clarinet
B42G
B42MG
Alto Clarinet (newer)
B40H
B40MH
Bass Clarinet
B42H
B42MH
Bass Clarinet ( newer)
B402
B40M2
200 Pad Assortment
B422
B42M2
200 Pad Assortment
B405
B40M5
500 Pad Assortment
B425
B42M5
500 Pad Assortment
B405C
B405MC
500 Pad Assortment w/

cabinet
B425C
B42M5C

cabinet
B43 FERREES THIN PAD WITH FLAT

METAL RESONATOR
B44 FERREES REGULAR PAD W/FLAT

METAL RESONATOR
The B43 pad is slightly thinner

than the B44. It is used on
instruments like the Conn 6m,
Thickness .160 10m, 12m, Yamaha, Martin and
most Asian saxes. An M in the
catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) sizes.
These B44 pads have stainless

steel resonators for a more brilliant
sound without distortion of tone. An
M in the catalog number
Thickness .185
indicates millimeter (metric)
sizes.
B43 (32nd) B43M (mm)
Description
B44 (32nd) B44M (mm)
Description
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain Pads
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain Pads
20 thru 25
16 thru 20
Rivet only
20 thru 25
16 thru 20
Rivet only
26 thru 88
20.5 thru 70
Rivet & Resonator
26 thru 88
20.5 thru 70
Rivet & Resonator

ordering sets!

ordering sets!
32nds
MMs
Description
32nds
MMs
Description
B43A
B43MA
Soprano Sax
B44A
B44MA
Soprano Sax
B43B
B43MB
Alto Sax
B44B
B44MB
Alto Sax
B43C
B43MC
C Melody Sax
B44C
B44MC
C Melody Sax
B43D
B43MD
Tenor Sax
B44D
B44MD
Tenor Sax
B43E
B43ME
Baritone Sax
B44E
B44ME
Baritone Sax
B43F
B43MF
Bass Sax
B44F
B44MF
Bass Sax
B432
B43M2
200 Pad Assortment
B442
B44M2
200 Pad Assortment
B435
B43M5
500 Pad Assortment
B445
B44M5
500 Pad Assortment
B435C
B435MC

cabinet
B445C
B44M5C

cabinet
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
121
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
B46 SELMER STYLE DOMED METAL
RESONATOR THIN PAD
Some musicians prefer the sound
obtained by the use of a domed
metal resonator. This pad has the
Selmer Style Domed metal resThickness .160
onator. These are just like the
domed metal resonators used on the Selmer Super
Action 80 Saxophones.
This pad is identical to the B46

listed previously, except it is the
standard thickness. Made with the
same metal domed resonator as
Thickness .185
installed on the Selmer Super
Action 80 saxophones.
B46 (32nd) B46M (mm)
Description
B47 (32nd) B47M (mm)
Description
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain Pads
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain Pads
20 thru 25
16 thru 20
Rivet only
20 thru 25
16 thru 20
Rivet only
26 thru 88
20.5 thru 70
Rivet & Resonator
26 thru 88
20.5 thru 70
Rivet & Resonator

ordering sets!
122
B47 SELMER SUPER EIGHTY STYLE

DOMED METAL RESONATORS

ordering sets!
32nds
MMs
Description
32nds
MMs
Description
B46A
B46MA
Soprano Sax
B47A
B47MA
Soprano Sax
B46B
B46MB
Alto Sax
B47B
B47MB
Alto Sax
B46C
B46MC
C Melody Sax
B47C
B47MC
C Melody Sax
B46D
B46MD
Tenor Sax
B47D
B47MD
Tenor Sax
B46E
B46ME
Baritone Sax
B47E
B47ME
Baritone Sax
B46F
B46MF
Bass Sax
B47F
B47MF
Bass Sax
B462
B46M2
200 Pad Assortment
B472
B47M2
200 Pad Assortment
B465
B46M5
500 Pad Assortment
B475
B47M5
500 Pad Assortment
B465C
B465MC

cabinet
B475C
B47M5C

cabinet
B50 CONN RES-O-PADS WITH RING

The special metal ring in Conn
Res-O-Pads gives the pad a tighter
look. The front face (shown here) is
the larger diameter because of the
Thickness .165
ring flange. NOTE: When
Older Conn
measuring for the Res-O-Pads, be
Only
sure to measure the back side to
determine the size you need for replacement.
Better yet, measure the cup.
B60 SNAP-ON (METAL BACK)

Available for Soprano thru Baritone. These are the same as the
originally
manufactured
construction. Sizes listed below
Thickness Asst.
are the ONLY ones that we
As per original
have available.
We do NOT have the replacement snaps.
SIZED IN 32NDS ONLY, as follows:
SIZED IN METRIC ONLY, as follows:
15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 31, 32, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 51, 52, 55, 58, 60,
61, 64, 70, 78, 86 Mostly fit post WWII saxes.
10, 15, 17, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 34,
37, 39, 42, 46, 48, 50, 59 Mostly fit post WWII
saxes.

ordering sets!

ordering sets!
32nds
Description
B50A
Soprano Sax
B50B
Alto Sax
B50C
C Melody Sax
B50D
Tenor Sax
B50E
Baritone Sax
When ordering ANY SET, we cant

guarantee it unless you provide the specific
sizes for the set.
**B50 Conn Res-o-pads are ONLY
AVAILABLE in the 32nd sizes listed
above.***
MMs
Description
B60MA
Soprano Sax
B60MB
Alto Sax
B60MC
C Melody Sax
B60MD
Tenor Sax
B60ME
Baritone Sax
When ordering ANY SET, we cant

guarantee it unless you provide the
specific sizes for the set.
B60 Snap-On pads are ONLY
AVAILABLE in the mm sizes above.
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
123
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
B52 FERREES THIN SAX PADS W/
SELMER TYPE PLASTIC RESONATOR
Heres that standard thin pad, .160
thick (4mm), with the plastic
resonator that youve been looking
for. The domed plastic tone
resThickness .160 onator in each pad looks similar to
the original resonators used by
leading saxophone manufacturers. An M in the
catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) size.
.160 thick.
B52(32nds)
B52M
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
20 thru 88
16 thru 70
B53 SELMER TYPE SAX PADS

These B53 standard medium, .185
thick pads have the smooth plastic
Selmer-type resonators. Pads may
be ordered in 32nd sizes 9 to 88 or
in millimeter sizes 7 thru 70 and
Thickness .185 every half size. An M in the catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) size.
.185 thick.
B53(32nds)
B53M
Plain pads
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain pads
Resonator pads
20 thru 88
16 thru 70
Resonator pads

ordering sets!
32nds
MMs
Description

ordering sets!
B52A
B52MA
Soprano Sax
32nds
MMs
Description
B52B
B52MB
Alto Sax
B53A
B53MA
Soprano Sax
B52C
B52MC
C Melody Sax
B53B
B53MB
Alto Sax
B52D
B52MD
Tenor Sax
B53C
B53MC
C Melody Sax
B52E
B52ME
Baritone Sax
B52F
B52MF
Bass Sax
B53D
B53MD
Tenor Sax
B522
B52M2
200 Pad Assortment
B53E
B53ME
Baritone Sax
B525
B52M5
500 Pad Assortment
B53F
B53MF
Bass Sax
B525C
B525MC

cabinet
B532
B53M2
200 Pad Assortment
B52MY264
Sm. Asst. for Yamaha
B535
B53M5
500 Pad Assortment
B52MY504
Lg. Asst. for Yamaha
B535C
B535MC

cabinet
B52MYOLD Addl pads for pre-88
124
B52MYBAR Addl pads for baritone
B58 UNIVERSAL SAXOPHONE
B59 UNIVERSAL SAXOPHONE PADS
These pads are similar to the B59

Universal Saxophone Pad except the
B58 is the standard thin, .160 (4mm).
Thickness .160 It has a pre-punched center hole, but
Standard Thin DOES NOT have any rivets or resonators installed. This allows the repairman to match the style of the resonator to the instrument being repaired.
Another important advantage is the diameter of the
resonator can be hand selected to cover more of the
surface of the pad without touching the tone hole
chimney. This creates the maximum amount of
resonating surface.
Using the series of Universal Sax pads along with a
B260 or B265 Universal Resonator kit will eliminate
the need to stock several different lines of saxophone
pads. Available in dozens and hundreds in 32nd sizes 9
thru 88 and metric sizes, 7 thru 70, by half sizes.
These pads have a hole prepunched in the center and are the
standard medium .185 (4.7mm)
Thickness .185 thick. They DO NOT have any
Standard Size rivets or resonators installed. This
allows the repairman to match the
style of resonator to the instrument being repaired.
Another important advantage is the diameter of the
resonator can be hand selected to cover more of the
surface of the pad without touching the tone hole
chimney. This creates the maximum amount of
resonating surface.
Using this series of Universal Sax pads along with
a B260 or B265 Universal Resonator kit will eliminate the need to stock several different lines of saxophone pads. Available in dozens and hundreds in
32nd sizes 9 thru 88 and metric sizes, 7 thru 70, by
half sizes.
B58P
B58
B58PM
B58M
Plain 9-31/32
With hole 20-88/32
Plain 7-25mm
With hole 16-70mm
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
B59
Plain 9-19/32
With hole 20-88/32
B59M Plain 7-15.5mm
With hole 16-70/32

ordering sets!

ordering sets!
32nds
MMs
Description
32nds
MMs
Description
B58A
B58MA
Soprano Sax
B59A
B59MA
Soprano Sax
B58B
B58MB
Alto Sax
B59B
B59MB
Alto Sax
B58C
B58MC
C Melody Sax
B59C
B59MC
C Melody Sax
B58D
B58MD
Tenor Sax
B59D
B59MD
Tenor Sax
B58E
B58ME
Baritone Sax
B59E
B59ME
Baritone Sax
B58F
B58MF
Bass Sax
B59F
B59MF
Bass Sax
B582
B58M2
200 Pad Assortment
B592
B59M2
200 Pad Assortment
B585
B58M5
500 Pad Assortment
B595
B59M5
500 Pad Assortment
B585C
B585MC

cabinet
B595C
B595MC

cabinet
125
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
B64 DEJUR DELUXE THIN
SAX PADS
These
beautiful,
perfectly
pneumatic skin pads have a very
fine texture unlike most pads. The
Thickness .160 B64 is a standard thin .160 (4mm)
pad.
These pads can come with a pre-punched center
hole, a rivet, a plastic resonator, or a domed metal
resonator. As per your request.
Available in METRIC sizes only, from 7mm to
70mm by half sizes. Resonators and Rivets are
available for sizes 16 and above. The B64 DeJur
pads are standard thin .160 (4mm) thick. Holes
start at size 16.
B64 DEJUR DELUXE SAX PADS
MILLIMETERS ONLY

This line of pads is similar to the
B64 DeJur a thicker .185 (4.7mm)
pad.
These pads can come with a pre
-punched
center hole, a rivet, a plasThickness .185
tic resonator, or a domed metal resonator. By request.
Available in METRIC sizes only from 7mm thru
70mm by half sizes. Resonators and Rivets are
available for sizes 16 and above. The B66 DeJur
pads are standard medium .185 (4.7mm) thick.
Holes start at size 16.

MILLIMETERS ONLY
**ORDER BY STYLE AND SIZE**
**ORDER BY STYLE AND SIZE**

B64M
PLAIN 7-70, holes 16 up
B66M
PLAIN 7-70, holes 16 up
B64V
RIVET 16-70
B66V
RIVET 16-70
B64R
PLASTIC RESONATOR
16-70
B66R
PLASTIC RESONATOR
16-70
B64D
DOMED METAL RESO.

16-70
B66D
DOMED METAL RESO.

16-70
SIZES AVAILABLE:
7 thru 15.5
16 thru 70
Plain pads
Hole, Rivet or Resonators
SIZES AVAILABLE:
7 thru 15.5
16 thru 70
NO Assortments
126
Plain pads
Hole, Rivet or Resonators
NO Assortments
FERREES NEW
B62 CONE
RESONATOR FOR
NEW ASIAN SAXES
B56 FERREES CONE RESONATOR Standard Thickness SAX PADS

The tried and true B56 Elliptical
Cone Resonator Sax Pads have
convex resonators made of the same
material as our Selmer Type
resStandard
onators. The special cone shape proThickness .185
vides 360 airflow management and
sound reflection to direct the sound
and air out from under the pad, instead of bouncing
it back into the sax, greatly improving resonance and
performance. It is molded with a solid construction
and flat back. The B56 Cone Resonator fits the pad
naturally and blends well with other resonators when
being used as a replacement. By half millimeters.
Cones are brown only.
B56(32nds)
B56M
9 thru 19
7 thru 15.5
Plain pads
20 thru 88
16 thru 70
Resonator pads
The New B62 Elliptical Cone Resonator Sax Pads have convex resonators made of the same
materiStandard Thin al as our Selmer type
resonators.
Thickness .160 Now, available in STANDARD
THIN for the newer Asian saxes.
The proven cone shape provides 360 airflow management and sound reflection to direct the sound and
air out from under the pad, instead of bouncing it
back into the sax, greatly improving resonance and
performance. It is molded with a solid construction
and flat back. The B62 Cone Resonator blends well
with other resonators when being used as a replacement. By half millimeters. Cones are brown only.
B62M
MILLIMETERS ONLY
7 thru 15.5
Plain pads
16 thru 70
Resonator pads
SAXOPHONE PADS
Saxophone pads
32nds
MMs
Description
MMs
Description
B56A
B56MA
Soprano Sax
B62MA
Soprano Sax
B56B
B56MB
Alto Sax
B62MB
Alto Sax
B56C
B56MC
C Melody Sax
B62MC
C Melody Sax
B56D
B56MD
Tenor Sax
B62MD
Tenor Sax
B56E
B56ME
Baritone Sax
B62ME
Baritone Sax
B56F
B56MF
Bass Sax
B62MF
Bass Sax
B562
B56M2
200 Pad Assortment
B62M2
200 Pad Assortment
B565
B56M5
500 Pad Assortment
B62M5
500 Pad Assortment
B565C
B565MC

cabinet
B625MC

cabinet
127
RESONATORS & MISC.
RESONATORS & MISC.

B56R STYLE CONE RESONATORS
This is the resonator used on the popular B56 and

B62 Cone Style Resonator Pads.
Provides 360 airflow management and sound
reflection to direct the sound and air out from under
the pad instead of bouncing it back into the sax,
greatly improving players response and performance.
Available only in the color BROWN.
SIZE
O.D.
Fits 32nd Fits MM

Pad Sizes Pad Sizes
B56R
.312(7.9mm)
20-28
16-22.5
B56R
.445(11.3mm)
29-33
23-26.5
B56R
.570(14.5mm)
34-38
27-30
B56R
.700(17.8mm)
39-43
30.5-34.5
B56R
.820(20.8mm)
44-48
35-38.5
B56R
.950(24.1mm)
49-54
39-43
B56R
1.075(27.3mm)
55-61
43.5-48.5
B56R
10
1.200(30.5mm)
62-71
49-56.5
B56R
11
1.325(33.7mm)
72-88
57-70
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
B56RA
Alto Sax Set
B56RT
Tenor Sax Set
B56RB
Baritone Sax Set
UNIVERSAL RESONATOR KITS

The Universal Resonator Kits have an assortment
of metal and plastic resonators along with rivets
and installation tools. These kits were designed for
Repairmen who want to install the correct style and
size resonator in the B58 or B59 Sax Pads. Using
the resonators from the kit shown below, along
with the B58 and B59 Sax Pads will be particularly
useful when replacing only one or two pads on an
instrument. When the new pad resonator matches
the existing pad resonators a more professional
looking job is realized. All of the resonators and
rivets can be ready for even the biggest jobs. Both
kits come with an attractive storage case to keep
the assortment in order.
The B260 Economy Universal Resonator Kit
contains: 500 rivets for flat steel resonators, 200
long rivets for domed steel resonators, 50 each of
3/8, 1/2and 3/4 flat steel resonators, 12 each of
the nine sizes of Selmer style brown plastic
resonators, 12 each of the nine sizes of Ferrees cone
style resonators 3/8, 1/2. 5/8, 3/4, 1, 12 each 1
-5/16 domed steel resonators, one each of the D28
Rivet Punch and the D41 Heat Staking Tool.
The B265 Deluxe Universal Resonator Kit
contains: 2000 rivets for flat steel resonators, 800
long rivets for domed steel resonators, 200 each of
3/8, 1/2 and 3/4 flat steel resonators, 48 each of
Selmer style brown plastic resonators, 48 each of
the nine sizes of Ferrees cone style plastic
resonators, 96 each of the domed steel resonators, one
each of the D28 Rivet Punch and the D41 Heat
Staking Tool.
B260 Economy Resonator Kit

B265 Deluxe Resonator Kit
**HEAT STAKING TOOL REQUIRED**

Thanks so much for your quick response!
I wasnt expecting anybody to be replying to
business mail on Labor Day...Mike.
128
B45R SELMER SUPER 80 TYPE

METAL DOME RESONATORS
SIZE
O.D.
IN
O.D.
MM
Fits MM
Pad Sizes
B45R
3/8
9.5mm
B45R
1/2
12.7mm
B45R
5/8
15.9mm
26 thru 32
B45R
3/4
19.1mm
34 thru 40
B45R
25.4mm
44 thru 46
B45R
1-5/16 33.3mm
52 thru 63
SETS OF B45R DOMED

METAL RESONATORS
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
RESONATORS & MISC.
RESONATORS & MISC.

B53R SELMER TYPE
RESONATORS
This is like the resonator used on the
popular Selmer Mark
VI Saxophone.
Available only in the
color BROWN.
SIZE
O.D.
Fits 32nd Fits MM

Pad Sizes Pad Sizes
B53R
.312(7.9mm)
20-28
16-22.5
B53R
.445(11.3mm)
29-33
23-26.5
B53R
.570(14.5mm)
34-38
27-30
B53R
.700(17.8mm)
39-43
30.5-34.5
B53R
.820(20.8mm)
44-48
35-38.5
B53R
.950(24.1mm)
49-54
39-43
B53R
1.075(27.3mm)
55-61
43.5-48.5
B53R
10
1.200(30.5mm)
62-71
49-56.5
B53R
11
1.325(33.7mm)
72-88
57-70
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
B45RA
Alto Sax Set
B53RA
Alto Sax Set
B45RT
Tenor Sax Set
B53RT
Tenor Sax Set
B45RB
Baritone Sax Set
B53RB
Baritone Sax Set
(Note: Be sure to order B235 extra long rivets to

attach these resonators.
**HEAT STAKING TOOL REQUIRED**
D41 HEAT STAKING TOOL
FLAT METAL RESONATORS

(Type used on B43 and B44 sax pads)
O.D. IN O.D. MM Fits 32nd
Pad Sizes
Fits MM
Pad Sizes
B220
3/8
9.5mm
26 thru 35 20.6 thru28
B221
1/2
12.7mm
36 thru 46
B222
3/4
19mm
B223
7/8
22.2mm
28.5 thru
36.5
47 thru 88 37.5 thru 70
This is the tool

used
to
install
individual
Plastic
Resonators. Heat the
tool and use it to
bend over the resonator tower on the
back of the pad.
D41
Heat Staking Tool
129
WOODWIND SPRINGS
Woodwind springs
F6 BENCH HAMMER
D73 PHOSPHOR BRONZE

FLAT SPRINGS
A few years back the price of the blued
flat springs increased dramatically. Immediately,
Ferrees started looking for a less expensive source.
Now weve found it.
The phosphor bronze flat springs are not only less
expensive than the blued flat springs, they have
several other advantages.
~A special size to fit flutes.
~Phosphor bronze color with a round back (except
flute, which has a square back).
~Rust and corrosion resistant.
~Available in generic sizes to fit more horns. Can
be cut to match the needed size exactly.
~Being used on most of the newer horns, so you will
be able to keep your customers horn original
equipment.
~Longer lasting.
The springs are available in individual sizes
(specify thickness and length), sold in dozens or
hundreds. Also, available are two handy
assortments, packaged in individual vials, mounted
in an attractive wood holder, in 350 and 500
quantities. Order today and start saving money.
Phosphor Bronze Flat Springs with Round Back
D73A
Length .660
Thick. .010, .012, .014 or .016
D73A
Length .800
Thick. .010, .012, .014 or .016
D73B Thick. .010, .012, .014 or .016

Length 1.000
D73B Thick. .012, .016, .018, .020,
Length 1.185 or .022
This
is
a
utility hammer
for
flattening
needle springs
and other light
uses.
F6
Bench Hammer
B230 & B235 SAX PAD RIVETS

Sold by the 100s or 1000s
B230 Regular rivets 7/32 L (5.6mm)
B235 Extra long rivets (used to attach
B45R Resonators) 10/32 (7.9mm)
(Semi-Hollow)
D28 PAD RIVET PUNCH
Used to form the end of a tubular rivet after it

has been inserted through sax pad hole.
D28
Pad Rivet Punch
VISITORS
D73C Thick. .012, .020 or .029

Length 1.555
D73C Thick. .014
Length 1.725
D73C Thick. .010 or .012
Length 2.075
D73D Thick. .009
Length 1.125 (for flute, with square back)
D73E Assortment of 350 with vials and holder

D73F Assortment of 500 with vials and holder
D73W Extra wood block to hold vials
130
Long time customer, Pat Hiatt, visits

with Katherine
D60 NORTON SPRINGS

FOR BUESCHER SAXES
The first two digits of the style number indicates
the music wire gauge. The second two digits
indicate the length in millimeters. This information
should help you determine what springs you need.
The style numbers available are the longest length
of each gauge so you can cut them to length.
D60 Sizes: 0830, 1240, 1650, 2065, 2485
*NEW* D60B NORTON SPRING BUSHING

You can make the hole in the D60 Norton Spring
Bushings. With these machine solid brass bushings you
can install any size spring you want with any type material
(blue, bronze, nickel or stainless) with any useable
diameter YOU want...Just drill .024 pilot hole larger, if
necessary.
D61 BLUED NEEDLE SPRINGS

Traditional blued needle springs. Now you can match
the springs in the woodwinds that use this type of
spring. Also, useful for fitting into the small spring
hook on some woodwind keys that the standard round
spring will not fit into. Leave the needle end alone and
cut the spring at the other end to any required length.
D61A
D61B
Dia.
Len. Dia.
Len.
Dia.
Len. Dia.
Len.
(in)
(mm) (in)
(mm)
(in)
(mm) (in)
(mm)
The first two numbers are the diameter in wire gauge.

The second two numbers are the length in millimeters.
#08=.024 wire We carry size 0830, which is 30mm long
~All Norton springs are a American 3-48 thread.~
D80 STAINLESS STEEL

ROUND SPRINGS
These are the round springs like the ones used by
most manufacturers student instruments today.
Rust proof with smoother, more fluid action. Each
spring comes pre-flattened on one end. The other
end can be cut to the required length.
D80A
O.D.
Length
D80B
O.D.
Length
.018 X 30mm
.042 X 60mm
.020 X 30mm
.044 X 60mm
.022 X 30mm
.046 X 60mm
.024 X 40mm
.048 X 60mm
.026 X 40mm
.050 X 60mm
.028 X 40mm
.052 X 60mm
.018 X 30
.030 X 50
.040 X 50
.053 X 85
.021 X 30
.032 X 50
.043 X 60
.054 X 53
.030 X 50mm
.054 X 85mm
.022 X 58
.034 X 50
.044 X 38
.056 X 85
.032 X 50mm
.056 X 85mm
.023 X 16
.036 X 31
.044 X 42.5
.060 X 85
.034 X 50mm
.058 X 85mm
.024 X 40
.036 X 35
.044 X 46
.064 X 85
.036 X 50mm
.060 X 85mm
.027 X 16
.036 X 38.5
.044 X 54.6
.038 X 50mm
.062 X 85mm
.027 X 40
.036 X 50
.044 X 57
.040 X 50mm
.064 X 85mm
.029 X 22
.037 X 50
.046 X 60
.029 X 28
D61A
D61B
D61C
D61D
.050 X 60
Blued Needle Springs size .018-.037

Blued Needle Springs size .040-.064
Assortment of 100 springs
Assortment of 350 springs sorted in vials
and a wood holder
D61E Assortment of 500 springs sorted in vials
and a wood holder
D80VS Small vials (work with D61)
D80VL Large vials (work with D61)
D61W Wood block to hold vials
WOODWIND SPRINGS
Woodwind springs
D80A Stainless Steel Round Springs.018-.040, state size, dozens or hundreds

D80B Stainless Steel Round Springs.042-.064, state size, dozens or hundreds
D80C Assortment of 100 Stainless Steel Round
Springs
D80D Assortment of 350 Stainless Steel Round
Springs
D80E Assortment of 500 Stainless Steel Round
Springs
D80VS Small vials for D80
D80VL Large vials for D80
131
WOODWIND SPRINGS
Woodwind springs
D62 VITO FLAT SPRINGS
Springs to fit the genuine LeBlanc/Noblet/
Vito keys listed below. We have both the
Beryllium Copper Flat Springs to fit the Vito
Soprano Clarinet and the Blued Steel Springs
to fit the Vito Bass Clarinet
D62 Beryllium Copper Springs-Soprano Clarinet
Item Number
Description
D62A
A Key
D62B
Bb Trill Key
D62C
Register Key
D62D
F# - C# Trill Key
D62E
C Trill Key
D62F
Eb - Bb Trill Key
D63 Blued Steel Springs-Bass Clarinet

Item Number
Description
D63A
A Key
D63B
Register Key
D63C
Eb - Bb Trill Key
D63D
Bb - C Trill Key
D63E
F# - C# Trill Key
D63F
G - D Key
D70 FLAT SPRINGS FOR

CLARINET
These blued steel springs
are rust resistant.
THICKNESS LENGTH
SUGGESTED USE
.010 X 44mm
Octave key short
.011 X 58mm
Octave key long
.011 X 13mm
A key short
.011 X 17mm
A key long
.011 X 29.5mm
Side Bb Trill
.016 X 16.5mm
Trill Keys
.016 X 19mm
Trill Keys
.016 X 22mm
Trill Keys
.016 X 30mm
Trill Keys
D70
Flat Clarinet Springs-state size
D70A Assortment of 100 Clarinet Flat Springs
D70B Assortment of 500 Flat Springs for
clarinet and sax. Comes sorted in plastic
vials in a wood holder.
D70C Assortment of 350 Flat Springs for
clarinet and sax. Comes sorted in plastic
vials in a wood holder.
D70VS Small vial to hold flat springs
D70VL Large vial to hold flat springs
FLAT SPRINGS FOR SAXOPHONE

Thickness
FLUTE AND PICCOLO SPRING WIRE

Phosphor Bronze and Nickel Silver
.025
Nickel/Silver
(.6mm)
.032
Nickel/Silver
(.8mm)
.036
Nickel/Silver
(.9mm)
D72
Piccolo & Flute Spring Wire-Nickel Silver
D72-ASST
1 foot of each size Spring Wire
.020
.025
.032
.036
Phos/Brnz Phos/Brnz Phos/Brnz Phos/Brnz
(.5mm)
(.6mm)
(.8mm)
(.9mm)
132
D74
Piccolo & Flute Spring Wire-Phos/Bronze
D74-ASST
1 foot of each Spring Wire
Length Thickness
Length
.006 X 25mm
.018 X 30mm
.013 X 30mm
.022 X 30mm
.015 X 30mm
.029 X 36mm
.017 X 25mm
D71
Flat Saxophone Springs-State size
D71A Assortment of 100 Sax Flat springs
D70B Assortment of 500 Flat Springs for sax
and clarinet. Comes sorted in plastic vials
in a wood holder.
D70C Assortment of 350 Flat Springs for sax
and clarinet in plastic vials in a wood
holder
(use D70VS and D70VL vials above)
The C70 Screw Assortment Kit of 100 Screws

includes:
5 sizes of lyre screws
2 sizes of baritone bell screws
2 sizes of large wing screws for saxophone or
sousaphone mouth pipes
5 sizes of ligature screws
4 sizes of sousaphone bell screws
Designed to fit both foreign and domestic instruments.
A chart in the lid of the partitioned plastic box shows the
kind of screw, thread size and brand of instrument the
screw will fit. All screws are precision made and are
available in brass or nickel finish. The kit has screws of
both finishes.
INSTRUMENT SCREWS
INSTRUMENT SCREWS
REPLACEMENT SCREWS & NUTS FOR THE C70 KIT

We stock only one length in the lyre and baritone bell screws. These can be cut off with a
jewelers saw, if a shorter length is needed. After cutting off the screw, then gently round the edge
of the cut end with a file or Z2 Band Sander
LYRE SCREWS
BARITONE BELL SCREWS

C72DB
8-32 thread, brass
SOUSAPHONE BELL
SCREWS
6-32 thread, nickel
C72DN
8-32 thread. nickel
C75HB
1/4-20 thread, brass
C70BB
6-36 thread, brass
C72GB
10-32 thread, brass
C75HN
1/4-20 thread, nickel
C70BN
6-36 thread, nickel
C72GN
10-32 thread, nickel
C75JB
C70CB
6-40 thread, brass
6-40 thread, nickel
BARITONE BELL NUTS
C75JN
C70CN
C70DB
8-32 thread, brass
C70DN
8-32 thread, nickel
C70EB
8-36 thread, brass
C70EN
8-36 thread, nickel
C70AB
6-32 thread, brass
C70AN
LIGATURE SCREWS
C76DB
8-32 thread, brass
C75KB
C76GB
10-32 thread, brass
C75KN
C75LB
C75LN
SAX & SOUSAPHONE

NECK SCREWS
C73DB
8-32 thread, brass
C71AB
6-32 thread, brass
C73DN
8-32 thread, nickel
C71AN
6-32 thread, nickel
C73EB
8-36 thread, brass
C71BB
6-36 thread, brass
C73EN
8-36 thread, nickel
C71BN
6-36 thread, nickel
C73GB
10-32 thread, brass
C71DB
8-32 thread, brass
C73GN
10-32 thread, nickel
C71DN
8-32 thread, nickel
SAX NECK SCREWS
C71EB
8-36 thread, brass
C74FB
4-.75mm thread, brass
C71EN
8-36 thread, nickel
C74FN
4-.75mm thread, nickel
C71FB
4-.75mm thread, brass
C71FN
4-.75mm thread, nickel
SOUSAPHONE BELL
NUTS
C77HB
C77JB
C77KB
C77LB
To keep your C70 Screw

Kit ready for everything,
reorder screws frequently.
You will find replacement
screws listed in the
columns on this page.
133
W/W SCREWS & FL. PARTS
Woodwind screws & flute parts

C3SA2
C3SA5
Key guard screw

Saxophone flat spring screw
C4B1A
BUFFET
Bassoon pivot screw, new, headless
C4F1
C4NC1
C4OC1
C4SA1
C4SA2(S)
C4SA2(L)
Flute pivot
New model clarinet pivot screw
Old clarinet pivot screw (1-72)
Saxophone pivot screw (3-.5mm)
Sax key guard screw, small
Sax key guard screw, large
C47
C5CF5
C5F1
C5F6
C5F7
C5F8
CONN, PAN AMERICAN

Alto sax, toolsteel set screw(.110 L X .070D)
Clar./flute flat spring screw
Flute pivot screw
Flute pad screw
Flute pad washer
Flute pad cup spuds
C5F10
C5F11
C5NC1
C5NSA1
C5OC1
C5SA2
C5SA5
Flute crown, silver plate

Flute crown, nickel
New clarinet pivot screw
New saxophone pivot screw
Old clarinet pivot screw
Key guard screw
Saxophone flat spring screw (0-80)
C6F1
DEFORD
Flute pivot screw
Flute adjustment screw, w/o head
C1CF5
C1F1
C1F4
C1F6
C1F7
C1F8
C1F9
ARMSTRONG
Clar./flute flat spring screw
Flute pivot screw
Flute adjustment screw
Flute pad screw
Flute pad washer
Flute spuds
Flute grommets (for open hole)
C1F10
C1F11
C1NS1
C1SA2

Flute crown, nickel
Alto saxophone pivot screw
Sax key guard screw
C2C1
C2CF5
C2F1
C2F4
C2F6
C2F7
C2F8
C2F9
C2F10
C2F11
ARTLEY
Clarinet pivot screw
Clar/flute flat spring screw
Flute pivot screw
Flute pad screw
Flute pad washers
Flute spuds
Flute grommets
Flute Crown, silver plate
Flute Crown, nickel
C20SA1
BLESSING
Saxophone pivot screw
C3AC1
C3ARC1
C3B1
C3BC1
C3C1
C3C3
C3C5
BUNDY, BUESCHER
Alto clarinet pivot screws
Alto clarinet/bass clarinet adjustment screw
Bassoon conical pivot screw, all models
Bass clarinet pivot screw
Clar. G# adjustment screw(nylon, no head)
Flat spring screw, clarinet and flute
C3F1
C3F4
C3F5
C3F6
C3F7
C3F8
C3F9
Flute pivot screw

Flat spring screw, clarinet and flute
Flute pad screw
Flute pad washer
Flute spuds
Flute grommets
C6F8
C6F9
C6F10
C6F11
Flute spuds
Flute grommets
Flute crown, nickel
C19F1
C19F4
EMERSON
Flute pivot screw
Flute adjustment screw, w/head
C3F10

Flute crown, nickel
Oboe pivot screw
Saxophone pivot screw
C19F5
C3F11
C3OB1
C3SA1
C6F4
C6F5
C6F6
C6F7
C19F6
C19F7
C19F9
134
Flute flat spring screw

Flute pad screw (1-64)
Flute pad washers

Flute pad screw
Flute pad washers
Flute grommets
FOX, RENARD
Bassoon pivot screw
Renard, Oboe pivot screw
C12F11
C12SA2
Flute crown, nickel

Key guard screw
C13AC4
LEBLANC, NOBLET, NORMANDY

Leblanc, Noblet, alto/bass clarinet adj
C9F1
GEMEINHARDT
Flute pivot screw
Flute adjustment screw, w/head
Flute pad washers
Flute spuds
Flute grommets
Flute crown, nickel
HAYNES
Flute pivot screw
C9F6
C9F7

Flute pad washers
C17BS2
HOLTON
Holton baritone sax key guard screw (see Vito)
C11C1
C11C3
C11C5
C11F1
C11F4
JUPITER
Clar. G# adjustment screw(nylon, w/head)
Clarinet flat spring screw
Flute pivot screw
C11F5
C11F6
C11F7
C11F9
C11F10
C11F11
C11SA1

Flute pad screw
Flute pad washer
Flute grommets
Flute crown, nickel
Sax pivot screw
C7B1
C7OB1
C8F1
C8F4
C8F5
C8F6
C8F7
C8F8
C8F9
C8F10
C8F11
C11SA2L Key guard screw, large

C11SA2S Regular key guard screw
C11SA5 Sax flat spring screw (1-72)
C12B1
C12C1
C12F1
C12F10
KING & CLEVELAND

Bassoon pivot screw
Flute pivot screw
C13C5
Leblanc, Noblet, clarinet pivot screw, old w/

head
Leblanc, Noblet, clarinet flat spring screw
C13C12
Thumb rest screw
C13F1
Noblet, Normandy flute/oboe pivot screw
C13F4
Noblet, Normandy flute adj. screw
C13F6
Noblet, Normandy flute pad adj screw
C13NC1
Leblanc, Noblet, old Normandy clarinet pivot screw, headless (use 3-56 Tap)
LINTON
Bassoon pivot screw
Oboe pivot screw
C13C1
C14B1
C14OB1
C15TS2
MARTIN
Martin baritone sax key guard screw
(same as Vito baritone sax)
Martin tenor sax key guard screw
C4B1A
SCHREIBER
Bassoon pivot screw, new, headless
C4F1
C4OC1
Flute pivot screw

C16AC1
C16AC4
C16BC1
C16B1
C16C1
C16C5
C16F1
C16F4
C16F5
C16F6
C16F7
C16F8
C16F9
C16OB1
C16OB4
C16SA1
C16SA2
C16SA5
SELMER-NEW MODEL
Alto/Bb clarinet pivot screw
Alto/bass clarinet adj. screw
Contra & bass clarinet pivot screw
Bassoon pivot screw
Flute pivot screw-New model
Flute pad screw
Flute pad washers
Flute spuds
Flute grommet
Oboe pivot screw
Oboe adjustment screw
Key guard screw
Saxophone flat spring screw (0-80)
C17BS2
135
C13C5
C17AC4
C17AS1
C17AS5
C17BC1N
C17BS2
C17NC1
C17C4
C13C14
VITO
Alto/bass clarinet adj. screw
Alto sax pivot screw (5-40)
Alto sax flat spring screw
Bass clarinet pivot screw headless-After 1990
Baritone sax key guard screw
Clarinet adjusting screw(metal)
Vito clarinet coil springs
C18B1
C18C1
C18C3
C18F1
C18F4
C18F5
C18F6
C18F7
C18F10
C18F11
C18NS2
C18OB1
C18SA1
C18SA2
YAMAHA
Bassoon pivot screw
Clar. G# adjustment screw(metal)
Flute pivot screw
Flute pad screw
Flute pad washer
Flute crown, silver
Flute crown, nickel
Yamaha neck screw 4mm X .70
Oboe pivot screw
Saxophone key guard screw
C30
C31
C32
C35
PIVOT SCREW ASSORTMENTS

Clarinet, 100 assorted
Saxophone, 100 assorted
Flute, 100 assorted
All instruments, 100 assorted
New Selmer M3.0x0.5 (like Series III)

and Old Selmer M3x0.6 (like Mk. VI) pivot screws.
New Selmer M4.0x0.7 (like Series III)
and Old Selmer M4x0.75 (like Mk. VI)
neck screws (We do not carry these. This is for reference).
It is difficult to rethread, using a finer
thread over a coarser thread, as there is less
material available and it may easily strip.
Therefore, this is not suggested. You can
always thread a coarse thread where a fine
one was, because there is more material
available and you will be in some new
territory and is the preferred method.
CONTACT US FOR
CURRENT PRICING ON
ALL SCREWS. THEY
ARE NOT IN OUR
PRICE LISTS DUE TO
PRICE FLUCUATION.
MISCELLANEOUS
C41
C44
7.3mm French clarinet pivot screws (use #55 drill)

8.1mm French clarinet pivot screws
C46
French clarinet flat spring screw
C49
C50
C50T
Sax flat spring screw (0-80, Thread Length: .110,

Overall L:.140,Head Dia:.100, flat head (slotted)
Nickel silver screw for thumb rests, etc.
Tap for C50 screws
C51
Oversize thumb rest screw
C60
Universal nylon tone boosters for flute
A52
French plugs for open hole flutes, metal disc (set of 5)
A52P
French plugs for open hole flutes, plastic (set of 5)
136
E13 THREE WAY

ACCORDION PLIERS
E56 WAX SPOON

Special wax spoon made
of copper to hold heat. Used
to place wax around reeds.
E56 Wax Spoon
One end of both jaws is designed to crease and

bellows corners. The center section has round lips
with beveled hole enabling the plier to remove
accordion pins without marring the pins or the
accordion. The other edge of the plier is a nip nose
cutting plier for nipping off accordion rods in the
bass mechanism.
E13 Accordion Pliers
F17 TREBLE KEY

ADJUSTING TOOLS
Set of two Treble
Adjusting
Tools.
One curved, one
straight,
each
double
ended.
Designed to bend
and adjust treble
key rods when
leveling the piano keyboard and correcting leaks
over the tone holes.
F17 Key Adjusting Tools
G80 BASS MECHANISM AND BASS

VALVE ADJUSTING TOOLS
ACCORDION TOOLS
ACCORDIoN tools
With this set of 6 tools

practically any part of
the bass mechanism can
be reached and adjusted.
G80 Accordion Bass Adjusting Tool
G81 REED TESTING

AND TUNING TOOLS
A set of three hand
made accordion reed
tuning and adjusting
tools.
G81 Testing and Tuning Tools
H56 PIN VISE TOOL HOLDER
D43 BASS BUTTON

ADJUSTING TOOL
A double-ended tool used to straighten bass
buttons without removing the complete bass
mechanism.
D43 Bass Button Adjusting Tool
G93 BEESWAX
Pure refined beeswax for waxing in accordion
reeds.
G93A 1/2 lb (227g) of beeswax

G93B 1 lb (454g) of beeswax
Quick on and off handle for small tools such as

counter sinks and pivot screw key reamers. Two
chucks. Chuck capacity is 0 to .128 (3.25mm).
H56 Pin Vise Holder with Two Chucks
137
SPECIALTY W/W TOOLS
SUGGESTED SPECIALTY W/W TOOLS

While minimal in the total scheme of things, this work is specialty for some. So, for
future consideration, perhaps.
We dont sell lathes, so we will recommend www.grizzley.com as a possible source for
lathes, THERE ARE OTHERS. I know Repairmen who have gotten them there and they
are pleased. The models G9972Z, G4000 and G9729, look most useful. Ive seen a couple
of them and they look clean and substantial.
G84
E31
G72B
G72C
G72C
G72D
G72E
G72F
G85
G71
G66
G106
G73
G73
G50
G50B
G50C
G51
G51A
G51C
G52
G52A
G52C
G86
G87
Small Tenon Set

Inside Boring Bar
(3) Wood Plug for Bb sop.
(6) Plastic Plug for Bb sop.
(2) Plastic Plug for Alto Clar.
(1) Wood Plug for Bass Clar.
(2) Plastic Plug for Bass Clar.
(1) Wood Plug for Bass Clar.
Oboe Tenon Set
Bell Tenon Set
Lower Tenon Plug Holder
Bell Tenon Reamer
(3) Plastic Plug for Bb sop.
(2) Wood Plug for Bb sop.
Bassoon Tenon Set (wing jnt)
(3) Tenon Plug (abs)
(2) Tenon Plug (aluminum)
Bassoon Tenon Set (bass jnt)
(3) Tenon Plug (maple)
Bassoon Tenon Set (bell jnt)
(2) Tenon Plug (maple)
Clarinet Tone Hole Cutter St
Set of 3 Tapered Tone Hole Cutters
Lg. Solid Shortener

Bass Clar. Tone Hole Cutter
Raised Tone Hole Jig
Raised Tone Hole Jig for Alto & Bass
Clar.
Soprano Clar Tone Hole Undercutter
G53
Set (6 in set)
Bass Clar. Set as above (7 in set)
G54
Socket Grafting Jig
G78
Special Oboe Arbor for G78
G76
(2) ABS Graft
G79B
G79A Wood Graft
Special Bass Clar. Arbor Kit
G77
Small Post Body Countersink
E57A
Large Post Body Countersink
E57B
Extra ABS for toneholes, sockets,
***
tenons, ect..pg 110
Dual Purpose Vise
F25
Post Locking Screw Set
E67
E68/E69 Adj. Post Body Countersinks
G100
G104
G74S
G74A
138
CORK WASHERS
PRECUT FLUTE KEY CORKS
(Sold by the dozen or hundred)

For Cornet and Trumpet 1/2 (12.7mm) O.D.
A14
1/16 (1.6mm) thick
A15
1/8 (3.2mm) thick
Come round. Cut into 3 or 4 pieces. Radius

matches flute trills and thickness for D#/Eb
keys. Sold by dozen or hundred.
A26 Flute Trill Key Corks 1/4 (6.4mm)
thick X 13/16 (20.6mm) O.D.
CORK PRODUCTS
Cork products
These corks come pre-cut for specific brands

A16
A17
3/16 (4.8mm) thick

1/4 (6.4mm) thick
For Baritone and Bass 5/8 (15.9mm) O.D.
A51
A1
1/16 (1.6mm) thick
A2
1/8 (3.2mm) thick
A3
3/16 (4.8mm) thick
A4
1/4 (6.4mm) thick
Emerson
A112ETR
Trill Key Corks
A112EEF
E Flat Key Corks
Gemeinhardt
A112GTR
Trill Key Corks
A112GEF
E Flat Key Corks
United Musical Instrument
A112UTR
Trill Key Corks
A112UEF
E Flat Key Corks
Yamaha
A112YTR
Trill Key Corks
A112YEF
E Flat Key Corks
100 Assorted precut cork washers
FRENCH HORN STRAIGHT

CORKS
WATER KEY CORKS

Straight

Solid straight corks for French horns. All are
1-1/2 (38.1mm) long.
A18A 3/16 (4.8mm) thick
A27
5/16 (7.9mm) O.D.
A28
3/8 (9.5mm) O.D.
A29
A18B 1/4 (6.4mm) thick
7/16 (11.1mm) O.D.

Tapered
A18C 5/16 (7.9mm) thick
A33
5/16 (7.9mm) O.D.
A18D 3/8 (9.5mm) thick
A34
3/8 (9.5mm) O.D.
R70 CORK GREASE

Excellent non-drying cork grease in easy to use
plastic lipstick-type tubes, or in a one pound
container.
R70 (by the each, dozen or gross)
A50
R71 (by the 1 lb container)
A35
7/16 (11.1mm) O.D.
A36
1/2 (12.7mm) O.D.
100 Assorted precut straight and

tapered water key corks
139
CORK PRODUCTS
Cork products
A40 SLOTTED TUBE CORKS
STRAIGHT TUBE CORKS
(Sold by the dozen)
A40

A43
Bassoon
bocal
A44
Soprano sax, trombone slide bumper

corks
1-1/4 (31.8mm) Length
3/4 (19mm) O.D.
1/2 (12.7mm) Hole
A45
Small Alto sax

1-5/8 (41.3mm) Length
3/4 (19mm) O.D.
3/8 (9.5mm) Hole
A46
Reg. alto sax, C melody, small, tenor

sax
1-3/4 (44.5mm) Length
13/16 (20.6mm) O.D.
9/16 (14.3mm) Hole
A47
Tenor & Bari sax

1-7/8 (47.6mm) Length
7/8 (22.2mm) O.D.
5/8 (15.9mm) Hole
For Conn Clickless valves,

1-1/2 (38.1mm) long.
YOU cut to length needed for various models.
FLUTE AND PICCOLO HEAD

CORKS
(Sold by the dozen and hundred)
A41
Piccolo
7/8 (20.6mm) Length

7/16 (17.5mm) O.D.
1/8 (3.2mm) Hole
A42
Flute
1-1/4 (31.8mm) Length

11/16 (17.5mm) O.D.
1/8 (3.2mm) Hole
A42A Alto Flute
1-1/4 (31.8mm) Length

1-1/8 (28.6mm) O.D.
1/8 (3.2mm) Hole
1-1/4 (31.8mm) Length

5/8 (15.9mm) O.D.
3/8 (9.5mm) Hole
TAPERED TUBE CORKS

A20 & A21 NEOPRENE BUMPERS

Bumpers are made of
neoprene, preferred by some
players, because it bounces
the valve back faster than
cork.
A20
A21
Neoprene Bumpers-French Horn

Yamaha Neoprene Bumpers for tuba(.175)
Cliffs Tips
For trombone slide bumper corks, buy the A44
Straight Tube Corks. Slice a washer off to the correct
length and install on the inner slides. Sometimes a very
tight fit can be eased by cutting the cork ring. The slight
gap that results will not hurt and the slide will push the
ring tightly into place. To remove these corks easily use
the G41A or B Trombone Bumper Remover. Quick,
inexpensive and easy.
A48
Alto and C Melody Sax,

1-3/4 (44.5mm) long,
3/4 (19mm) O.D.
Hole tapers 1/2to 5/8
(12.7mm to 15.9mm)
A49
Tenor and Baritone Sax,

1-3/4 (44.5mm) long,
7/8 (22.2mm) O.D.
Hole tapers 9/16 to 11/16
(14.3mm to 17.5mm)
140
A54 PREMIUM PRECUT

CORK PADS
(Sold by dozen or hundred)
Searching for a perfect
portion of sheet cork to make
a cork pad has become
obsolete. Our A54 Premium
Precut Cork Pads have
perfect surfaces on the face of
the pad.
Precut cork pads come from size 6mm thru 17mm
and all half sizes in between. Thickness of the cork
pads are .100 (2.54mm) for sizes 6mm thru 7.5mm
and .110 (2.8mm) for sizes 8mm thru 17mm.
The .100 (2.54mm) thickness is so the cork pad can
be slipped into the pad cup on oboes without
removing the key from the instrument.
Minimum order one dozen per size on sizes 6-13.
A54
Premium Precut Cork Pads,

6-17m in .5 mm stepsSpecify Size.
A54A Assortment of 100 Cork Pads
A54-ALL A dozen of each size Cork Pad
from 6 thru 13mm
NATURAL SHEET CORK

High quality 4 (102mm) wide by
12 (408mm) , and sold by the running foot. Best
quality obtainable. High quality!
A55 1/64 (.4mm)
A59 1/8
A56 1/32 (.8mm)
A60 3/16 (4.8mm)
A57 1/16 (1.6mm)
A61 1/4
A58 3/32 (2.4mm)
A62 3/64 (1.2mm)
*NEW* Real Cork
(3.2mm)
(6.4mm)
A63 VERY THIN SHEET CORK

This cork consists of 2 very thin layers of cork
which are bonded over a material that discourages
tearing. It is a good product for quality woodwind
repairs. This cork is slightly thinner than our A55
sheet cork or Teflon. It bonds securely to metal
surfaces using our H70 Cork Cement.
Use the A63 for:
CORK PRODUCTS
Cork products
*Bridge keys and other linkages of all woodwinds

*Key surfaces that are under an adjustment screw.
*Key surfaces that must glide over or under key
arms or spatulas (example: F ring key on all clarinets and sax sliders. When used in the
applications above, this cork helps resist ripping,
denting and balling up.
A63
Very Thin Sheet Cork
Cliffs Tip.Order yourself a few new D2 knives

because although this sheet cork cuts to a very
nice clean edge it does require a sharp knife.
FITTED MUTE CORKS

(Replacements by dozen or hundred)
These composition corks can be used to replace
most mute corks. They are concave on the
bottom for a better fitting surface and glue bond.
Additionally they are rounded on the top for a snug
mute to bell contact area.
A66 Small Mute Cork, 2 X 7/16 X 1/8
(50.8mm X 11.1 X 3.2mm)
A67
Large Mute Cork, 2-3/8 X 1/2 X 1/8

(60.3mm X 12.7mm X 3.2mm)
A56A 1/32 (.8mm)
A60A 3/16 (4.8mm)
A57A 1/16 (1.6mm) A61A 1/4
(6.4mm)
This natural, compressed cork is great for tenon and

necks, key corks and mute corks. You will find it A58A 3/32 (2.4mm) A62A 3/64 (1.2mm)
very quiet and forgiving. There is NO rubber,
neoprene or vinyl smell to this cork. There is NO A59A 1/8 (3.2mm) A64A 7/32 (5.6mm)
odor!
Great for Rental instruments; as it will recover if
A65A Asst. of each size including A63
left compressed over the weekend. NOT GASKET
CORK. 4 X 12 sheets.
141
CORK & FELT
Cork & FELT PRODUCTS

P32 OBOE PAD HOLE CUTTER
The P32 set is
designed to cut a
center hole in the A54
Cork Pads when
replacing this type of
pad on oboes. Our set
has two cutters for
cutting the center hole
(One is 4mm the other is 5.4mm). The
four Brass Centering
dies are recessed on
each end to hold cork pads. Since each centering die
has a different pad size on each end, there are a total
of 8 pad sizes available. They are 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11,
11.5, 12, and 12.5mm.
Also included with our set is a small version of our
P28 Cutting Pad. This should be used under the cork
pad to protect the cutting edges of the hole cutters.
A tip that may be useful when installing these
pads in the cup is to leave the cork pad on the
cutter in the chuck of the bench motor. Using 240
grit Emery cloth, taper the sides of the pad before
installation (case not included).
F12 CORK STRIPPER

Removes old cork
clean and fast from
tenons, mouthpieces, etc Our cork
stripper is simple
to use. Both ends
will remove the
cork. One end is
8.5mm wide, the
other end measures 9.5mm wide. It is not necessary
to have a complicated and expensive gadget to do
this job. Our hand tool is easy to use and of simple
design. Made of hardened tool steel.
F12
Cork Stripper
E70 CORK PROTECTOR

Used to place over the end of a sax neck
during the installation of a neck cork using
shellac. Will prevent burning of the cork
while heating the tube.
E70
Cork Protector
WHITE FELT BUMPERS

P32
Oboe Cork Pad Hole Cutter Set
A70
D12 CORK STRIP

CUTTING GAUGES
5/16 (7.9mm) O.D.

1/4 (6.4mmm) Thick
A71
3/8 (9.5mm) O.D.

1/4 (6.4mm) Thick
A72
7/16 (11.1mm) O.D.

1/4 (6.4mm) Thick
A73
1/2 (12.7mm) O.D.

1/4 (6.4mm) Thick
A74
9/16 (14.3mm) O.D.

1/4 (6.4mm) Thick
A75
3/8 (9.5mm) O.D.

3/8 (9.5mm) Thick
A76
7/16 (11.1mm) O.D.

3/8 ( 9.5mm) Thick
Stainless steel cutting gauges for tenon corks. The

stepped notches on both ends are used for measuring
the width of the cork groove. The other side is a
straight edge.
D12A 4 (102mm) Cork Strip Cutting Gauge

D12B 12 (305mm) Cork Strip Cutting Gauge
142
A96
Assortment of 100 White Felt Bumpers
WHITE SAX KEY FELTS
SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS
A97
A77
1/2 (12.7mm) O.D.

1/16 (1.6mm) Thick
A78
9/16 (14.3mm) O.D.

1/16 (1.6mm) Thick
A79
5/8 (15.9mm) O.D.

1/16 (1.6mm) Thick
BLACK
A120-BL
A121-BL
A122-BL
A123-BL
BROWN
A120-BR
A121-BR
A122-BR
A123-BR
Assortment of 100 White Sax Key Felts
WHITE FELT WASHERS

Item
O.D.
I.D.
Thickness
A80
1/2 (12.7mm)
3/16 (4.8mm)
1/16 (1.6mm)
A81
1/2 (12.7mm)
3/16 (3.8mm)
3/32 (2.4mm)
A82
9/16 (14.3mm)
3/16 (4.8mm)
1/16 (1.6mm)
A83
9/16 (14.3mm)
3/16 (4.8mm)
3/32 (2.4mm)
A84
5/8 (15.9mm)
7/32 (5.6mm)
1/16 (1.6mm)
A85
5/8 (15.9mm)
7/32 (5.6mm)
3/32 (2.4mm)
A86
11/16 (17.5mm)
7/32 (5.6mm)
3/32 (2.4mm)
A88
11/16 (17.5mm)
3/8 (9.5mm)
1/8 (3.2mm)
A89
3/4 (19.0mm)
3/8 (9.5mm)
1/8 (3.2mm)
A90
3/4 (19.0mm)
7/16 (11.1mm)
1/8 (3.2mm)
A91
13/16 (20.6mm)
3/8 (9.5mm)
1/8 (3.2mm)
A92
13/16 (20.6mm) 7/16 (11.1mm)

7/16 (11.1mm)
.5mm thick (1/64)

.9mm thick (1/32)
1.2mm thick (3/64)
1.5mm thick ( 1/16)
FELT PRODUCTS
FELT PRODUCTS
1/8 (3.2mm)
A93
7/8 (22.2mm)
1/8 (3.2mm)
A95
Assortment of 100 White Felt Washers
A19W WHITE FELT SQUARES

A19W 1/16 (1.6mm) thick white felt. For cut
ting Felt washers. 12 square
(305mm sq).
.5mm thick ( 1/64)

.9mm thick ( 1/32)
1.2mm thick (3/64)
1.5mm thick (1/16)
WHITE
A120-WH
A121-WH
A122-WH
A123-WH
.5mm thick (1/64)

.9mm thick (1/32)
1.2mm thick ( 3/64)
1.5mm thick (1/16)
Many people prefer the performance, feel

and quiet of this felt vs. cork.
These felt sheets come in 4 X 12 sheets and
are water repellent. Note, there are 4 different
thicknesses.
E17 VALVE MIRROR

By using this mirror
you can see if you have
used
the
proper
thickness valve cork.
This
eliminates
stuffy blowing in
many instruments.
E17
Valve Mirror
ELKHART BUNDY/BUESCHER
TOP CAP FELTS FOR CR/TR
These woven felt washers fit all Bundy cornet
and trumpet top valve caps and also can be used
on many other brands. The A99 Bundy top cap
felts measure 11/16 (17.5mm) O.D. X
7/16 (11.1mm) I.D. X .100 (2.54mm) thick.
A99
Bundy Cornet/Trumpet Top Cap Felts
143
BUFFING & POLISH-
BUFFING & POLISHING

HEAVY DUTY BELTSANDERS
Z2 BELT/DISK SANDER
Ferrees Industrial quality Belt

Sanders are 16 (406mm) deep
with a 33 (83.8mm) span. Used
primarily for sanding and
polishing brass after dents have
been taken out and to remove
scratches and fine pits before
buffing. Frames are made of
heavy duty square tubular steel
with totally enclosed 3450 rpm
motors. Plenty of room to
maneuver horns. For small
brass, the Z110, 1/3 hp Belt
Sander with 1 (25.4mm) belt
would be satisfactory. If you
work
on
many
larger
instruments, we suggest either
the Z111, 1/2 hp or the Z112, 1
hp. Both use the 1 or
2 (25.4mm or 50.8mm) belts interchangeably. Z111
and Z112 have 2 wide pulleys.
This
Belt/Disk
Sander is a much
improved version
of our old Z1.
The
obvious
improvement is
the addition of an
8 (203mm) disk
sander.
This
machine
is
ruggedly
built
and features tilting tables for both the band sander
and disk sander.
The Z2 does a number of jobs quickly and easily.
For instance, shaping and sanding corks and
stringed instrument bridges, grinding the ends of
newly cut brass tubing , polishing pits out of brass
tubing and a seemingly endless number of other
jobs.
Features include: automatic belt tension, belt
guards, 115 volt 1/3 hp motor, an adjustable arm to
permit the use of belts or different lengths and
adjustable rubber feet.
PRICE INCLUDES MOTOR AND THREE BELTS

(Shipped with no switch or plug so you can wire it
for your local electric code).
Z2
Z110
Z111
Z112
Z113
1/3 hp, 1 (25.4mm) belt only

1/2 hp, 2 (50.8mm) belts
1 hp, 2 (50.8mm) belts
1 hp, (3 phase) 2 (50.8mm) belts
220 or 440
BELTS FOR Z110 THRU Z113

1 (25.4MM) Belts for all model Belt Sanders.
Z115A 220 grit

Z115C 400 grit
Z115B 320 grit
BELTS FOR Z111 THRU Z113

2 (50.8MM) Belts for 1/2 hp Belt Sanders.
Z116A 220 grit

Z116C 400 grit
144
Z116B 320 grit
Belt/Disk Sander
REPLACEMENT DISKS FOR Z2

These 8 (203mm) sanding disks have self-adhesive
backs.
H125 80 grit disk

H126 120 grit disk
H127 240 grit disk
REPLACEMENT BELTS FOR Z2

Belts measure 1 (25.4mm) wide x 42 (1.07mm)
long.
E62
E63
E64
E65
E66
Extra coarse, 80 grit

Coarse, 120 grit
Medium, 150 grit
Fine, 240 grit
Extra fine
We are open Monday-Friday
WALL MOUNT BUFFERS
FLOOR MOUNT BUFFERS
Ferrees heavy duty floor model buffers are

designed with a 1/4 (6.4mm) steel housing for extra
strength and rigidity. The shaft is 1-1/2 (38.1mm) in
diameter, ground and polished, stress-proof steel.
This shaft size also helps prevent vibration. Total
shaft length is 54 (1.37m) with 5/8-11 threads. The
shaft extends 18 (45.7cm) on each side. Floor to the
center of the shaft is 40 (1.02m).
The belt, pulley and motor are totally enclosed for
operator safety. These buffers have provisions for
the Z51BL Buffing Brackets. The shaft accepts Z56
Buff Shims that allow adjusting for various widths of
buffs, so the flange nut is flush with the end of shaft
as required by OSHA. See page 146.
Each model is shipped without switch and cord as
it must be wired to comply with local electrical
codes. The motor is included in the price.
SINGLE SPEED FLOOR MODELS

Z100
Z101
2hp Single Phase

3hp Single Phase
(Single Speed models are convertible to variable speed)
VARIABLE SPEED FLOOR MODELS

Z102 2hp Single Phase
Z103 3hp Single Phase
Z104 3hp Three Phase
Z105 5hp Three Phase
Approximately 450 lbs,. (204kg)
Note on Single Speed Models: The single speed

buffers have one speed, which is 2800 rpm. But, they
can be converted to variable speed by adding a variable speed unit pulley and belt. The conversion price
will be quoted upon request.
Buffing hood & bracket see page 150.
BUFFING & POLISH-
Buffing & polishing
Our wall mount buffer is good for all buffing

chores, but not for heavy production work as it is
only 1-1/2 h.p. Not for sousaphones and tubas
The shaft is 1-3/8 (34.9mm) in diameter,
ground and polished, stress-proof steel. Total shaft
length is 40 (1.01m) with 5/8-11 threads.
The shaft extends 12-1/2 (31.75cm) on each
side. The shaft accepts Z56 Buffing Shims that
allow adjusting for various widths of buffs, so the
flange nut is flush with the end of the shaft as
required by OSHA. Provisions are provided to
mount the Z51BS bracket and Z51A Buffing Hood.
The 3/16 (4.8mm) thick steel frame and sheet
metal cover totally enclose the belt and pulleys.
Lifetime lubricated bearings and the heavy duty 1
-1/2 h.p. capacitor motor are included in the price.
Both models are shipped without switch or cord,
as they must be wired to comply with your local
electrical codes. (Can be wired for either 110 or
220 volts)
Z71
Z73
1-1/2 hp Single Speed (Is convertible to

variable speed, see note)
1-1/2 hp Variable Speed.
Truck Ship only. 220 lb. ( 100kb)
VARIABLE vs SINGLE SPEED MODELS

The variable speed buffers are easily adjusted
from 3000 rpm down to 1000 rpm. The advantages
of having a variable speed unit are, the slower
speed that is available for finer color buffing and
the capability of using 10 (254mm) buffs for
economic reasons. The buffer speed can be
increased as the buffs get smaller so you will still
get the same surface feet per minute. A slower
speed for color buffing helps the rouge stay on the
wheel better, making less mess and the buffs dont
wear out as fast. Color at 2400, hard buff at 2800.
See G91R & G91L bushings on page 148.
145
BUFFING & POLISH-
BUFFING & POLISHING

G90 TAPERED BUFFER SPINDLES
Z56 SAFETY FLANGE NUTS
To hold leather center buffs, Scratch brushes, and

R2 & R3 tapered bell buffs on buffers that use 5/811 (15.9mm-11) threads.
Z56 Safety Flange Nuts are used to replace hex

and acorn nuts on buffing machine shafts. The
flanged design provides OSHA safety for the
operator. They are used with the Z55 Spacers to
position the buffing wheels near the end of the
threads.
The Safety Flange Nuts are tightened with a
special spanner wrench. There is less chance for
clothes or aprons to get caught on exposed threads.
The Z56 Safety Flange Nuts are 2 (50.8mm)
O.D. and 3/8 (9.5mm) thick. They are threaded
5/8-11 (15.9mm-11) for right and left hand
threads. A set comes with a spanner wrench.
IMPORTANT: When installed and spaced
properly, the Z56 Safety Flange Nuts will
completely cover the exposed threads on the shaft.
G90R Right hand thread

G90L Left hand thread
E7 TAPERED SPINDLES
Mount on motor shaft
for scratch brush or small
buffs. Fit over motor
shaft affixed by set
screw. Comes in two sizes, in both right and left
hand.
E7AL
E7AR
E7BL
E7BR

Z56
Z56L
Z56R
Z56W
Safety Flange Nuts (including wrench)

Nut-Left Hand Thread
Nut-Right Hand Thread
Wrench Only
Z55 SPACERS
SHAFT UTILITY ARBORS
Arbor to hold small
buffs or grinding wheels.
Fits over motor shaft,
affixed by set screw.
Comes in two sizes, in
both right and left hand.
See X116A and B on page
91.
RIGHT HAND ARBOR

146
LEFT HAND ARBOR

The Z55 Buffing Wheel Spacers are used to

position the buffs near the end of the threaded shaft
so the Z56 Flanged Nut will screw on and still cover
the end of the threads. The spacers are 2 (50.8mm)
O.D. and have a 5/8 (15.9mm) hole in the center. A
set contains three different thicknesses of spacers:
3/8, 5/8 and 7/8 (9.5mm, 15.9mm,& 22.2mm).
Z55 Spacers
COLOR BUFFS
LOOSE MUSLIN BUFFS

Loose buffs with single stitching around hole. Ideal
for buffing with Red Rouge or Nuwhite compound.
1/2 (12.7mm) hole.
R8A 8 (203mm), 1/4 (7mm) thick Muslin Buff
R8B 10 (254mm), 1/4 (7mm) thick Muslin Buff
SPIRAL STITCHED MUSLIN BUFF

Usually used in doubles when
cutting with Tripoli. Singles
or triples can be used when
needed. Also used with emery.
3/8 (9.5mm) thick with
1/2 (12.7mm) hole.
R9
Muslin Buff,
8(203mm)dia,
R18
Muslin Buff,
11 (279mm) dia,
TAPERED MUSLIN BUFFS

Requires G90 tapered spindles
These buffs are used
buffing inside horn flares.
SINGLE FLANNEL BUFFS
R2
Soft cotton flannel on one side. Single stitching

around the hole. 1/2 (12.7mm) hole. 18 ply.
Softest buff for coloring with red rouge.
R7 8 (203mm), 3/4 (20mm) thick Flannel Buff
R12 10(254mm), 3/4 (20mm) thick Flannel Buff
LEATHER CENTERED BUFFS
RAZOR EDGE BUFF

Very thin, ideal for buffing around clarinet posts.
Eliminates the hazard of tearing posts out of the
body.
R1
4 (102mm) Razor Edge Buff
LEATHER CENTER BUFF

For use with your bench motor
This 5/8 (15mm) thick 50 ply buff can be used
with the L8 and E7 tapered spindles and adaptors.
Spiral stitching.
R6
6 (152mm) Leather Center Buff
BUFFING & POLISH-
Buffing & polishing
R3
for
2 (50.8mm)
Tapered Buff for
Cornets, etc..
3-1/2 (89mm)
Tapered Buff for
Trombones, etc..
4 and 5 CHAMOIS BUFFS

These leather center
chamois buffs can be
used on Ferrees N99
Bench Motor, using the
E7 tapered spindle, or
on any 1725 rpm
tapered spindle.
Touch up and bring
out the luster of clarinet
and flute keys still
mounted on the body.
Excellent buff to use on better clarinets that do not
have plated keys. Timesaver for flutes that are
demos and covered with fingerprints, using, silvo.
Use R49 Key Buffing Compound ONLY with
chamois buffs. These buffs are 12 ply, 3/8 (10mm)
thick.
BR5A 4 (102mm) Chamois Buff, Spiral Sewn
BR5B 5 (127mm) Chamois Buff, Spiral Sewn
BR5C 4(102mm)Chamois Buff, Center Stitched
BR5D 5(127mm)Chamois Buff, Center Stitched
147
BUFFING & POLISH-
Buffing & polishing

RU1 GOOD USED MUSLIN BUFFS
Used Muslin Buffs with a 1 center hole. This buff
is similar to our R8A buff, but thinner. These are
good quality buffs. Size varies 7-1/2 thru 8. See
aluminum G91R and G91L bushings to the right.
RU1
Used Buff
R22 SPECIAL BUFFING GLOVES

Good quality reversible
buffing gloves with nap
side out. Made of heavy
-duty 10oz. (340g) material. Reversible with centered thumb, so they can
be used on either hand. When worn or dirty, simply
reverse and wear on the opposite hand. Twice the
wear, half the expense. Can also be used while operating Z60 dent machine.
R22
Pair of Buffing Gloves
G91 ALUMINUM BUSHINGS

To hold buffs with larger holes
These are all aluminum

bushings for 5/8-11
buffing shaft
1
-1/4 (31.8mm) O.D.
for holding buffs with
larger holes or use
buffs with a larger punched hole.
G91R Right hand thread
G91L Left hand thread
R80 BUFFING RAKE

Keep your buffs in good condition with a Buffing
Rake. These rakes recondition and shape buffs
quickly. They open up the face, eliminate glaze and
prolong the useful life of the buffs. The R80 comes
complete with the rake, but since the rake is easily
replaceable, the handle can be used over and over.
R80
R82
Buff Rake, Complete

Replacement Rake only
H1 ASSEMBLY GLOVES
Put on a pair of these fine white knit
cotton gloves after buffing and
polishing. When you assemble the
horn you will avoid getting
fingerprints on your freshly polished
metal. One size fits all.
H1
Assembly Gloves
POLISHING WHEEL FOR STEEL

6 (152MM) polishing
wheel for polishing steel.
Has a 1 (25.4mm) center
hole.
Please
specify
1/2
(12.7mm)
or
5/8 (15.9mm) adaptor for
your shaft. Recommended
for removing rust from all
steel mandrels, tools and
parts. Will not distort the
surface. Polishing compound is built into the wheel.
Leaves a fine satin finish. No additional compound is
necessary.
H200 Polishing Wheel for Steel
148
STANDARD RAGGING TAPE

Heres an answer to the problem of finding a
good cloth for hand ragging. This ragging tape
resists fraying, lasts much longer, and will hold the
rouge. It doesnt bunch up and makes getting
around valves ports, etc. very easy.
R25
R26
R27
R28
1/2 (12.7mm) wide, 100ft (30.5m) roll

1/2 (12.7mm) wide, 25ft (7.62m) length
3/4 (19mm) wide, 100ft (30.5m) roll
3/4 (19mm) wide, 25ft (7.62m) roll
ULTRA THIN RAGGING TAPE

This thin 3/16 (4.8mm) ragging tape is ideal for
polishing in small areas such as between valve
casing braces and ports.
R30
Ultra Thin Ragging Tape 100ft.

(30.5m) roll
STEP 2
SUGGESTED BUFFING
PROCEDURE
May be omitted by some buffers
NUWHITE
Following is a procedure which we have found to

be safe and reliable. This procedure is used:
AFTER THE HORN HAS BEEN REPAIRED
AND BRITE DIPPED.
Experienced Repairmen may have other methods or
be able to skip certain steps, but the techniques detailed
below will always work and the buffing compounds used
are the same.
STEP 1A
Sometimes used after

Tripoli operation. Works
best on white brass,
commonly
called,
nickel (3 lbs-1.4 kg).
R47A Nuwhite Cake, Single

R47B Nuwhite Cake, Dozen
This step can be omitted on normal jobs
EMERY
For use on a horn which had a
sand blasted, silver plated finish.
After stripping, use a R9 Spiral
Stitch Buff and Emery Cake to
smooth the sandblasted surface in
preparation for buffing (weight~ 3 lbs.-1.4 kg each).
R45A Emery Cake, Single

R45B Emery Cake, Dozen
BUFFING & POLISH-
Buffing & polishing
STEP 3
RED ROUGE
Color buffing is the final process and the most
important one for a professional job. It brings out the
finest, richest color of the brass and removes minute
scratches. Use R7, R12 or
R8A, R8B for coloring.
Some prefer muslin color
buffs, some prefer flannel
color buffs. It is personal,
depending on the finish
wanted. Red also works on
smooth silver plate (weight~3 lbs-1.4 kg).
STEP 1B
R48A Red Rouge Cake, Single

TRIPOLI
This is a hard buffing and cutting compound. Used R48B Red Rouge Cake, Dozen
after Step 1A or in place of Step 1A on normal
STEP 4
relaquering jobs. Use a R9 or R18 Muslin Buffs. You
Following
the
red
rouge
buffing, the horn should
almost NEVER use a single section. Running 2
be
thoroughly
degreased.
The
best way to degrease a
prevents flopping, which dents (weight~3 lbs.-1.4 kg).
horn is with a hot vapor spray degreaser. This is the
fastest, most complete method of removing buffing
residue from a horn. Removing this residue is very
important, because lacquer WILL NOT STICK to a
greasy surface.
After completing the necessary steps listed above,
the horn is ready to be assembled and lacquered. Use
a clean pair of H1 Assembly Gloves to avoid finger
prints when handling the horn.
R46A Tripoli Cake, Single
R46B Tripoli Cake, Dozen

Want to thank you once again. The last
session was as fantastic as the pervious ones!
Its amazing how much I learned within just
one day!...Dennis, Canada
R49 KEY BUFFING COMPOUND

A special shining compound to be used with
BR5A and BR5B chamois buffs. Used to polish
nickel clarinet and flute keys still mounted on the
body. White color. 1 lb. 14 oz. (.85 kg).
R49
Key Buffing Compound
149
BUFFING & POLISH-
BUFFING & POLISHING

Z46 COLLECTION BAG TYPE
BLOWER UNIT
Z51 BUFFING HOOD

Our Z51A Buffing Hood is
made from heavy, galvanized
steel and has an adjustable
wheel opening. It can be set on
your base or on the Z51B
Folding Bracket. By using the
bracket, you can move the
hood back when buffing larger
instruments.
Z51A Buffing Hood Only
Z51BS 11-1/2 Bracket for wall mounted buffer
Z51BL 17-1/2 Bracket for floor mounted buffer
For buffing room exhaust systems. Used

where collection bags are necessary or with
permanent collection box. Sturdy welded 16 gal.
steel housings. Balanced self-paddle-type wheels.
With or without a motor.
DIMENSIONS
Wheel diameter 10-5/8 (270mm)
Motor: 1 h.p.
Wheel bore 3/4 (19mm)
Inlet 6 (152mm)
Outlet 4(H) x 3-1/2 (W) (102mm high x 89mm
wide)
Overall 18 x 21 x 16(457 x 533 x 406mm)
Z46
Complete Blower with Motor,

1hp 3450 rpm, 115/220v,
single phase
Z58 COLLECTION ASSEMBLY
Adaptor pipe and bag to attach at discharge

opening for collection.
Z58 Collection Assembly complete

Z58B Bag only

Thanks for the wonderful notes...they are
gold!...Joe
150
Z52
Z54
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
4 (102mm) Flexible Tubing
6 (152mm) Y tube, two 4 (102mm) inlets
Z35 PORTABLE AIR BUFFER

This portable air
operated buffer is
handy for
cutting
down make ready
time
on
brass
overhauls. It has a
special spindle for
small buffs for those
hard-to-reach solder spots and marks. No more
scraping. Terrific on large instrument overhauls
such as French Horns, Baritones or Sousaphones.
Used in many instrument factories. Very practical if
you do much brass overhauling. Hooked to your air
compressor, this tiny high speed buffer goes 16,000
rpm with 1/3 hp capacity.
Watch the solder disappear. A 2 (50.8mm) buff at
this speed gives 8350 surface feet (2545 surface
meters) per minute. Compare this to an 8 (203mm)
butt at 2800 rpm which gives only 5850 surface feet
(1783 surface meters) per minute. This tool has a
handy lever control and a built in hang up hook.
Requires 4 cu. ft. (113.3 cu. L.) of air per minute at
90 to 100 lb (6.3 to 7 kg/cm) pressure. Price
includes four R10 buffs.
Z35 Portable Air Buffer

R10 Extra 2 (50.8mm) Buff
Z35S Shaft only
SCRATCH BRUSHES
Used to clean satin finish, silver plated

instruments with soap bark and water. If
necessary, boil out the instrument in Z15
Combination Lacquer Strip and Silver Clean
Solution, followed by a clear water rinse. Drip
a detergent solution on the brush while using,
to keep it wet during the scratch brushing process. All brushes are of crimped brass wire.
GOBLET
H5
2 (50.8mm) 6 row for cornet
H7
3 (76mm) 8 row for trombone
Both goblets have .004 wire
ROUND
H11 4 (102mm) 2 row, .0035, 1-1/2 hub
H12 4 (102mm) 2 row, .005, 1-1/2 hub
H13 6 (152mm) 2 row, .0035, 2 hub
H14 6 (152mm) 2 row, .005, 2 hub
CYLINDRICAL
H3
4 (102mm) X 3/4 (19mm)
Cylindrical scratch brush
H4
5 (127mm) x 1-1/4 (31.8mm)
Hand held have wooden handles
Z97 SCRATCH BUFFING

MACHINES
BUFFING & POLISH-
BUFFING & POLISHING
The Z97 Scratch brush machine includes a mounted 1/4 hp totally enclosed motor. This
machine
incorporates a permanent tapered spindle, plastic
covering and is available either right or left handed
to fit the area of use.
Z97L Left handed scratch buff machine

with motor
Z97R Right handed scratch buff machine
with motor
Ferrees Tools, Inc

Early 1960s
Providing quality service since 1946. Place
your order today and we will get it out in an
efficient and timely manner. You can now
order by email for more convenience.
ferreestools@aol.com.
151
BRASSWIND BENCH
152
Suggested brasswind bench

Here is the list of tools by Gary Ferree, for a brasswind bench; for most repairing less
than overhauls. I have listed everything as a one of, to make it simple. These are hand
tools, the Z60 dent machine and related accessories are treated separately (pg. 96).
Z10B
F7B
J88A
L54
F33
E40
F13
F14
F15
F31B
F41
F42
F46B
F49
F32
J45
N13
N19
N66A
N66B
N66C
D33
H114
H115
H116
E29A
F57
G62
G97
G24A
L14A
L22
E90
E92
E94
G18
G16
G16A
F48
F61B
X21
Z30
H70
H70S
H72
F72
F67
J20SS
J22SS
Cold Cleaner
Brasso, Gallon
Cracker Oil
Torch Kit
Soldering Torch
(2) Triangular Scraper
Solder Scraper
Solder Scraper
Solder Scraper
Cutting Pad
Soft Solder Flux
Solder Solder
Flux, Quart
Tix Anti-Flux
Striker
12 x 12 Millboard
Bell Mounting Jig
Large Solder Clamp
Mthpiece Rec Reamer-Cor
Mthpiece Rec Reamer-Trpt
Mthpiece Rec Reamer-Tb/Br
Bench Knife
220 Emery Cloth Roll
Fine Narrow File
Side Cutters
Metal Back Saw
6 Ruler
6 Dial Caliper
V-Block
Lead Jaws
Cor/Trpt Slide Pliers
Baritone Tuning Slide Pliers
Sousa/Tuba Pliers
Pad Gauge
Sm. Center Punch
Med. Center Punch
Utility Pliers
Parallel Jaw, Scored Plier
Cabinet For Corks/Felts
Tool Chest
Cork Cement
Solvent
Extra Can
Large Screwdriver
Medium Screwdriver
Round Nose Plier
Small Duckbill Pliers
E15D
D44
L20
G23
S70S
S71
S80-S96
S90-S93B
D49
A14/A15
A16/A17
A1/A2
A3/A4
A27
A28
A29
A33
A34
A35
A36
A18A-D
A80
A84
A90
A92
A93
A99
N75
N76
H65
H66
N16S
O70S
O70D
N72
N73
N80AS
N80BS
N80CS
N80DS
N80ES
N57G
N57X
N82
N59
N81S
N65S
N70
N71
Bench Plier
Pin Vise
Bench Block
Bench Oiler
(2) Cleaning Rod
(2) Cleaning Rod
(1dz of ea) Valve Springs
(1dz of ea) Waterkey Springs
Waterkey Installing Jig
(1c of ea) Cork Washers
(4dz of ea) Cork Washers
(1c of ea) Cork Washers
(4dz of ea) Cork Washers
(4dz) Straight Waterkey Corks
(2c) Straight Waterkey Corks
(4dz) Straight Waterkey Corks
(4dz) Tapered Waterkey Corks
(2c) Tapered Waterkey Corks
(1dz of ea) Fr Horn Corks
(2c) Felt Washers
(1c) Felt Washers
(1c) Trombone Felts
(2c) Trombone Felts
(1c) Trombone Felts
(2c) Trumpet Felts
Flute Head Mandrel
Flute Body Mandrel
Piccolo Head Mandrel
Piccolo Body Mandrel
Set, Dent Rod Guides
Set, Wood Mandrels
Wood Mandrel
Sax Body Bow Rod
Sax Neck Rod
(2) Dent Ball Set
Dent Ball Set
Dent Ball Set
Dent Ball Set
Dent Ball Set
101 Dent Ball Set
4 Barrel Dent Balls
Dent Ball Holder For N80s
Magnet Locator
Slotted Sax Dent Balls
Barrel Ball Set, Rod Mounted
French Horn Rod
French Horn Rod
Knuckle Tools
N54
(5) Knuckle Tools
N54A
Knuckle Tools
N55
(2) Knuckle Tools
N55E
N31/A/B Dent Rods
N69/N74 Dent Rods
N32/N33 Dent Rods
Dent Rod
N34
Mouthpipe Cable Kit
N56
Bassoon Bocal Cable
N17
Trpt Dent Ball Driver
P50
Sax Neck Dr/Retriever
P58
Fr Horn Bell Driver
P56
Dent Ball Hammer
P52
Trmb. Dent Ball Retr.
P53
Trombone Hammer
P54
F11/11A Canvas Hammers
Set, Steel Dent Hammers
F10S
Brass Hammer
F9
Right Angle Mandrel
N68
Valve Mirror
E17
Burnisher
N1/2/3
(3) Handles
N2A
Shank Truing Tool
N15
Bell Irons
L3/L4
Tuning SL Removal TL
L13
Yamaha Tool
N4
L17/L18 Burnishing Rings
Handle
L19
F5/5A/5B Leather Hammers
N14A/B Mandrels
Mouthpiece Arbors
N51S
Ground Casing Mandrels
N58s
Ground Sleeve Mandrels
N28s
G45A/B Cork Barrel Tools
Yamaha Thread Tool
P102
Spacers
G35
Trombone Pliers
N87A
#4,5 Trb. Slide Mandrels
N53A
#6,7,8,9,10 Mandrels
N53B
N52A/C Slide Mandrels
N35/36/37 Right Angle Expanders
Set, Tapered Mandrels
N91S
Tapered Mandrel
N90
Sax Body Rod
N93
Rotary Valve Tool
P60
#5,6,7 Collets
P60C
P90/P91 Trb. Stone/Stand
G41A/B Trb. Bumper Removers
Z6/Z8/T85 Lubricants
153
LACQ. & CLEANING
Lacquering & cleaning equip.

WOOD LACQUERING MANDRELS
Used to hold an
instrument
during
lacquering
with
less
chance of dropping the
instrument.
Also, handy for storing
instruments in the lacquer
room between coats.
O4
For cornet or trumpet
O5
For trombone
(Saxophones and larger instruments should
be hung instead of held.)
J85 RUST INHIBITOR
Z19 LIME AND SCALE REMOVER

Z19 Lime and Scale Remover was designed to
completely replace acid based materials in lime and
scale removal. Deposits are removed rapidly and
effectively with a minimal attack on brass, copper,
aluminum, etc.. Great for slides and valves that are
corroded with lime. Shipped in crystal form, just
add water. Mix is 1 lb (.45 kg) to 1 gallon (3.79
liters) of water. 9 lbs or less NO hazard fee.
Z19A Lime and Scale Remover, 1 lb (454 g)
Z19B Lime and Scale Remover, 10 lb (4.5kg)
Z19C Lime and Scale Remover, 25 lb (11.3kg)
Z27 PLASTIC FLUTE TRAY

This deep tray will accommodate most flute
bodies and parts for dipping in Z25 Tarnish
Remover. It measures 15 X 6 X 2 (381mm
x 76mm x 50.8mm).
Z27
Plastic Flute Tray
Keeps your tools rust free.

Fortified lanolin absorbs up to
five times its own weight in
water. Sets up a protective
barrier film to provide lasting
rust protection. It is a natural
lubricant. Spray on tools or
machined surfaces. Lubricants
can be applied over J85 Rust
Inhibitor without reducing their effectiveness. If
removal is desired, use Z10 Cold Cleaner.
J85
It will be useful in many dipping

type operations. Lighter gauge,
with a 14-1/2 (368mm) handle, it
has a wooden bar to hold so it
doesn't get too hot. 9-3/4 OD X
6 Deep.
X68
Rust Inhibitor 11 oz (312 g)
FEEL FREE TO CALL 800-253-2261,

24 HOURS A DAY TO PLACE
YOUR ORDER.
FAX YOUR ORDER TO
269-965-7719
154
X68 WORK BASKET
EMAIL ORDERS TO
Work
(Aluminum)
Basket
SILVER STRIP FORMULA

Add 4 oz (113.4 gr) salt peter (potassium
nitrate) to each gallon (3.79 L) of sulphuric acid.
Needs to be stored in the plastic lined barrel.
This is used to remove silver plate from silver
plated instruments. You will then be down to the
original brass finish. Now the instrument may
be buffed and lacquered. Be careful not to leave
it in the solution too long or it will become
pitted.
WENOL POLISH
Z40 SAND BLASTER
For use on the outside surface of instruments.

Excellent for gold, silver, brass and copper.
No grit. Quickly removes oxidation, tarnish,
paint and most stains.
For sand blasting

instruments
or
parts
before
plating. The new
model F Sandy
Jet siphon sand
blaster is equal in
performance and power to equipment many times
larger. The user serviceable pistol grip type blast
gun connected to the sand and air hose, is the only
weight you hold.
J31
Wenol Polish 100 ml tube
Z25 TARNISH REMOVER

Cleans flute bodies like magic
Tarnish Remover is the best silver cleaning agent
on the market today. It can penetrate and clean the
darkest tarnish off all silver plated items in seconds.
It is exceptionally useful when cleaning flute bodies
in the areas of post rib construction and rolled tone
holes. Size is not a factor. Tarnish Remover can do
the job on anything from a tuba to a flute body.
Please note that a PLASTIC container MUST be
used to store TARNISH REMOVER.
LACQ. & CLEANING
Lacquering & cleaning
OPERATING AIR PRESSURE

Volume of air required at 80 lbs. (5.5kg/cm2) is:
7cu.ft./min. with 13/64 nozzle & 5/64 airjet;
15cu.ft./min. with 1/4 nozzle & 1/8 airjet; 20
cu.ft./min. with 5/16 nozzle & 5/32 airjet.
Regardless of the nozzle/jet used, the amount of air
that is used is very conservative. Airjet and nozzle
must be paired correctly for best results. The outfit
consists of: Power gun, container of 50lbs (22.7kkg)
of sand, which is 10qts. (9.5L, 7ft {2.13m}) of hose
connecting the gun to the sand container. Operators
face shield and hood, nozzles, airjets, Allen wrench.
Z40
Z42A
Z42S
Z43A
Z43S
Sand Blasting Outfit

Air Jet 1/8
Sand Nozzle 1/4
Air Jet 5/32
Sand Nozzle 516
X52 COTTON CLEANING PADS

Z25A 1 qt (.95 L) Tarnish Remover
Z25B 1 gal (3.79 L) Tarnish Remover
These new cotton pads are 4 X 4 and are great

for cleaning or any personal need you may think of.
X52
Package of 100 Cleaning Pads
Feel free to call for current

pricing on items or go to
www.ferreestools.com for updated
price lists.

your order!!
800-253-2261
One of Ferrees early locations in

Battle Creek, MI
155
LACQ. & CLEANING

TARNI-SHIELD
3M Tarni-Shield is
available in Silver or
Copper/Brass cleaner. Besides cleaning
and polishing your
copper and brass
beautifully,
these
cleaners
contain
an anti-tarnish protector that helps keep your fine
silver or copper and brass pieces tarnish free.
T71
T72
3M Silver Cleaner 10 oz (296 ml)

Copper & Brass Cleaner 10 oz
(296 ml)
X50 CHEESECLOTH
Cheesecloth is the best and most economical
material there is for cleaning valve casings and
trombone slides. A continuous piece of cloth is very
useful for a brass technician because of the different
lengths needed for cleaning trombone slides and
valve casings. Dirty cloth can be snipped off and
clean cloth can be rethreaded through the cleaning
rod quickly for the next cleaning operation. This box
of continuous cheesecloth will eliminate waste and
save money.
X50
X51
Brite Boy
Excellent silver cleaner and polish. For silver,
brass, copper, chrome, stainless steel and
aluminum.
F4
8 oz (236 ml) can Discontinued, See T71
BRASSO
Best polish made for hand polishing brass.
Very easy to use. Excellent for cleaning and
polishing trombone slides and valve casings.
F7A 8 oz (236 ml) can
F7B 1 gal (3.79 L)
F7C Quart
SILVERSMITHS
POLISH AND SPRAY
Cheesecloth. Full box of 80 yds

(3.15m)
Cheesecloth. Specify yards wanted
X56 COTTON FLANNEL

This cotton flannel has nap on both sides of the
cloth and is woven to be extra soft. This is the type
of cloth used to wipe spots off brass instruments
after degreasing and prior to lacquering. Some polyester types of cloth will scratch the brass. With
this flannel you will never have that problem.
Excellent for color ragging with R48 Red Rouge.
Works great when using Silvo or Wenol polishes.
X55
X56
156
Cotton flannel by the bolt of 50 yds

(45.72m) by 27 (68.6cm)
Cotton flannel, specify the yards
wanted
Great for making instruments shine like new.

T73 12 oz Silversmiths Polish
T74 14.5 oz Silversmiths Spray
J34 RED BEAR

Similar to Brasso, but has no grit and is water
soluble. Good for trombone and cornet slides.
J34
Red Bear Polish 180 gram can
CYLINDRICAL TANKSBARREL LINERS
Both the 30 and 55 gallon sizes of these barrel

liners have a cuff type flange to cover the barrel
edge. NOTE: NOT self-standing! MUST be used
inside the correct sized steel barrel for support.
Will hold your Silver Strip or Z21 Cold Strip when
properly installed inside the correct steel barrel. The
5 and 10 gallon sizes will stand alone when used with
thinner such as Cyanide and Brite Dip. Price Includes
cover.
Cap
Gals.
Outside Flange
Dia. In. Dia. In.
Overall
Dpth.
In.
X32
11
12-3/8
15-1/8
X33
10
13-3/8
14-3/4
20-3/8
X30
30
17-13/16
19-1/2
28-1/4
X31
55
22
23-11/16
34-1/2
Cap.
Liters
Outside Flange
Dia.
Dia.
Cm.
Cm.
O6 TUBING CLEANER BALLS
Brushes are fine for cleaning the inside of

brass tubing, but getting material out of the
bottom bow in a trombone slide or other curved
tubing is another thing. A brush with bristles
stiff enough to remove the stubborn deposits
probably wouldnt make the curve without
putting scratches in the bore. Heres a better
way.
Put a small quantity of these O6 Tubing
Cleaner Balls inside dirty tubing. Add some
lukewarm, detergent water and shake.
You may have to repeat this process a few
times, to get the tubing thoroughly cleaned.
The balls can be reused many times.
Weve put 600 of these brass balls in a handy
plastic storage bottle. We think youll be
pleased with the job they do.
O6
Tubing Cleaner Balls
**New item number** (old number was P1)
Overall
Dpth.
Cm.
COMBINATION LACQUER REMOVER

AND SILVER CLEANING SOLUTION
This product will
effectively remove most
cellulose lacquer. Mix
1/2 lb (.226 kg) per 1
gallon (3.79 L) of water.
Use at 180 to 210 F
(82.2 to 98.9 C). Will
also remove old orange
King lacquer. Removes most oridnary lacquer in 10
minutes. Safe on all metals EXCEPT Aluminum
(Hazardous. Can ship by UPS Ground ONLY).
X32
18.9
27.9
31.4
38.4
X33
37.9
34.0
37.5
51.8
X30
113.6
45.2
49.5
71.8
X31
208.2
55.9
60.2
87.6

Repair Tools.
LACQ. & CLEANING
Z15A 10 lbs (4.5 kg)

Z15B 25 LBS (11.3 kg)
157
LACQ. & CLEANING
Lacquering & cleaning

SUGGESTED LACQUER
ROOM LAYOUT
X70 FERREES CLEAR LACQUER

An excellent quality cellulose lacquer. The same
lacquer used by many band instrument
manufacturers on instruments too large to use bake-on
type epoxy lacquer. Excellent color
retention,
better perspiration resistance and surface hardness
than older types of lacquer. Use on brass, nickel and
silver. We do NOT recommend buying larger than
gallon lots of lacquer, unless you have a very large
volume of work. Should be used up within 6-8
months for best results.
X70A 1 qt. (.95 L) Clear Lacquer

X70B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Clear Lacquer
X70C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Clear Lacquer
The drawing above is a suggested lacquer
room layout. We have used the basic design as
described below several times in different
buildings. The overall space needed is about 10
ft. (3 meters) by 12 ft. (3.66 meters) OR about 6
ft. (1.8 meters) by 20 ft. (6 meters) if you put
the above drawing in halves, end to end. The
lacquer room must be basically, air tight. The
exhaust fan MUST be on an outside wall. You
can mount air filters over, beside, or in the door
to draw fresh, warm, dry air into the room and
filter out the dust and lint at the same time. IF
you can, you may mount the filters in the
ceiling, where they are NOT in the booth.
The room is divided by a wall that extends
two-thirds of the way across the room. This
wall confines the spray to a small area. On the
other side of the divider, put racks to hold our
O4 thru O5 lacquer mandrels. Place instruments
on these mandrels after spraying or while
waiting to be sprayed. With either layout, you
dont have to open and shut the door during
spraying time. This avoids raising a lot of dust
and lint. The baffle on the spraying side is
important because it creates a venturi effect.
NOTE: All lacquer, Thinner, Retarder, and Dye
MUST, by law, ONLY be shipped by UPS Ground
or Truck.They are Considered Hazardous. We
are NOT able to ship these items Overseas due to
Regulations. Can ship to Canada by UPS ONLY!
X71 FERREES THINNER

(Used with X70 Lacquer)
X71A 1 qt. (.95 L) Thinner

X71B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Thinner
X71C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Thinner
X72 FERREES RETARDER

To be used when the humidity is between 50% to
90% (if higher, wait until another day to lacquer).
This retarder will slow the drying action to prevent
blushing (whitening) of lacquer.
X72A 1 qt. (.95 L) Retarder

X72B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Retarder
FERREES SPECIAL GOLD DYE

No more light and dark dyes
needed, this new concentrate is all
you will need. This 2 ounce
concentrate is available in place of
the light and dark dyes that are
now discontinued.
X73
Dye Concentrate
IMPORTANT!
Call your local environmental
agency before disposing of any
chemicals.
158
X26 EXPLOSION PROOF

EXHAUST FAN
The X26 exhaust fan
is designed especially for the removal of
lacquer fumes from
spray booths. The
unit
features
a
16
(40.6cm)
fan with a 1/4 hp totally enclosed motor. Cast
aluminum fan blades. Wont make static sparks.
Unit is complete with shutter. Class 1, Group D,
explosion proof motor.
X26 Exhaust Fan (110V or 220V)
X27 DEVILBISS SAFETY LIGHT

This safety light is a
vapor
proof
incandescent
light
fixture that provides
economical,
safe
illumination for all
spray booths.
Porcelain enamel
reflectors.
Sealed
glass globes for safety and easy cleaning. 200 watt.
X27
With 1/2 (12.7mm) conduit bracket

(110V)
Q1 NIKOLAS CLEAR &

Q1G GOLD SPRAY LACQUER
HOSE AND FITTINGS

Hose, 1/4 (6.4mm) ID, 1/2 (12.7mm) O.D. for
use between spray guns and the F29 air transformer
and pressure regulator.
F30
E6
E48
Hose, sold by the foot

Female hose connection
1/2 (12.7mm) air valve
controlling air lines. Leak proof.
for
LACQ. & CLEANING
LACQUERING & CLEANING EQUIP.
F1 RECOILING AIR HOSE

Non-kinking**No age deterioration**Oil resisting
Micro-finish**Light Weight**Compact Storage
Spray guns, air dusting guns, grinding and
polishing tools. This permanently coiled nylon hose
with reusable connections keeps the hose off the
floor and out of the way when not in use. 1/4 I.D.
and 25 feet (7.6mm) long and recoils to about
8 (203mm). Ends are 1/4 NPS(M).
F1
25 ft (7.6mm) Recoiling Air Hose
E35 QUICK DETACHABLE AIR

CONNECTIONS
B
Fast, twist lock air

connections for all types of
spray guns. Save time, money and hose. Positive lock,
no leaks,
lightweight,
reusable.
For
1/4
(6.4mm)
inside
diameter hose.
Dont dirty up your

C
spray gun for those
little touch up and spot
lacquering
jobs.
Ferrees
carries the
solution: Q1 Nikolas
Clear and Q1G Gold E35B Quick connection stemfemale
tint spray lacquers in E35C Quick connection stemmale
pressurized cans.
Q1
Clear Spray Lacquer 12 oz
Q1G Gold Spray Lacquer 12 oz
CALL 800-253-2261
TO PLACE YOUR ORDER
159
LACQ. & CLEANING

F35 DEVILBISS
SPRAY GUN AND PRECISION
GUN ATTACHMENTS
LIKELY OUR MOST POPULAR SPRAY GUN

with extreme accuracy, delicate controls and ease of
handling. This gun is excellent for spot lacquering
and all band instrument spraying except
sousaphones. Running is practically eliminated if
lacquer mixture is anywhere near correct. Cup
attachment and cups must be ordered separately.
F35
F36
F37
Devilbiss Precision Spray Gun

Cup Attachment for F35 Gun
Cup for F35
F38 LARGE PRECISION GUN

A PRECISION SPRAY GUN...but, with larger
capacity and larger spray pattern than the smaller
version above. Feather weight and precision built
to handle all band instruments including
sousaphones. Cup attachment and cups must be
ordered separately.
F38
F39
F40
A special lacquer stripping solution used cold.

Removes cellulose lacquers and most epoxy
type lacquers. Many dealers like it because of
the no heating feature. It comes in two types.
Order Z22 for brush on use or Z21 for tank use
( immersion ). Must be used in plastic tank.
Z21A 5 gal ( 18.9L) Immersion type cold
stripHazard fee
Z21B 15 gal (57L) Immersion type cold
stripHazard fee
Z22A 1 pt (473ML) Brush on cold strip
Z22B 1 qt (.95L) Brush on cold strip
Z22C 1 gal (3.79L) Brush on cold strip
Z10 FERREES COLD CLEANER

NOT a degreaser, but, it is a VERY GOOD cold
cleaner. It is useful for wiping
valves, casings, and trombone
hand slide after they have
been cleaned with F7 Brasso.
It is very important to wipe
out valves and slides with the
Z10 Cold Cleaner to be sure
any abrasive is removed.
Z10A 1 qt (.95L)
Z10B 1 gal ( 3.79L)
Z10C 5 gal (18.9L)
F43 DUST GUN
Large Spray Gun

Cup attachment for F38 Gun
Cup for F38
Both of the above guns have a built-in air gun

feature to blow dust and lint off horns just before
spraying.
See new items and repair tips on

our website
160
FERREES COLD STRIP

BRUSH ON or IMMERSION
This is an OSHA approved model dust gun. These

guns are very useful. Blow out cases, clean benches
and other places where a dust brush cannot reach.
F43
Dust Gun
F43A Coupling to attach F43 Gun to air
hose
CLIFFS TIPS...
Here is a lacquer mixture we have used
successfully for over 50 years.
FIRST TWO COATS
2 qts. (1.9 L) X70 Lacquer
1-1/2 qts (1.42 L) X71 Thinner
1 pt (473 ml) X72 Retarder
Add gold color if desired
THIRD BRIGHT COAT
Take equal parts; one of the above mixture and
one of the thinner and mix them together.
Dont have an oven to bake Perma-Laq?

An old refrigerator with metal insides and
a hook installed through the top makes a
good oven. 3-275 watt infrared bulbs
inside will provide all the heat you need to
bake the lacquer. Set an oven candy
thermometer inside the box or through the
door to be sure.
Like all epoxies, Perma-Laq has a

8
-10 months pot life, if properly stored
We dont package it until the order is
received. Transfer it to a glass container as
soon as you receive it. Store it at room
temperature out of direct sunlight. Using
these precautions, you may extend the shelf
life as long as one year. Dont order more
than you can use in 6 months.
FERREES PERMA-LAQ
AN EPOXY TYPE LACQUER
Ferrees Perma-Laq is an epoxy modified lacquer
developed for use where chemical and abrasion
resistance as well as clearness are primary
requirements. This is the same lacquer used by
many of the band instrument manufacturers.
Perma-Laq can be used in any repair shop, small
or large. It can be sprayed with the same gun, at the
same pressure, used for the regular cellulose
lacquer. No additional lacquering equipment is
needed. Remember, clean gun after every use.
Perma-Laq is premixed epoxy lacquer.
Recommended mixture is: add 5% catalyst and
5
-10% reducer to the Perma-Laq. Reducer needs vary
according to local humidity. After lacquering the
horn, bake it at 200-250 degrees F (93.3-121.1C)
for 20 minutes. BAKING IS MANDATORY.
ONE COAT APPLICATION ADVANTAGES
OUT-WEIGH THE HIGHER PRICE
Perma-Laq is more expensive, but requires only
one coat. This saves on both time and material and
cuts down the possibility of spraying errors. This
system eliminates time in the lacquering room.
*TRANSFER TO GLASS CONTAINER WHEN
YOU RECEIVE*
X80A 1 qt. (.95L) Perma-Laq

X80B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Perma-Laq
X80C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Perma-Laq
X81A 1 qt. (.95 L) Perma-Laq Reducer
X81B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Perma-Laq Reducer
X81C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Perma-Laq Reducer
X82A 4 oz (118 ml) Perma-Laq Dye
X82B 1 pt (473 ml) Perma-Laq Dye
X83A 1 pt (473 ml) Perma-Laq Catalyst
X83B 1 qt. (.95 L) Perma-Laq Catalyst
Most chemicals cannot ship by
air. We can ship them by UPS
ground only.
CLIFFS TIPS
Always use 1/2 (12.7mm) galvanized pipe
between your air compressor tank and your air
compressor regulator to cut down resistance. The
same type of pipe should also be used between the
compressor and the air regulator for a torch.
LACQ. & CLEANING
Lacquering & cleaninG
Lacquer, etc. cannot be shipped

overseas.
161
SOLDERING
SOLDERING
*NEW* L1 BERNZ-O-MATIC
TORCH
This kit includes: burner wand, hose, oxygen

regulator, fuel gas valve, cylinder stand, MG9 16 oz
MAPP Gas Cylinder, OX9 1.1 cubic foot oxygen
cylinder, spark lighter, 5 brazing/welding rods.
*NEW* L53 EXCALIBUR

SOLDERING KIT
Self igniting cordless soldering iron. Hot air

blower and torch kit.
Includes a wide range of tips. Ideal for
automotive, industrial, electronic system repair,
woodworking,
general
maintenance
and
professional repair jobs.
L53
Excalibur Soldering Iron Kit
**Solid brass regulators for durability.

**Adjustable flame for a wide variety of applications
**Metal stand provides increased cylinder stability
for ease of use.
**Applications include: silver soldering, brazing;
cutting bolts up to 5/8 diameter; cuts light weight
steel and sheet metal; welds up to 3/16 steel.
L54 TORCH KIT

This L54 torch kit is
used with a B tank,
which you must purchase
locally. This type of torch
set has been used for over
50 years and is time tested and proven to be very
dependable.
Has 12-1/2 ft. hose.
L1 Bernz-O-Matic Torch
Refills must be purchased locally.
**Hazardous** Extra shipping costs may apply.
*NEW* L63 PENCIL TORCH

L54
L54-1
Torch Kit
Tip
B TANKS MUST BE PURCHASED

LOCALLY**
This little torch gives you the same flexibility you

had with a blowpipe. A hotter flame than the Butane
bunsens, good for use on saxes with nickel plated
keys. Uses butane.
162
L63
Pencil Torch (uses butane)
Most items are in stock for quick

delivery!!
We accept Visa, Master Card &
Discover
SOLDERING
SOLDERING
SCRAPERS
G43 FERREES SOLDERING JIG
HALF ROUND SCRAPER

This is a high strength, industrial quality, heavy
duty soldering jig. It features full steel construction
for durability and rigidity. Parallel type, screw set
jaws. Arms are 100% adjustable and chrome plated.
Half round scraper is used to remove solder from

inside of tubing. About 8 (203mm) long including
the handle.
F16
Half Round Scraper
G43
G43CL
G43CR
G43CS
F13
F14
F15
Curved Solder Scraper-Narrow

Curved Solder Scraper-Medium
Curved Solder Scraper-Large
Soldering Jig
Left Angle Clamp Only
Right Angle Clamp Only
Straight Clamp Only
TRIANGULAR SCRAPERS
F32 SPARK LIGHTER

Handy flint-sparked
lighter.
No
more
hunting for matches.
Triangular Scrapers are used for scraping and

cleaning solder from inside of tubing, for trimming
tight tenon joints and many other general uses,
including use as a fine lathe cut-off tool.
E38
E40
Solid sides, straight edges

Hollowed sides, straight edges
F32
Spark Lighter
F32A Extra Flints (Box of 5) for F32

Repair Tools!!
Place an order 24 hours a day
by phone, fax or email.
Early picture of one of Ferrees

first locations
We do not have a retail store, HOWEVER,
feel free to stop in for a tour and to pick up
items. Call ahead to schedule a time!!
800-253-2261/269-965-0511
163
SOLDERING
SOLDERING
SOLDER JOINT CLEANING
BRUSHES
Internal
External
This line of wire brushes is used to clean

ferrules and tubing for stronger solder joints.
These brushes quickly clean the corrosion off
pieces to be soldered.
164
H41
H42
H43
H44
3/8 (9.5mm) Internal ferrule brush

3/4 (19mm) Internal ferrule brush
H45
H46
H47
H48
3/8 (9.5mm) External ferrule brush

3/4 (19mm) External ferrule brush
Visiting us? Look for the red, white

and blue sculpture out front!!
F31 SILVER SOLDER
This easy flowing silver solder has been used by

manufacturers and repairmen alike for many years.
Melts at 1125 (607C), flows at 1295F (701.6C).
35% silver.
F31A Silver solder, 1/2oz (14.2gm)

F31B Silver solder, 1oz (28.4gm)
F41 SILVER SOLDER FLUX

This flux has special components to work well
with copper, nickel, silver and brass. Best suited for
band instrument work. Will not discolor silver.
F41
Flux for Silver Solder 1/2lb. (227g)
J60 LOW TEMPERATURE

SILVER SOLDER KIT
The J61 Solder
contains only silver
and tin.
This makes it a
much
stronger
solder although it
melts easily. The
unique feature of
Ferrees J61 Silver
Solder is although it melts at 430F (221C), it
doesnt flow until 535F (279C). This gives a plastic range of 105F (40.6C) which makes it very
easy to fill a hole. It is unlike other suppliers brands
of solder which melt and flow freely at the same
temperature.
We are making this solder available in a kit, which
includes 8oz (227g) or about 45ft (13.7m) of J61,
1/16 (1.6mm) O.D. and 4 oz (118ml) of the special
J62 flux to use with it.
J60 Low Temperature Solder and Flux Kit
J61 Low Temperature Solder only, 8oz (227g)
J62 Flux for J61, 3.5oz (103.5ml)
SOLDERING
General use soldering

torch burns most natural
or artificial gases. Torch
permits use of either
compressed air or
oxygen using the
optional F33A oxygen tip.
Torch complete with large and small

gas and air tips
F33A Oxygen tip
F33B Replacement Large gas and air tip
F33C Replacement Small gas and air tip
Our F8 National Torch comes

with two standard tips which
will work efficiently for
compressed air and either natural or artificial gas.
This torch has a patented
proportional gas mixer.
F33
F8
F8A
F8B
F8C
SOLDERING
F8 SOLDER TORCH
F33 HI HEAT TORCH
National Solder Torch

Small gas and air Tip for F8 Torch
Large gas and air Tip for F8 Torch
Oxygen Tip for F8 Torch
L2 PROPANE TORCH KIT

This great torch is especially
useful when natural gas is not
available and as a portable
source of heat. Has an all brass
burner tip. Flame similar to the
natural gas F33 and F8. It
uses like a real torch. Ideal
for soldering. The kit includes
the burner unit and a fuel
cylinder.
L2
Propane Torch Kit Complete
L2A
Replacement
Propane Cylinder
14 oz (400g)
An early photo of founder Cliff Ferree

working with an employee
165
SOLDERING
SOLDERING
SOFT
SOLDER
F46 SOFT SOLDER

FLUX
70/30 SOFT
SOLDER
Special
for
use
with
non-ferrous metals: Copper,
Nickel, Silver and Brass.
Non-evaporating
A special alloy 70%

tin,
30%
lead,
recommended for band instrument repair work.
Same type originally used by many makers. Makes
a stronger, more enduring bond and therefore
requires slightly more heat. .062 O.D. (1.58mm).
F46A 3.5oz (103.5ml) bottle

F46B 1qt (.95L) bottle
F49 TIX ANTI-FLUX
F42 1lb (454g) spool 70/30 soft solder
60/40 SOFT SOLDER

Another special alloy. 60% tin, 40% lead.
Requires less heat to use. Buffs off easier than
70/30. .062 O.D. (1.58mm).
F45 1lb (454g) spool 60/40 soft solder
Tix Anti-Flux is used to stop solder from flowing

over silverplate. Heat and flux pieces to be soldered,
then apply anti-flux and reheat before applying
solder.
F49
Tix Anti-Flux
Note: We do not sell 50-50 or 40-60 solder
F95 RIBBON SOLDER

This thin strip of flat solder is useful for many
applications. Excellent for using in tight places, on
silver plated instruments, under sax posts and flute
or sax ribs. Using this special formed solder helps
avoid the over use of solder. Uses less heat; burned
lacquer can be minimized. Made from 60-40 solder.
F95 Ribbon Solder 50ft (15.2mm) Roll
*NEW* F44 94/6

LEAD FREE SOLDER
This lead free solder solves your environmental
conerns. It is alloyed from 94% tin and 6% silver,
NO LEAD. Stronger than 70/30, works like
70/30. Superior to 96/4, because the 94/6 is more
workable. .062 (1.58mm) O.D.
F44
166
1 lb (454g) of lead free solder
SOLDERING
SOLDERING CLAMPS
N19
N13
These stainless steel solder clips will not rust and

do not corrode as easily from the heat and flux.
Hold braces and flanges while silver soldering.
Hold nibs when soldering on crooks, finger rings,
etc.. Save time by eliminating wiring. Makes a
neater solder job.
E45A Small Solder Clip

E45B Large Solder Clip
D42 REVERSIBLE SCRAPER
This clamp is designed to be used with the

largest tubas as well as small instruments. Its
distinguishing features include a threaded shaft that
is long enough to eliminate the need to disassemble
the clamp and reverse the slide, one bearing pad
that rotates to give a solid bearing surface when
soldering nonparallel tubes or tapered bells and
tubing, and a bearing pad that can be adjusted up or
down to compensate for different tubing diameters
or placements that are being clamped.
Although this clamp is designed to be used with
larger brass instruments it will provide excellent
solder clamping for smaller instruments. Note that
the bottom of the heavy-duty slide fitting has been
tapered to allow fitting between slide tubes when
necessary.
N19
Soldering Clamp
N13 CORNET/TRUMPET BELL

MOUNTING JIG
Plated 4-1/2 (114mm) adjustable handle has

knurled adjustment nut and collet type chuck for
blade adjustment. The 3/16 (4.8mm) blade is
thinner than most scrapers.
This jig will hold a mouthpiece or a bell on a

cornet or trumpet in place while it is being soldered.
Will also hold all braces securely in place.
D42 Scraper
D42A Replaceable blades
N13
L10 BINDING WIRE
Bell Mounting Jig for Cornet and

Trumpet
NON-ASBESTOS MILLBOARD
1/4 lb. (113g) specially annealed iron wire for

binding parts to horns for soldering. 19 gauge. 50
feet.
Protect your bench from open flame when silver

soldering keys or braces with this high strength, solid, longer life material, which will not crumble.
L10
J45
J48
Binding Wire

Repair Tools.
SOLDERING
SOLDERING CLIPS
12 X 12 X 1/2 (305 X 305 X 12.7mm)

6 X 12 1/2 (152mm X 305 X 12.7mm)
Email orders to us at:

167
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
General items & small goods
H21
H22
H23
MOUTHPIECE BRUSHES
O21 For
instruments
reed
O22 For
instruments
brass
MASTER DUSTER BENCH BRUSH

The master Duster is excellent for general
shop cleaning.
H21 Master Duster Bench Brush
LONG HANDLED
PLATERS BRUSH
VALVE BRUSHES
O23 For brass instruments
BASSOON BODY LOCK PARTS
Long handled platers brush for cleaning work

to be plated or to use in removing hard to get at
buffing compound. Approximately
13 ( 330.2mm) long with 1 ( 25.4mm) bristles.
H22
This is a one piece

BASSOON
BODY
LOCK with a spring
loaded pin. The weak
link pin breaks off if
the instrument is taken
apart
without
releasing the lock. Safer than the old style two
piece body lock.
Long Handled Platers Brush
GLUE BRUSH
For use with the glue pot on page 91.
H23
Hot Liquid Glue Brush
KEY BRUSH
M56 Bassoon Body Lock

M56A Replacement Pin and Spring
BASSOON CRUTCH ASSEMBLY
1/2 (12.7mm) brush for cleaning under

woodwind keys.
H24 Key Brush
M57
M57A Bassoon Crutch

Only
CLEANING RODS
S70
S71
S72
S73
S74
S75
S76
168
For valve instruments. Made of steel.

For trombone slides. Made of steel.
For flute.
For trombone slide cleaning w/handle
For cornet and trumpet cleaning
(1-1/2 longer w/handle)
For tuba/sousaphone. Made of Delrin.
Piccolo cleaning rod. Made of
aluminum.
Bassoon Crutch
Assembly
M57B Crutch Holder

Only
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

GUITAR FRET WIRE

We do not normally sell supplies or tools for
guitar repair, even though every so often someone
asks about fret wires. Guitar repair is an entirely
other ball game from band instrument repair, so we
have decided not to even start something we are not
familiar with.
However, we inherited a large quantity of fret
wire. 3 sizes. Since this is not one of our usual
products, we are offering this at a very big savings
for you. The three sizes are:
T42, Standard Banjo fretwire, a bit smaller

than pre-war Martin guitar wire, but with
more bulk than the smaller wire used on pre
-war banjos.
T44, Fret wire for electric or acoustic
guitar.
T46, For electric guitar. This fret wire is as
wide but much lower in height than modern
jumbo rock frets. Its good for partial fret
jobs, to match large worn frets.
All 1 Foot Lengths.
J26 LAMP WITH MAGNIFER

The magnifying glass on
this unit is 4 (102mm) in
diameter, has a focal length
of 13 (330mm) and three
power magnification.
Both arms have flexible
ball
sockets
and
are
18 (457mm) long. A C
clamp base allows mounting
in many ways. Since the
arms are flexible, the light
and magnifying glass can be
located to avoid interference with the work. The
swivel sockets enable the light to be directed to any
angle. There is a durable cool touch shade which
will prevent burns. This is a very strong, industrial
quality unit that is U/L approved.
HEAVY DUTY
MODULAR CABINETS
NEW PICTURE
COMING SOON
X14
X14AS
X14AL
X14BS
X14BL
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
General ITEMS & small goods
26 Drawer cabinet (NEW)

20 L X 6-3/8 W X 10-11/32 H
Plastic
Small drawers
Large drawers
Small dividers
Large dividers
X18 Compact cabinet with 44 drawers

20 L X 6-3/4 W X 15-13/16 H
Plastic
X21 Deep compact cabinet with 18 drawers

18 W X 9 H X 6-1/4 D
Steel
X22 Drawers for X21
2-3/4 W X 2-1/2 H X 5-3/5 D
X23 Cross dividers for X22 drawers
(Sold each or package of 25)
J26 Lamp with Magnifer

169
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
General ITEMS & Small Goods

CLARINET BORE
CLEANING BRUSH
CLARINET FLUTE PICCOLO

SWABS
For cleaning clarinet bores.
H25
Clarinet Bore Brush
SAX BORE CLEANING BRUSH

H26
Extra stiff horsehair for cleaning sax

body bores.
Made of absorbent cotton.
O14
O15
O16
O24
O25
H26A Sax bore cleaning brush with an

extension handle. Handle can be soldered
or pressed on.
Clarinet Swab
Flute Swab
Piccolo Swab
Alto Clarinet Swab
Bass Clarinet Swab
O20 CHAMOIS SWAB
FLEXIBLE WIRE CLEANING

A nickel plated, flexible coil with a stiff brush on
each end. Different designs to clean different
Instruments.
O7A
French horn cleaning brush, on one end

conical and one end round.
O7B
Bassoon bocal cleaning brush. Brushes

are sized to pass through with small reed
end. The wire is covered with plastic
tubing to prevent scratching the inside
of the bocal.
O9A
Trombone cleaning brush.
O9B
Cornet-Trumpet cleaning brush
R75 SAX NECK CLEANER

Sax neck cleaner is a flexible coil with a stiff
brush on one end and a soft brush on the other. Fits
all saxophone necks.
170
R75
O20
Chamois
Clarinet
Swab
O17-O19 OBOE SWAB
O17
O18
Oboe swab, double end

Oboe swab set (2 single swabs)
BASSOON SWABS
O19
Bassoon swab set; one thick, one thin
Sax Neck Cleaner
L71 & L72 STERISOL GERMICIDE

Deodorizes Disinfects Cleans
Made especially for wind
instruments,
mouthpieces
and reeds. Useful in the
studio, band room, repair
shop, etc. Concentrated.
Cant ship by mail.
L71
L72
ML170 Thumb rest

only for clarinet and
oboe-approx. .400 at
body. Fits Bundy.
M71
Clarinet thumb rest with screws
for Leblanc-appox. .270 at body, with
screws. Fits Vito.
Concentrated Sterisol 2 oz (59ml)

makes 1 qt
Concentrated Sterisol 8 oz (237ml)
makes 1 gal (3.79L)
L73 & L74 SANIMIST

MOUTHPIECE DISINFECTANT
This product is from the
people that give us the old
reliable Sterisol. Sanimist
is designed to disinfect an
instrument
mouthpiece
with just a push of the
pump sprayer. Leaves
only
a
minty
aftertaste. The pump
sprayer eliminates the
need of harmful aerosol
dispensing cans. Also is a
very convenient way to
get rid of the germs on a
mouthpiece. It comes in
either a 2 oz (59ml) or 8 oz (236ml) size. The
smaller size is convenient for carrying in an
instrument case. The larger size for band directors
or repair shops. Cant ship by mail.
L73
L74
ML170 & M71 THUMB RESTS
Sanimist disinfectant, 2 oz (59ml) size

Sanimist disinfectant, 8 oz
(237ml) size
Call TOLL FREE to place your

order at 800-253-2261!!
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
O26 SOUSAPHONE GRILLS

Easy to sell to band
directors, especially if
they consider the cost
of removing a foreign
object that is stuck
way down inside a
sousaphone.
These
grills
fit
inside
sousaphone bells during pep rallies, parades,
football games or anytime there is a chance of a
practical joker playing basketball with
the
sousaphone bell as the basket. The grill has a handy
ring for easier insertion and removal
O26
Sousaphone Grill
O27 SOUSAPHONE HOLDER

Attention
band
directors, repairmen,
etc.. Ferrees now
has invented a way
to get that Sousaphone off the floor
and out of the way.
Clean up those band
rooms. Our steel holder mounts to the wall and has
plastic covered ends to keep from scratching the
sousaphone.
O27 Sousaphone Holder
171
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

Z30 TOOL CHESTS
Z4 TOOL CHESTS
Metal tool chests. Reinforced case with boxed
ends. Front panel slides out of the way under the
drawers when the chest is open, but is used to lock
all the drawers when desired. Drawers slide easily
on compound slides that stop only when fully
extended. Very strong. Felt lined drawers.
Adjustable partition in all drawers except bottom.
Protect your tool investment by protecting your
tools from misuse and loss.
Z4 Tool Chest
20-1/8 long x 13-5/8 high x 8-1/2 deep
(511mm long x 346mm high x 216mm deep)
Weighs 32 lbs (14.5kg)
Seven
drawers
and a top
till
26-5/8 long x 13-5/8 high x 8-1/2 deep

(67.6cm long x 346mm high x 216mm deep)
Weighs 42 lbs (19kg)
Eight
drawers
and a top
till
Z30 Tool Chest, wider model with an extra
drawer
Z32 Two Drawer Chest
Two drawer model can be used alone or as a base
for the Z4 or Z30. Felt lined top drawer. Both
drawers lock simultaneously.
26-5/8 long x 9-1/2 high x 12-9/16 deep
(67.6cm long x 241mm high x 319mm deep)
Weighs 24 lbs (10.9kg)
Top drawer depth 1-1/2, bottom 3-9/16
(top 38.1mm, bottom 90.5mm)
PLASTIC BOXES
Heavy duty plastic yellow storage boxes. Much
stronger than the typical variety store type.
Convenient and easy to handle. Keeps pads or parts
clean and easy to find. Tight fitting cover prevents
mixing if box is overturned. Ideal for storing pads,
small parts, taps, dies and springs.
G3A 6 section box
S2B LYRE SOCKETS

SOLDER-ON TYPE
S2B
Brass lyre socket
S5B FINGER RINGS

SOLDER-ON TYPE
S5B
8-1/4 long x 4-1/2 wide x 1-1/4 high

(209mm long x 114mm wide x 31.8mm high)
G3C 18 section box

10-7/8 long x 6-3/4 wide x 1-3/4 high
(276mm long x 172mm wide x 44.5mm high)
172
Brass finger ring

Inside Diameter:
.825
S13N REPLACEMENT PEARL

BUTTONS FOR CORNET AND
TRUMPET
S13N Nickel Replacement Pearl Button
6-32 thread
L40 MEDIUM DUTY BENCH VISE

A medium duty,
swivel base vise with
4 (102mm) jaws. A
vise like this is
necessary for general
and woodwind use.
It holds a wood
mandrel securely, so
the instrument will not move.
L40 Medium Duty Bench Vise
L14 & L14A V-BLOCK
L38 LIGHT DUTY VACUUM VISE

This portable vise
has a universal ball
joint with a
positive lock that swivels 360. It tilts up
to 90. The rubber
vacuum pad will
firmly grip any smooth, non-porous surface. V
grooved hardened jaws have a 3-5/8 (92.1mm)
capacity and are 3 (76mm) wide. Overall height is
6-1/4 (159mm) that folds to 3-3/4 (95.3mm).
Complete with rubber jaws for fragile work.
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
L38 Vacuum Vise
L22 LEAD JAWS
Newly redesigned V-Block.

Holds round mandrels in any several repair
position in a vise. Mandrels will not slip under
pressure. Now has a vertical groove for knuckle
tools.
Angled thick sheets

of soft rolled lead fit
over vise jaws to
protect fragile items.
4 L (101.6mm), 1/8
thick.
L22 Lead Jaws
L14
V-Block
L14A V-Block with locking screws.
F26 HAND VISE
L41 HEAVY DUTY

FLOOR STAND
This stand gets your vise
away from the workbench
and makes the vise much
more useful. The stand
secures to the floor for
stability. Can also be used
to mount a bench grinder
or the Z2 band sander.
It has a 4 (102mm)
diameter pipe with 9 X
9 (229 x 229mm) plates on each end. The floor
plate is predrilled to make it easy for you to install.
Total height is 33 (83.8cm). It can be shipped by
UPS.
Used to hold small pieces when drilling, milling,

grinding or polishing
F26 Hand Vise
See L42 rod holding

vise on page 25
L41 Heavy Duty Floor Stand

173
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

E46 SMALL SLIDING CALIPER
D110A & B SCREW EXTRACTOR

Will
remove
most
instrument screws that
are .125 (3.15mm) in
diameter or larger. Drill a
#51 drill size hole into the
center of the screw. Use a
larger drill bit where the
size of the screw allows.
Insert the D110A or
D110B Screw Extractor
and remove the screw.
Small Sliding Caliper, marked in inches and

millimeters. Handy for a multitude of jobs,
including measuring pads and tenon joints.
E46 Small Sliding Caliper

D110A
STEEL RULERS
D110B
Small Screw Extractor for Cornet,

Trumpet, Baritone, Saxes neck and
lyre.
Medium Screw Extractor for Tuba,
Sousaphone bell screws, Drums, etc.
P24 TELESCOPING GAUGES
Satin chrome finish steel. Graduated in 8ths,

16ths and 32nds.
G97 6 (152mm) long by 3/4 (19mm) wide
G97M Same Size Metric Reading Ruler
G98 12 (305mm) long by 1 (25.4mm) wide
FLEXIBLE STAINLESS RULER

Stainless steel. Graduated in 32nds, 64ths, mm
and .5mm. 12 (305mm) long 15/32 (11.9mm)
wide
G99 Stainless Steel Ruler

Repair Tools.
174
These gauges are used with micrometers or dial

calipers for measuring inside diameters. They are
very useful when doing tenon repair work, or when
determining valve casing sizes. Gauges feature satin
chrome finish, precision ground and polished
contact rods of hardened steel. A set comes
complete with vinyl case. Six gauges from
5/16 (7.9mm) thru 6 (152mm).
P24 Telescoping Gauges
Call us toll free at

800-253-2261
DIAL CALIPERS
Stainless steel hardened throughout with

measuring faces precision ground and micro lapped
for ultimate accuracy. Scale surface has a satin
chrome finish with clear crisp engraved graduations
in inches or millimeters. Has a clamp for repetitive
settings. Protective case.
DIVIDERS AND CALIPERS
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
These spring dividers and calipers are preferred by

toolmakers and other mechanics.
G12 4 (102mm) Spring Divider

G13 4 (102mm) Outside Caliper
G14 4 (102mm) Inside Caliper

TWEEZERS
P19 & P20 MICROMETERS

These
high
quality
Mititoyo micrometers have
the anvil and spindle
hardened
and
precision
ground with micro-lap finish
on ends. Clear graduations
on satin chrome finish.
Positive locking clamp. Has a ratchet stop for exact
and repetitive readings. Quick and easy zero
adjustment. Protective case included.
P19 0 thru 1 by .001

P20 0 thru 25mm by .01mm
P18 STUDENT MICROMETER
E49
E50
E51
E52
Plain steel, soldering tweezers,

inexpensive, 6 (152mm)
Slide lock tweezers blunt smooth tips,
nickel plated 6-1/2 (165mm). Holds
parts snugly.
Light, medium sharp point, made of plain
steel, 4-1/2 (114mm)
Extra long curved smooth points. Nickel
plated. Handy to use. 6-1/2 (165mm)
Place your order 24 hours a day!!

Reads from 0 thru 1 by .001. Cast steel frame.
Ratchet stop for exact readings. Satin chrome finish.
Excellent value.
P18 Student Micrometer
Call~ 800-253-2261
Fax~ 269-965-7719
Email~ ferreestools@aol.com
175
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

FABRICUT
H83 FINE WET AND DRY PAPER
Fabricut is emery cloth that appears like a window

screen to be self cleaning. It is excellent for sanding
tenon corks on clarinet joints and for sax necks as
well. Sanding time will be decreased because the
cork particles will fall through the screen and not
hinder the abrasive action of the emery. Because it
doesnt load up, the fabricut lasts longer than regular
emery. The finer 400 grit may be used for lightly
cleaning brass tuning slides. Sold by strip or roll.
Sheets of extremely fine abrasive on waterproof

paper. Excellent for sanding file marks or scratches
off clarinet grafts, refinishing bassoons, guitars,
refacing mouthpieces, etc.. (400 grit)
Fabricut is available in three grits,1-1/2 (38.1mm)

wide and comes in 75 foot (22.9m) rolls or
15 (381mm) strips.
For sharpening knives and other cutting edges.

Made from Crystolon abrasive (fine silicon carbide)
and oil saturated. Can be used wet or dry.
6 X 2 X 5/8 thick (152mm x 50.8mm x 15.9mm
thick).
H101 220 grit roll

H102 320 grit roll
H103 400 grit roll
H101A 220 grit strip

CRYSTOLON OILSTONES
H77 Fine
H78 Medium
EMERY CLOTH
ABRASIVE TAPE AND CORD
Sand corks, refinish grenadilla wood and ebonite,

smooth out brass parts. Removes file marks from
keys before buffing. Finds hard to see dents in
brass.
Youll find yourself reaching for these handy

products again and again. Especially useful for
sanding in inaccessible places. Theyre also excellent
for cleaning up around solder fillets or cleaning up
keys that have been soldered. The flat tape is
1/4 (6.4mm) wide and impregnated on all sides with
aluminum oxide abrasive in 150 grit size.
Both the tape and the cord can be used on metal,
wood or plastic.
ROLLS-1 (25.4mm) X 50 Yards (45.7m)

H110
H111
H112
H113
80 grit roll
120 grit roll
150 grit roll
180 grit roll
H114 220 grit roll

H115 320 grit roll
H116 400 grit roll
STRIPS-1 (25.4mm) X 15 (381mm)

H110A 80 grit strip H113A 180 grit strip
ROLLS-2 (50.80mm) X 50 Yards (45.7m)
H120 220 grit roll
H121 320 grit roll
H122 400 grit roll

H123 No abrasive

customers like you!!!
176
H83 Wet and Dry Paper
H80
Abrasive 1/4 (6.4mm) Tape, 50 ft.

(15.2m) Roll
H80A Abrasive 1/4 (6.4mm) Tape, 15
(381mm) Strip
H81 Abrasive .040 (1mm) Cord, 50 ft.
(15.2mm) Roll
H81A Abrasive .040 (1mm) Cord, 15
(381mm) Strip
FOR FASTER SERVICE

USE YOUR CUSTOMER
NUMBER
CALL 800-253-2261
MOUTHPIECE ADAPTORS
X195 DREMEL VARIABLE

SPEED MOTO-TOOL KIT
French Horn to Alto Horn
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
GENERAL ITEMS & SMALL GOODS
S3BA Brass
S3SA Silver Plated
French Horn to Mellophone

S3BM Brass
S3SM Silver Plated
MOUTHPIECE ADAPTORS
S3BTB
Adaptor to use tenor
trombone mouthpiece
on bass trombone
Built in speed dial gives you fingertip control,

5.000 through 35,000 rpm. Dial slow speeds when
working on soft materials, faster speeds for
working on hard materials.
Model X195 DREMEL VARIABLE SPEED
MOTO-TOOL lets you select the right speed for the
job. 100% ball bearing construction for long life
smooth operation. Permanent magnet motor gives
steady, dependable power. The durable storage case
holds 24 accessories.
X195 Moto-Tool and Accessories, 115 volt

S3BT Adaptor to use cornet
mouthpiece
on
trumpet
receiver
FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING

Two sizes of flexible vinyl tubing to run from the
gas valve to your Bunsen burner or blowpipe. This
tubing is sold by the foot.
O60
O61
Vinyl tubing, 3/8 (9.5mm) O.D. X

1/4 (6.4mm) I.D. for blowpipes.
Vinyl tubing, 7/16 (11.1mm) O.D. X
5/16 (7.9mm) I.D. for Bunsen burners.
FERREES TOOLS, INC.

1477 E. MICHIGAN AVE.
BATTLE CREEK, MI
49014-8950
177
178
TAP WRENCH
DIE STOCKS
Adjustable tap wrench.

Top centered for use on
back center of a lathe
when that is revolving in
a chuck.
D108 Tap Wrench

D108A Tap Wrench 1/4-1/2
TAPS AND DIES

(DOMESTIC THREADS)
We have all sizes of taps and dies available for
most musical instruments. Taps and dies are listed
with corresponding drill sizes. Dies have
13/16 (20.6mm) outside diameter.
D200 Taps
Drill No.
D210 Dies
0-80
1-56
1-64
1-72
2-56
2-64
3-48
3-56
4-36
4-40
4-48
5-40
5-44
6-32
6-36
6-40
8-32
8-36
8-40
10-24
10-32
12-24
12-28
12-32
1/4-20
1/4-24(1 O.D.)
5/8-27
7/8-27
55 or 56
54
53
53
50
50
47
45
44
43
42
38
37
36
34
33
29
29
28
25
21
17
15
13
7
4
0-80
1-56
1-64
1-72
2-56
2-64
3-48
3-56
4-36
4-40
4-48
5-40
5-44
6-32
6-36
6-40
8-32
8-36
8-40
10-24
10-32
12-24
12-28
12-32
1/4-20
1/4-24
5/8-27
7/8-27
TAP AND DIE SETS

Complete set of domestic thread taps and dies in a
plastic box.
D200D Set of Taps and Dies (No drills)
13/16 (20.6mm) die stock to holds D210 dies

D120D metric up to 4mm. 1 (25.4mm) holds 5mm
and up.
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
D109 Die Stock 13/16 (20.6mm)

D109A Die Stock 1 (25.4mm)
METRIC TAPS AND DIES

Tap Size
D120T
Woodwind
1.6-.35
1.7-.35
2.0-.25
2.0-.40
2.2-.45
2.5-.45
3.0-.50
Brasswind
3.0-.60
3.5-.60
4.0-.70
4.0-.75
5.0-.80
6.0-1.00
8.0-1.25
Die Size
D120D
Woodwind
1.6-.35
1.7-.35
2.0-.25
2.0-.40
2.2-.45
2.5-.45
3.0-.50
Brasswind
3.0-.60
3.5-.60
4.0-.70
4.0-.75
5.0-.80
6.0-1.00
8.0-1.25
D120A Metric Tap & Die Set 1.6-.35 thru 3.0-.50

D120B Metric Tap & Die Set 3.0-.60 thru 8.0-1.25
SCREW PITCH THREAD GAUGES

This gauge has 24
blades covering .025 to
6.mm pitch. For gauging
of American National or
U.S.
Standard
60
threads. Precision made
set of 51 screw pitches
combining all sizes from 4 to 84, including 11-1/2
and 27 Pipe Thread size in a case.
G15 Thread Gauge

G11 Metric Thread Gauge
179
180
ALL PURPOSE FILES
E30 FILE CLEANER

This combination
file card (for coarse
files) and brush (for
fine cut files) with a
specially designed
pick, is a handy file
cleaning tool.
E30
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
GENERAL items & small goods
File Cleaner
Files to fill any technicians needs. All types for

use on brass or nickel, and cork.
G60 ADJUSTABLE
E19
6 Round, straight O cut
JEWELERS
E20
10 Round, smooth
SAW FRAME
E21
10 Flat, bastard cut
E22
6 Warding, second cut
Adjustable Jewelers Saw
E23
10 Flat, smooth cut
Frame. The finish is polished.
E24
8 Cantsaw, single cut
Blade length is 5 (127mm)
E25
10, Pillar, smooth cut
overall length is
11
E26
6, Double, slim taper, 3 corner
-12 (292mm). Blade is NOT
included, see below.
FILE HANDLES
Inexpensive
file
handles. A properly fitted
handle means quicker,
better work done easier
and safer. Two sizes.
G60
Adjustable Jewelers Saw
Frame
D27 JEWELERS SAW BLADES

O11
O12
Fits up to 6 (152mm) files

Fits 6 (152mm) to 10 (254mm files)
E28 HINGE TUBING FILES
Jewelers saw blades, sizes 0, 2, 4, 6. Fine is 0 and

coarse is 6. Sold by the dozen.
D27
Jewelers Saw blades, sold by the dozen,

State size
R88 FILING BLOCK
These files are cylindrically shaped and are used

inside certain sizes of hinge tubing to take out dents
or sharp kinks.
E28A 1/16 (1.6mm) file for clarinets, flutes,
oboes
E28B 3/32 (2.4mm) file for saxophone
An
inexpensive
wood filing block
used to brace small
parts while filing.
Use
it
in
a
3/4 (19mm) bench
hole.
R88
Filing Block
181
182
*NEW* Z6 SYNTHETIC
LUBRICANT
*NEW* Z8 MONEL ADDITIVE
It is important to use this

NEW
Z6
synthetic
lubricant in all friction
producing actions. This
product, when mixed with
your petroleum jelly is
Great! It makes all of your
movements
easier;
burnishing, rubbing or
contouring. It also tends
not to allow as much, if any, scratching of the raw
brass or lacquered surfaces. It is also very good with
silver plated surfaces. Z6 should be mandatory for
all burnishing jobs. Especially rod and ball work.
Comes in 4 oz can.
Made specifically for Monel.

It can be used on brass, stainless, plated valves or trombone
slides. Use oil and cold cream
(remove cold cream, apply Z8,
work slides together, remove
slides and wipe them off, then
reapply cold cream). This gives
you long lasting performance,
without the recurring drag that
sometimes occurs. Cant ship by mail.
Z6
Z6A
Z6B
Z8
Z8A
Z8B
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
GENERAL ITEMS & SMALL GOODS
1-1/4 oz
Pint
Quart
Synthetic Lubricant 4 oz
Pint
Quart
T85 TUNE LUBE
T70 3M PROTECTOR STRIPS

These strips are a
breakthrough
product that can
keep the finish on a
horn in storage looking as if it were just
polished. The strips
are
effective
protection for silver, gold, copper and brass.
Protection can last as long as six months in a closed
area (as in a horn case). The product has already
become popular with instrument manufacturers
around the world. You may have seen one of the
strips in new horn cases. Now this same protection is
available to the retailer as well. Using a protector
strip in a rental return after it has been cleaned and
polished will insure that the horn will still be
gleaming, when you open the case, up to six months
later.
3M Protector Strips work by absorbing airborne
contaminants which cause tarnish to form on silver
and other precious metals. The strips are completely
non-toxic. Simply place the strip in the case of the
horn you wish to protect and forget if for up to six
months.
T70 3M Protector Strips
Using this tune lube on your tuning slides makes

them work great. Formula includes our Z6 as a
lubricant.
T85 Individual size .5 oz

T85A Shop size 4 oz jarCant ship mail

Thanks for the tip. I followed the
instructions and 2 parts cleaned out in 2 days.
Really great tip...Thanks, Steve (CT).
Ferrees Tools, Inc.

Sold by the dozen or hundred

183
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

Q10 TRUMPET CORNET LYRE
CLARINET LYRES
Nickel plated with an
adjustable center ring for
wood or ebonite clarinets.
Q15M Lyre for Clarinet

middle joint
(wood/ebonite)
Q10S Straight
Q10B Bent-5/8 (15.9mm), 90 bend at
bottom of shank
Q11 LONG STEM LYRES

Q11
Extra long straight lyre for Baritone,

Tuba and Sousaphone
Q16M Middle joint ring

only for lyre
Q16S Lyre ring screws
Q17
Lyre only. Nickel plated without the

center ring for metal Clarinets
Q19 FLUTE OR PICCOLO LYRES
TROMBONE LYRES
Q13A Adjustable
Trombone lyre with
9/16 ring
Q13B Adjustable
Trombone lyre with
3/4 ring
Q19 Wrist Flute or Piccolo lyre
Q12A 1 piece Trombone lyre with 9/16ring

Q12B 1 piece Trombone lyre with 3/4 ring
Q14 SAXOPHONE LYRE
ALTO, BASS CLARINET AND

BASSOON LYRES
Designed to fit the

built in socket on most
saxophones.
Q14
Saxophone
lyre
184
Q21A Alto clarinet lyre

Q21B Bass clarinet lyre
Q22 Bassoon lyre
BASS CLARINET FLOOR PEGS
M70S
M70L
Selmer floor peg assy. complete

Leblanc floor peg assy.
complete
M70A
M70B
Selmer rubber tip

Leblanc rubber tip
M70C
M70D
Selmer rod holder

Leblanc rod holder
M70E
M70F
Selmer wing screw

Leblanc wing screw
M70G
M70H
Selmer knurled nut

Leblanc knurled nut
M70J
M70K
Selmer floor peg rod only

Leblanc floor peg rod only
NECK STRAPS
Made
of
genuine leather. It has a
plastic neckpiece, durable cord, patented non-slip adjustable
slide. Each strap is individually boxed. Color is black.
O33
O34
L37 MOUTHPIECE REFACING KIT

Ferrees has long
carried the Morgan
Mouthpiece Refacing Kit. Designed by
Henri Selmer in the
1880s and refined
by Ralph Morgan
over the years, the
set includes one
glass Direct Reading
Gauge, one taper gauge, and five feeler gauges in
sizes .0015, .010, .024, .034 and .050. Also included
is an instruction booklet which walks you through
the various stages.
These are comparison tools. This job is all hand
work. This work is a skilled art, a combination of
common sense and acquired skill, tempered with
good judgment and experience. You can not rush the
work. Practice is perfection.
Sadly, Ralph Morgan passed away this past
summer, this was his gift to the woodwind
aficionado.
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
L37 Mouthpiece Refacing Kit

Call for availability before ordering. Sold as a
kit ONLY. We DO NOT sell the individual parts
of the Mouthpiece Refacing kit separately.
Temporarily out of stock!!!!

F24 SIX SIZE TUBE HOLE PUNCH
Saxophone Strap
Alto, Bass Clarinet
or bassoon strap
Here is a genuine
leather sax strap with
an extra wide felt
lined neckpiece. It is
adjustable and comes
in an individual box.
Tan or Black (specify).
Six tube, revolving head to change hole sizes

quickly. A spring automatically locks the tubes into
position. Made of durable cold-rolled steel with self
opening spring handles. Great for punching
accordion and sax straps.
O36
F24 Six Size Hole Puncher
Saxophone strap
185
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

O30 CELLO SET
O30 CELLO SET BEING USED
These cello sets

fold up, and are
very
compact.
The chrome plated holder has two
legs which fasten around the
cellists
chair
legs. A third leg
has a series of holes in which the cello end pin can
be placed for solid positioning of the instrument
during playing.
O30
S39 DRUM HEAD TUCKER
Cello Set
HEAVY DUTY TOOL HANGERS
Tucker has a
wood handle
and
brass
tongue.
Heavy duty hangers

are
made
from
5/16 (7.9mm) wide by
3/32 (2.4mm) thick,
zinc plated steel. All
hangers have
pre
-punched holes for securing to the wall or a
bench. Two different
shapes to choose from.
S39 Drum Head Tucker
MAGNIFIERS
L STYLE HANGER
J1 OptiVISOR
This frame is made of
lightweight, durable impact resistant materials.
The comfortable continuous headband is fully
adjustable to fit any size,
quickly and easily. Adjustable pivot knobs hold
visor in any position for easy flip-up viewing.
J2 Half Frame Magnifier
186
This is the popular Telesight

magnifier with high quality,
prismatic lenses mounted in lightweight plastic frames. It can be
flipped up out of the way when
magnification is not required. 2
power with a 10 thru 11 (254mm
thru 279mm) focus range for easy
use while working.
P40
P41
2 (50.8mm)
3 (76.2mm)
J STYLE HANGER
P42
1/2 (12.7mm)

customers like you!
Repair Tools.
CASE LATCHES
T2
Flute case latch,

Sold brass only.
1-5/8 X 5/8
Sold in Pairs
T9
T9A
Flush Latch Set Same as T17(below),

1-1/4 X 2-1/4 but smaller.
Brass only
Hasp only
DISCONTINUED
Brass only
(Only lefts available, no

more right)
T5
T14
Flute case latch,

in nickel,
1-1/2 X 1-1/4
(H)
(W)
T17
Large Flush
Latch set,
Latch with lock

1-3/4 X 1-1/4
Brass or Nickel
T6
DISCONTINUED
Brass only
1-5/8 X 2-5/8
Includes: latch,
body, hasp &
Key
T17C Hasp only
Flush Latch
with lock
2-3/4 X
1-1/2
Nickel only
T18
T7
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
Latch with
Lock
Nickel only
1-3/4 X 1-1/4
Latch without
lock
1-3/4 X 1-1/4
Brass or Nickel
MOLDED CASE LATCHES
T8
Drawbolt latch
No lock
2-3/4 X 1-1/2
Brass or Nickel
These two case latches

have a hidden talent. All
the rivets and the top are
completely
covered
when installed. With one
finger the lever is raised
to a vertical position. Let go and
it pops open.
T12 Small molded case latch
2-1/8 X 5/8 Nickel Only
T13 Large molded case latch
1 X 2-1/4 Nickel Only
187
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

SPLIT RIVETS
STOP HINGES
T10B Stop Hinge

1-1/4 X 1-5/8
Brass Plated
T11B Stop Hinge

1 X 2
Brass Plated
T10N Stop Hinge

1-1/4 X 1-5/8
Nickel Plated
T11N Stop Hinge

1 X 2
Nickel Plated
Specify brass or nickel or finish

(Sold in 100s only)
T23
7/32
(5.6mm)
diameter
head,
1/8 (3.2mm) diameter body. Lengths
available are 6/16, 8/16, 10/16 and
12/16
T24
5/16
(7.9mm)
diameter
head,
available are 6/16, 8/16, 10/16, and
12/16
T15B Handle loop

1-3/8 X 5/8
Brass Plated
T25
3/8
(9.5mm)
diameter
head,
available are 8/16, 10/16, and 12/16
T15N Handle loop

1-3/8 X 5/8
Nickel Plated
T26
100 assorted T23, T24 and T25 rivets.

Brass and nickel finish.
HANDLE LOOPS
WASHERS FOR T24 AND T25

RIVETS
T20 CASE STUDS

T20
Black Plastic
Bottom Stud
5/8 X 1/2
Sold by the dozen
T21 CORNER BRACE

T21
Case reinforcement angle corner brace.

Available in nickel
Specify brass or nickel finish

(Sold in 100s only)
T27
1/2 (12.7mm) O.D. washers
T28
5/8 (15.9mm) O.D. washers
T29
100 assorted T27 and T28 washers, brass

and nickel.

This is my second reading of this, and I
find it most intriguing. I intend to follow this
program using your suggested format.
Thanks again, Gary. My first experience with
you was in 1967-40 years ago-and I am still
learning from you....Patrick, OH
188
T50
Post handle. 5-1/4 (133mm) long. Avail

able in black, brown and tan. SPECIFY
COLOR.
T56
Leather handle with rings and white

stitching. 6 (152mm) long. Black only.
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
POWER TONE FLUTE PLUGS
T53
Flat black handle. 5-1/2 (140mm) long.
Replace standard flute head cork with the new

Power Tone Plug made of super strong delrin plastic
with a rubber O ring which seals the air 100%. No
loss of power and stability in pitch and tone. The
rubber O ring only contacts the metal in the head to
produce a more resonant sound. Available in 3
threads sizes.
PT-5 Flute Plug (8/32 thread size)
(King, Artley, Blessing, Conn, Emerson,
Deford, Haynes, Gemeinhardt, Armstrong)
PT-6 Flute Plug (6/32 thread size) Discontinued

(Bundy, Buescher, Old Artley)
PT-7 Flute Plug ( 4 x .7mm thread size)

(Jupiter, Yamaha)
NONE FOR ALTO FLUTES
T54
5-1/2 (140mm) black handle.
T55
Long, flat, black, 8-3/4 (222mm) handle

with spring steel support for amps
Consistently the lowest prices in

the industry.
FOR FASTER
SERVICE USE YOUR
CUSTOMER NUMBER
Ph:800-253-2261 or Fax:269-965-7719
189
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

CASE HANDLES
T30
Leather post handle. 5-1/4 (133mm)

long. Specify black or brown.
T33
End Buckle leather emergency handle.

Handle length without buckles is
5 (127mm). Specify black or brown.
T34
Side buckle leather emergency handle.

5 (127mm) long. Specify black or
brown.

Repair Tools.
190
T37
Heavy duty vinyl case handle.

5-3/4 (146mm) long. Black only.
T38
Super heavy duty vinyl case handle.

8-1/2 (216mm) long. Black only.
T39
Heavy, black leather handle, with steel

reinforcement in handle
PLACE AN ORDER
24 HRS A DAY!!!
TOLL FREE:800-253-2261
FAX:269-965-7719
ROCHE-THOMAS
FAMILY OF FINE LUBRICANTS
ALISYN
OIL AND GREASES
GENERAL & SM. GOODS
VALVE OIL
T60 Roche-Thomas Valve Oil 2 oz (59ml)
T61 Roche-Thomas Valve Oil 8 oz (237ml)
SPRAY BOTTLE
T66 Roche-Thomas Bone Bottle Sprayer
BORE OIL
T67 Roche-Thomas Bore Oil 2 oz (59ml)
TROMBONE SLIDE OIL

T62 Roche-Thomas Slide Oil 2 oz (59ml)
T63 Roche-Thomas Slide Oil 8 oz (237ml)
BORE OIL/WOOD CONDITIONER

T81 Alisyn Bore Oil & Wood Conditioner
6 oz(17.7ml)
CORK & TUNING SLIDE GREASE

T82 Aliysn Cork & Tuning Slide Grease
.35 oz(10gm)
SOLVENT/CLEANER
T83 Alisyn Solvent/Cleaner 4 oz(118ml)
VALVE-SLIDE-KEY OIL
T69 Alisyn Valve-Slide-Key Oil .6 oz(17.7ml)
TROMBONE SLIDE CREAM

T64 Roche-Thomas Trombone Slide
Cream
TUNING SLIDE GREASE

T65 Roche-Thomas Tuning Slide Grease
1/2 oz (14.2gm)
KEY OIL
T68 Roche-Thomas Key Oil 2 oz(59ml)
T80 LEATHER PAD PRESERVATIVE

Sugar water and saliva are a leather pads worst
enemies. Our silicone treatment helps prevent
moisture absorption and extends the life of the pad.
Sell the treatment as an extra when doing re-pad jobs
or offer it as a free service for customer good will.
The bottle has a built-in applicator (for leather only).
T80 Leather Pad Preservative
HEAVY DUTY KEY OIL

T84 Alisyn Heavy Duty Key Oil .6 oz(17.7ml)
FERREES HEAVY DUTY

SHOP APRON
This smart apron has an adjustable buckle strap,
tie in back waist straps and NO DANGEROUS
POCKET to get caught and or/entwined and
wrapped up by a motor or buffer.
These high quality aprons are Repairman Blue
and are embroidered with Ferrees NEW logo.
Call today to order a Shop Apron!!
See us online at
191
GENERAL & SM. GOODS

MOUTHPIECE CAPS
LIGATURES
Comes in either nickel

finish or gold lacquered.
Clarinet
S60
S61
S68
S69
Eb Clarinet, nickel
Bb Clarinet, nickel
Alto Clarinet, nickel
Bass Clarinet, nickel
Soprano Saxophone
S62N Nickel
S63G Gold lacquer
C Melody Saxophone
S64N Nickel
Eb Clarinet, nickel finish

Bb Clarinet, nickel finish
Alto Clarinet, nickel finish
Bass Clarinet, nickel finish
Soprano Saxophone
S52N Nickel finish
S52G Gold lacquered
S62G Gold lacquer
Alto Saxophone
S63N Nickel
S50
S51
S58
S59
S64G Gold lacquer
Alto Saxophone
S53N Nickel finish
S53G Gold lacquered
C Melody Saxophone
S54N Nickel finish
S54G Gold lacquered
Tenor Saxophone
S65N Nickel
S65G Gold lacquer
Baritone Saxophone
S66N Nickel
Tenor Saxophone
S55N Nickel finish
S55G Gold lacquered
S66G Gold lacquer
Baritone Saxophone
S56N Nickel finish
SAXOPHONE NECK PLUGS

(END PLUGS)
Bass Saxophone
S57N Nickel finish
S57G Gold lacquer
Tenor Sax
S18P Plastic
Alto Sax
S19G Gold Lacquered
S19P Plastic
S19S Silver Finish
192
Early shop photo of Ferrees when it was on Calhoun

St. in Battle Creek, MI. Working on Accordions.
REPAIR KITS
Q30 STANDARD REPAIR KIT
Take a look at these handy kits. There is a

size for every need and theyre easy to sell to:
*Band Directors
*Salesmen
*On the road musicians
REPAIR KITS
EMERGENCY REPAIR KITS
For band directors or salesmen who dont want to

get into emergency repairs deeply enough to buy
the Q29, this Q30 Standard Kit will solve many
problems.
CONTENTS
Q29 DELUXE REPAIR KIT

This kit contains most items necessary for on the
spot repairs to keep em playing. The items come
in a sturdy box. Take a look at whats included.
TOOLS
Ferrees Mouthpiece Puller, Jewelers Anvil,
2
-Swivel Top Screwdrivers, Valve Mirror, 2-Pad
Leveling Tools, Tweezers, Spring Hook, Hammer, Rawhide Mallet, Bench Knife, Swedging Pliers, Chain Nose
Pliers, Round Nose Pliers, Flat Nose Pliers, Heat Treated Diagonal Cutters, Spring Punching Pliers, Alcohol
Lamp, Lead Block, Warding File, Parallel Round File,
Testing Feeler Holder, Clamp on Vise, Pivot Screw Key
Reamer, Solder Scraper, Flute Gauge, 6 Rule, Micro
Torch.
SUPPLIES
2-Mouthpiece Brushes, Flexible Trombone Brush,
Valve Brush, Wet & Dry Sand Paper, Clarinet Pads,
Sax Pads, Piccolo Pads, Flute Pads, 4 Thicknesses
Sheet Cork, Tube Corks, Water Key Corks, Valve Stem
Felts, Sax Key Felts, Sax Bumper Felts, Pad and Cork
Cement, Flat Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Stainless
Steel Round Springs, Water Key Springs, Valve
Springs, Valve Oil, Key Oil, Bore Oil, Wood Screws,
Valve Cleaning Rod, Cork Cement, Soft Solder, Solder
Flux, French Horn Cord, Split Rivets, Clarinet Swab,
Cork Grease, Sax Pivot Screws, Clarinet Pivot Screws,
Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell Screws,
Sousaphone Bell Screws, Brasso, Silvo, Cheesecloth,
Bench Oiler, Testing Corks, Shellac, Wood Wedges,
Binding Wire, Soldering Millboard, Valve Stem Corks,
Emery Strip, Slide Oil.
Q29 Deluxe Repair Kit
Cork Cement, Round Nose Pliers, Spring Hook, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Key Oil, Cork Knife, Valve Oil,
Slide Oil, Bore Oil, Cork Grease, Clarinet Pads, Sax
Pads, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, French Horn
Cord, Flat Spring Screws, Alcohol Lamp, Flat Nose
Pliers, Brasso, Pad Leveling Tool, Special Pad Prick,
Rawhide Mallet, Pivot Screw Key Reamer, Shellac, 4
Thicknesses of Sheet Cork, Water Key Corks, Tapered
Neck Corks, Valve Stem Felts, Valve Stem Corks, Felt
Bumpers, Sax Key Felts, Stainless Steel Round Springs,
Flat Springs, Valve Springs, Pivot Screws, Thumb Rest
Screws, Valve Cleaning Rod, Valve Mirror, Emery
Strip, Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell
Screws, Sousaphone Bell Screws.
Q30 Standard Repair Kit
Q31 ECONOMY REPAIR KIT

The Q31 Economy
Repair Kit is for
minimum repair
emergencies. Take it with the
band to the football
game or
parade.
Also useful to the college music major. A lot of repair potential at a minimum price.
CONTENTS
Cork Cement, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Cork Knife,
Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Valve Springs, Special Pad
Prick, Tapered Sax Neck Corks, Sax Felts, Sax
Bumpers, Water Key Corks, Valve Cleaning Rod,
French Horn Cord, Chain Nose Pliers, Spring Hook,
Key Oil, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, Pad Leveling
Tool, Sheet Cork, Valve Stem Corks, Stainless Steel
Round Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Pivot Screws,
Thumb Rest Screws, Pad Cement, Cork Grease
Q31 Economy Repair Kit
193
INDEX BY NAME
INDEX BY NAME
~A~
~B cont.~
ABRASIVE CORD AND TAPE..176

ABS GRAFT FOR G78..99
ABS PLASTIC GLUE, WELD-ON............................110
ABS PLASTIC ROD, BLACK110
ACCORDION TOOLS.137
ADAPTOR CHUCK...64
ADJUSTMENT SCREW DRILLING JIG..83
ADJUSTABLE FRENCH HORN HOLDING JIG.....53
ADJUSTABLE HACKSAW FRAME....108
ADJUSTABLE JEWELERS SAW FRAME.181
ADJ. OBOE OCTAVE INSERT REMOVER.............71
ADJUSTABLE REAMERS...36
ADJUSTABLE SOCKET REAMER.100
AIR BUFFER...............................................................150
AIR VALVE, 1/2.........................................................159
ALCOHOL LAMP.........................................................95
ALTO CLARINET SWAB .........................................170
ALTO/BASS CLARINET PADS................113, 115, 120
ALTO FLUTE BODY & HEAD MANDRELS....92
ALTO SAX NECK HOLDERS.......67
ALUMINUM BUSHING, RIGHT HAND..........148
ALUMINUM BUSHING, LEFT HAND........148
ALUMINUM HAND BRAKE.......................................63
ALUMINUM HAND VISE..........................................173
ANVIL, BENCH...........................................................109
ANTI-FLUX, TIX.........................................................166
APRON..........................................................................191
ARBORS, MOUTHPIECE............................................18
ARBORS, UTILITY MOTOR SHAFT................91, 146
ASSEMBLY GLOVES.......148
ASSEMBLY BOARDS........106
ASSEMBLY MANDRELS, WOODEN...................53,56
AUTO LOCKING LUG FOR G88..........25
AUTOMATIC CENTER PUNCH........93
BEESWAX ...................................................................137
BELL IRON, FRENCH HORN/TROMBONE 31
BELL IRON, TRUMPET/CORNET31
BELL IRON UNIVERSAL....31
BELL JACK, SOUSAPHONE......................................27
BELL MANDRELS........................................................31
BELL MOUNTING JIG..167
BELL NUTS & SCREWS............................................133
BELL TENON REAMER..97
BELL TENON SET....98
BELT/DISK SANDER.................................................144
BELT SANDER BELTS..144
BELL STEM MANDREL..........................................32
BENCH ANVIL............................................................109
BENCH DUSTER BRUSH..........................................168
BENCH HAMMER......................................................130
BENCH KNIFE..86
BENCH LATHE, WOODWIND..91
BENCH MOTOR ADAPATOR...................................63
BENCH MOTOR SPINDLE.63
BENCH MOTOR, COMPACT.63
BENCH MOTORS.63
BENCH OILER..............................................................82
BENCH PEGS....86
BENCH VISE173
BENDING LEVERS, SAX KEYS.................................72
BERYLLIUM COPPER SPRINGS132
BINDING WIRE...167
BLACK ABS PLASTIC ROD.110
BLACK PIGMENT....75
BLADES FOR BELL TENON REAMER...97
BLADE MAGNETIZER....66
BLADES, HACKSAW.108
BLADE, SCREW HOLDING SCRWDRIVER...66
BLADES, SINGLE EDGE RAZOR.............................86
BLADES, SWIVELTOP SCREWDRIVER.66
BLAZER TORCH..95
BLOW PIPES..................................................................94
BLOWER WITH MOTOR..150
BLUED NEEDLE SPRINGS...131
BLUED STEEL SPRINGS..132
BORE MEASURING TOOL..110
BORE OIL.....................................................................191
BORE TOOL, INSIDE...................................................78
BOTTOM CASE STUD...188
BRACKETS FOR BUFFERS..150
BRASS ANVIL..111
BRASS HEAD HAMMER.44
BRASS JAW PLIERS....................................................90
BRASSO & RED BEAR ........156
BRITE BOY METAL POLSIH..................................156
BROACHES, PENTAGON...78
BUFFER, FLOOR & WALL MOUNT......145
BUFFING GLOVES, REVERSIBLE.148
BUFFING HOOD.150
~B~
194
BAG, DUST COLLECTOR .....................................150

BALLS, DENT..............................................13, 14, 15, 22
BALLS, TUBING CLEANER.....................................157
BARREL LINERS, POLYETHYLENE....................157
BARITONE TUNING SLIDE PLIERS...11
BASE, DENT MACHINE................................................9
BASS CLARINET ARBOR KIT..................................99
BASS CLARINET PADS.............................113, 115, 120
BASS CLARINET SWAB...170
BASS CLAR. TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS79
BASS TROMBONE ASSEMBLY MANDREL...........53
BASKET, WORK.........................................................154
BASSOON BELL RINGS79
BASSOON BOCAL CABLE...104
BASSOON BOCAL CLEANER.170
BASSOON BODY LOCK168
BASSOON CRUTCH ASSEMBLY168
BASSOON PADS..........................................................115
BASSOON SWABS......................................................170
BASSOON TENON TOOLS.........................................97
~B cont.~
~C cont.~
BUFF RAKE.................................................................148
BUFFS147, 148, 150
BUMPERS, FELT........................................................142
BUMPERS, NEOPRENE.140
BUMPER REMOVER, BASS AND TENOR..18
BUMPER RUBBERS FOR TUBA..140
BUNSEN BURNER..................................................94, 95
BURNISHING RINGS..........35,49
BURNISHERS, CURVED.............................................30
BURNISHERS, DOUBLE END....................................30
BURNISHERS, HOOK..................................................30
BURNISHERS, STRAIGHT.30
BUTANE REFILL..95
CLARINET TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS..........79

CLEANING RODS.......................................................168
CLEAR MAGIC.............................................................75
CLIP-ON MAGNIFIERS.............................................186
CLIPS, FLUTE...............................................................85
CLIPS, SOLDER..........................................................167
COLD CLEANER........................................................160
COMBINATION FILE CLEANER ........................181
COMBO. SCRWDRVR/FL CLEANING ROD...........62
COMBO. SPRINGHOOK/SCREWDRIVER..............66
COMPOUND LEVERAGE PLIERS............................64
COMPOUND LEVERAGE TIN SNIPS .................108
CONCENTRATED STERISOL.................................171
CONE SHAPED ROLLERS .....................................23
CONTOURED BELL ROLLERS............................23,31
CORD, FRENCH HORN...............................................28
CORK GREASE...........................................................139
CORK
KNIFE..........................................................86
CORK PAD CUTTERS.................................................93
CORK PADS.................................................................141
CORK PROTECTOR..................................................142
CORK SANDING ACCESSORY.................................74
CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGE............................142
CORK STRIPPER........................................................142
CORK WASHERS...139
CORK, SHEET.............................................................141
CORKS, E FLAT FLUTE .........................................139
CORKS, FRENCH HORN..139
CORKS, KEY....139
CORKS,
MUTE
...........................................141
CORKS, TRILL KEY..................................................139
CORKS, TUBE & HEAD CORKS.............................140
CORKS, WATERKEY....139
CORNET TUNING SLIDE PLIERS............................11
CORNET & TRUMPET ASSEMBLY MANDREL...53
CORNET & TRUMPET POLISHING JIG.................53
CORNET/TRPT TUN. SL. DENT BL. HAMMER.....20
CORNET/TRUMPET BELL MANDREL...................31
CORROSION CRACKER OIL..............................11, 94
COUNTERSINKS..........................................................78
COUPLING FOR DUSTING GUN............................160
CRACK PINNING WIRE.............................................69
CRACK SLICK SPATULA...........................................88
CROWNS, FLUTE.....................................134, 135, 136
CRYSTOLON OILSTONE.........................................176
CURVED BURNISHERS..............................................30
CURVED NOSE PLIERS............................................107
CURVED SOLDER SCRAPERS................................163
CUTTING PAD...............................................................93
CYLINDRICAL SCRATCH BRUSH........................151
~C~
CABINETS....................................................................169
CABLE SET, ROD TAYLOR.......................................17
CABLE SYSTEM, PRITCHARD (TUBA)..................15
CALIPER, MM & .001 INCHES..................................50
CALIPERS, DIAL..........................................51, 64, 175
CALIPERS, INSIDE....................................................175
CALIPERS, OUTSIDE................................................175
CANVAS MALLET/HAMMER...................................44
CAPS, MOUTHPIECE................................................192
CAPS, TENON................................................................78
CASE HANDLE LOOPS.............................................188
CASE HANDLES.................................................189, 190
CASE LATCHES..........................................................187
CASE REINFORCEMENT ANGLE BRACE ......188
CASE STUDS................................................................188
CASING MANDRELS...................................................45
CELLO SET..................................................................186
CEMENT, FRENCH......................................................87
CEMENT, PAD/CORK..................................................87
CENTER PUNCH...........................................................93
CHAIN NOSE PLIERS................................................109
CHAIN NOSE SWEDISH PLIERS......................38, 105
CHAMOIS CLARINET SWAB..................................170
CHEESECLOTH..........................................................156
CHESTS, TOOL...........................................................172
CHIPS, GRENADILLA.................................................75
CHUCKS, JACOBS........................................................63
CLARINET BARREL CENTERING TOOL..............62
CLARINET BARREL REAMER...............................110
CLARINET BODY CENTERING CLAMP................94
CLARINET BORE CLEANING BRUSH..................170
CLARINET KEY BUFFING COMPOUND..............149
CLARINET MOUTHPIECE MANDREL...................70
CLARINET PAD LEVELING TOOL/SLICK.....71,113
CLARINET PADS .....................................................114
CLARINET SOCKET GRAFTING KIT.....................99
CLARINET STRAP.....................................................185
CLARINET SWAB ...................................................170
CLARINET TENON CAPS...........................................78
CLARINET THUMB RESTS.....................................171
CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTERS......................101
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
~D~
DEEP COMPACT CABINET.....................................169
DELRIN, BLACK.........................................................110
DELUXE DOUBLE END SPRING HOOK.................70
DELUXE REPAIR KIT.........................................59, 193
195
INDEX BY NAME
196
Index by name
~D cont.~
~E cont.~
DELUXE REVERSIBLE SCRAPER.........................167

DENT BALL HOLDER.................................................14
DENT BALL DRIVER/RETRIEVER SETS.........19-21
DENT BALL DRIVERS................................................13
DENT BALL HAMMERS.............................................20
DENT BALLS..............................................13, 14, 15, 22
DENT BALLS, TUBA....................................................16
DENT BALLS, UNDRILLED.......................................35
DENT CABLE, BASSOON BOCAL..........................104
DENT HAMMERS.........................................................12
DENT MACHINE & ACCESSORIES. ....1-10
DENT REMOVAL/CABLE SYSTEM, TUBA............17
DENT REMOVER, CORK BARREL..........................34
DENT REMOVING RINGS..........................................34
DENT ROD HOLDING VISE.......................................25
DENT ROD THREADED ADAPTORS.......................15
DENT RODS.......................................................27, 28, 56
DENT RODS, FRENCH HORN...................................28
DENT ROLLER BALLS...............................................22
DENT ROLLERS.....................................................23, 51
DIAL CALIPERS.............................................51, 64, 175
DIAGONAL CUTTERS ...........................................108
DIE STOCKS................................................................179
DISK/BELT SANDER.................................................144
DOMESTIC DIES........................................................179
DOMESTIC TAPS.......................................................179
DOMESTIC TAPS & DIES IN A BOX......................179
DOUBLE BUFF RAKE W/HOLDER........................148
DOUBLE HANDLE ROLLERS...................................23
DIE, SWEDGING.....................................................81, 90
DIES, FLUSHBANDING.............................................106
DIES, METRIC.............................................................179
DIES, HEAD SWEDGING (FL/PICC)........................81
DIES, THREADING....................................................179
DISINFECTANTS........................................................171
DISKS/SANDPAPER...................................................144
DIVIDERS.....................................................................175
DOUBLE END BURNISHERS.....................................30
DRAWRINGS...........................................................35, 37
DREMEL ......................................................................177
DRILL BIT GAUGE......................................................89
DRILL BITS....................................................................89
DRILL, HAND..............................................................107
DRILL ROD....................................................................74
DRILLING JIGS............................................................82
DRIVER/RETRIEVER, DENT BALL...................19-21
DRIVERS FOR BARREL TYPE DENT BALLS.......13
DRUM HEAD TUCKER.............................................186
DUCKBILL PLIERS......................................38, 105, 109
DUCKBILL PLIERS, THIN TIP................................109
DUSTING GUN............................................................160
DYE, CONCENTRATE...............................................158
EMERY CAKE.............................................................149
EMERY, ROLL/STRIP...............................................176
END CUT NIPPERS....................................................108
ERICK BRAND REPAIR MANUAL...........................57
EXHAUST FAN............................................................159
EXPANDABLE
TROMBONE
SLIDE
DENT
REMOVERS...................................................................50
EXPANDER, ROTOR BEARING PLATE ................58
EXPANDERS, RIGHT ANGLE...................................26
EXPANDER, TENON..............................................80, 81
EXPANDERS, WOODWIND JOINT....................80, 81
EXPANDABLE TROMBONE DENT REMOVER,
INNER/OUTER ............................................................50
EXTERNAL FERRULE BRUSHES..........................164
EXTRACTORS, SCREW......................................67, 174
EXTRUDER, TRIPLE KEY.........................................80
~F~
FABRICUT, ROLL/STRIP.........................................176
FAN, EXHAUST...........................................................159
FEELER/HOLDER........................................................67
FELT SQUARE............................................................143
FELT BUMPERS.........................................................142
FELT SHEETS, SYNTHETIC....................................143
FELTS, SAX KEY/TOP CAP ..................................143
FELTS, VALVE WASHERS.......................................143
FERREES REPAIR MANUAL.....................................57
FERRULE BRUSH, INTERNAL...............................164
FILE/CLEANER COMBINATION...........................181
FILE, HANDLES..........................................................181
FILES
..............................................................76,181
FILES, SWISS PATTERN & TONE HOLE FILES...76
FILES, TONE HOLE PAD SEAT..............................100
FILING BLOCK...........................................................181
FILING CLAMP, KEY................................................104
FINGER BUTTONS, PEARL.....................................172
FINGER RINGS, SOLDER ON TYPE......................172
FISH SKIN....................................................................102
FLANGE NUTS............................................................146
FLUTE PAD WASHERS, METAL ...112, 134, 135, 136
FLAKE GLUE................................................................87
FLAKE SHELLAC .....................................................88
FLAT NOSE PLIERS..........................................107, 109
FLAT SPRING HOLE PUNCH....................................71
FLAT SPRINGS, CLARINET & SAX.......................132
FLANNEL.....................................................................156
FLEXIBLE COMBINATION RULER......................174
FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING...............................73, 177
FLEXIBLE WIRE CLEANING BRUSHES..............170
FLINTS..........................................................................163
FLOOR PEGS, BASS CLARINET.............................185
FLOURESCENT BULBS FOR LEAK LIGHTS........84
FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHTS................................84
~E~
FLUSH BAND DIES....................................................106
ELDRED WIDGET....................................................90 FLUSH BANDING DIE SHIM STOCK....................106
ELECTRIC GLUE POT................................................87 FLUSH BANDS.............................................................106
~F cont.~
~G~
FLUSH LATCH SET...................................................187

FLUTE/PICCOLO SPRING WIRE...........................132
FLUTE BODY MANDREL...........................................92
FLUTE BOOSTER PLIERS.........................................70
FLUTE BOOSTERS, NYLON....................................136
FLUTE CASE LATCH................................................187
FLUTE CLEANING ROD/SCREWDRIVER.............62
FLUTE CLIPS................................................................85
FLUTE CROWNS........................................134, 135, 136
FLUTE GAUGE.....................................................62, 112
FLUTE GROMMET BOOSTER REMOVER PLIER..............................................................................70
FLUTE GROMMETS..........................................134, 135
FLUTE HEAD MANDREL.......................................6, 92
FLUTE HEAD SWEDGING DIES...............................81
FLUTE JOINT TENON EXPANDER.........................81
FLUTE KEY ARM BENDING SET.............................72
FLUTE KEY PIN REMOVAL TOOL.......................111
FLUTE KEY LEVELING TOOL.................................68
FLUTE MANDRELS.....................................................92
FLUTE PAD CUP TOOL............................................105
FLUTE PAD HEIGHT GAUGE...........................62, 112
FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL...............................68,71
FLUTE PAD CUP LEVELING TOOLS......................71
FLUTE PAD HOLE PUNCH SET .............................93
FLUTE PAD SEATING CLIPS....................................85
FLUTE PAD SPRING WIRE......................................132
FLUTE PAD WASHERS, METAL............134, 135, 136
FLUTE PAD WASHERS, PAPER..............................112
FLUTE PADS................................................................115
FLUTE PLUGS, TONE HOLE...................................189
FLUTE ROLLER, PRECISION...................................92
FLUTE SWAB..............................................................170
FLUTE TENON SLEEVE...........................................100
FLUTE TONE HOLE LEVELING TOOL.................77
FLUTE TRAY...............................................................154
FLUX
......................................................................164
FLUX, SILVER SOLDER...........................................164
FLUX, SOFT SOLDER................................................166
FOOT SWITCH..............................................................63
FORMING MANDREL MOUTHPIPE RECEIVER.36
FRACTION RULER....................................................174
FRENCH CEMENT.......................................................87
FRENCH HORN BALL.................................................22
FRENCH HORN CORD................................................28
FRENCH HORN BELL DRIVER................................19
FRENCH HORN/TROMBONE BELL IRON ...........31
FRENCH HORN DENT RODS....................................28
FRENCH HORN POLISHING JIG.............................26
FRENCH
HORN
HOOK-BACKDRIVER/
RETRIEVER
.......................................19
FRENCH HORN MOUTHPIPE RECEIVER FORMING MANDREL.............................................................36
FRENCH PLUGS, FLUTE..........................................136
FRET WIRE, GUITAR................................................169
GAUGE, DRILL BIT.....................................................89

GAUGE, FLUTE PAD HEIGHT..........................62, 112
GAUGE, SAX PAD CUP HEIGHT .............................67
GAUGES, CORK STRIP.............................................142
GAUGES, TELESCOPING.........................................174
GAUGES, THREAD....................................................179
GERMICIDE, STERISOL..........................................171
GLASSES, MAGNIFYING.........................................186
GLOVES, ASSEMBLY, BUFFING............................148
GLUE BRUSH..............................................................168
GLUE GUN KIT.............................................................88
GLUE PLUGS, TAPERED..........................................105
GLUE POT, ELECTRIC...............................................87
GLUE STICKS, CLEAR/WHITE................................88
GLUE, GRANULAR.....................................................87
GLUE, HOT STUFF.......................................................75
GLUE, JET MAGIC.......................................................75
GLUE, WELD ON........................................................110
GOLD TRADEMARK CRAYON..............................102
GOLDBEATERS SKIN (FISH SKIN).......................102
GOOSENECK DENT ROD FOR SAXES...................56
GOOSENECK EXPANDERS, SAX.............................81
GRAFTS, SOCKET ....................................................99
GREASE, CORK..........................................................139
GREASE, TUNING SLIDE.........................................191
GRENADILLA CHIPS..................................................75
GRILL FOR SOUSAPHONE BELL..........................171
GRINDING WHEEL, SILICON CARBIDE...............64
GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS...................................144
GROMMET/BOOSTER REMOVAL PLIERS...........70
GROMMETS, FLUTE.........................................134, 135
GROUND CASING MANDRELS................................45
GUIDE, VALVE FITTING TOOL/GUIDES..............38
GUITAR FRET WIRE.................................................169
GUN, DUST...................................................................160
GUN, GLUE KIT............................................................88
GUN, HEAT....................................................................86
GUN, SPRAY, ACCESSORIES..................................160
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
~H~
HACKSAW FRAME, BLADES..................................108
HAMMER, BENCH.....................................................130
HAMMER, BRASS HEAD............................................44
HAMMERS, DENT........................................................12
HAND BRAKE FOR BENCH MOTOR......................63
HAND DRILL...............................................................107
HAND TUBING SHRINKER ....................................28
HAND VISE, ALUMINUM.........................................173
HANDLE LOOPS, CASE............................................188
HANDLE, BURNISHING RING..................................35
HANDLE, WOOD BURNISHER.................................30
HANDLES, CASE................................................189, 190
HANDLES, FILE..........................................................181
HANGERS, HEAVY DUTY TOOL...........................186
HEAD MANDREL, FLUTE......................................6, 92
HEAD TUCKER FOR DRUMS..................................186
197
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
~H~
~K cont.~
HEAT BLOWGUN.........................................................86
HEAT SHRINK TUBING, BLACK.............................73
HEAT STAKING TOOL.............................................129
HEAVY DUTY POST PUSHER/ DENT PULLER....23
HEIGHT GAUGES..........................................62, 67, 112
HINGE TUBE SHORTENERS.....................................76
HINGE TUBING FILES..............................................181
HINGES, STOP............................................................188
HOLDER, CORNET/TRUMPET.................................53
HOLDER, DENT BALL................................................14
HOLDER, FRENCH HORN.........................................26
HOLDER, SAX NECK...................................................67
HOLDING JIG, ADJ. FOR FRENCH HORN............53
HOLDING JIG, VALVE INSTRUMENTS.................53
HOLE PUNCH, FLAT SPRINGS.................................71
HOLE PUNCH SET, FLUTE PADS............................93
HOLE PUNCH, SIX SIZES.........................................185
HOOD, BUFFING........................................................150
HOOK BURNISHERS...................................................30
HOOK NOSE KEY LEVER PLIERS..........................68
HOOK, SPRING.............................................................67
HOSE, AIR & CONNECTIONS.................................159
HOT STUFF GLUE/ACCESSORIES..........................75
KITS, REPAIR........................................................59, 193

KITS, SCREW..............................................................133
KNIVES ..........................................................................86
KNUCKLE DENT TOOLS...........................................29
~I~
INHIBITOR, RUST......................................................154
IRONING TOOL FOR FLUTE PADS.........................71
IRONS, BELL.................................................................31
~J~
JACK FOR SOUSAPHONE BELL..............................27
JACOBS CHUCK...........................................................63
JAWS, LEAD................................................................173
JET MAGIC GLUE........................................................75
JEWELERS SAW BLADES/FRAME........................181
JIG, ADJUSTMENT SCREW DRILLING.................83
JIG, BELL MOUNTING, CORNET/TRPT..............167
JIG, POST DRILLING..................................................82
JIG, RAISED TONE HOLE........................................103
JIG, SOLDER...............................................................163
JIG, TUBING BENDING..............................................32
JIG, WATERKEY SPRING INSTALLATION..........54
JOINT EXPANDERS, WOODWIND..........................81
JOINT SEPARATORS, TROMBONE .....................18
~K~
198
KEY BENDING LEVERS FOR SAX...........................72

KEY BRUSH.................................................................168
KEY BUFFING COMPOUND, CLARINET.............149
KEY FILING CLAMP.................................................104
KEY LEVELING TOOL, FLUTE................................68
KEY LEVELING TOOL, SAX.....................................72
KEY LEVER PLIERS, HOOK NOSE.........................68
KEY OIL.......................................................................191
KEY PIN REMOVAL TOOL.....................................111
KEY REAMERS, PIVOT SCREW..............................78
KEY SWEDGING TOOLS, WOODWIND ADJ........69
~L~
LACQUER MANDRELS.............................................154
LACQUER REMOVER/STRIPPER..................157, 160
LACQUER, AEROSOL SPRAY .............................159
LACQUER/THINNER, CATALYST, DYE..............158
LAMP, ALCHOL, WICKS............................................95
LAMP, MAGNIFIER AND SHADE..........................169
LAPPING BLOCKS, VALVE.......................................12
LAPPING COMPOUND...............................................12
LAPPING MOTOR, VALVE........................................12
LATCHES, CASE.........................................................187
LEAD BLOCK, PIG.......................................................52
LEAD MELTING LADLE............................................17
LEAD JAWS.................................................................173
LEAK LIGHTS, PARTS/BULBS...........................83, 84
LEVELING BLOCK....................................................109
LEVELING STONE, TROMBONE STAND..............48
LEVELING TOOLS, WOODWIND KEYS..........68, 72
LEVERS, SAX KEY BENDING...................................72
LIGATURE SCREWS.................................................133
LIGATURES.................................................................192
LIGHTER, FILE, FLINTS..........................................163
LIGHT FIXTURE........................................................159
LIME/SCALE REMOVER.........................................154
LINERS, BARREL.......................................................157
LIVE CENTER, WOODWIND ..................................91
LOCK, BASSOON BODY...........................................168
LOWER TENON PLUG HOLDER.............................97
LYRE SCREWS...........................................................133
LYRE SOCKET, SOLDER ON..................................172
LYRES...........................................................................184
~M~
MAGNET, PENCIL STYLE.........................................13
MAGNETIC SCRIBER.................................................13
MAGNETIZER, SCREWDRIVER BLADE...............66
MAGNIFIER, LAMP...................................................169
MAGNIFYING GLASSES..........................................186
MALLETS, CANVAS....................................................44
MALLETS, RAWHIDE.................................................37
MANDRELS, BELL.......................................................31
MANDRELS, CASING..................................................45
MANDRELS, CLARINET MPC & JOINT.................70
MANDRELS, FLUTE....................................................92
MANDRELS, LACQUERING....................................154
MANDRELS, PICCOLO...............................................92
MANDRELS, SLEEVE..................................................45
MANDRELS, TAPERED..............................................33
MANDRELS, TROMBONE SLIDE.............................49
MANDRELS, VALVE CASING & SLEEVE..............45
MANDRELS, VALVE THREAD.................................39
MANDRELS, WOOD........................................53,56,154
~M cont.~
~O~
MEASURING TOOL, CLARINET BORE...............110

MEASURING TOOL, TUNING SLIDE......................32
METAL BACK SAW...................................................108
METAL SNIPS.............................................................108
MICROMETERS.........................................................175
MILLBOARD...............................................................167
MIRROR, VALVE.................................................38, 143
MONEL ADDITIVE...............................................44,183
MORSE TAPER ARBOR FOR CHUCKS..................90
MOTO TOOL KIT, DREMEL...................................177
MOTORS, ACCESSORIES..............................63, 64, 91
MOUNTING JIG, BELL.............................................167
MOUTHPIECE ADAPTORS......................................177
MOUTHPIECE BRUSHES.........................................168
MOUTHPIECE CAPS.................................................192
MOUTHPIECE DISINFECTANT.............................171
MOUTHPIECE MANDREL, CLARINET..................70
MOUTHPIECE POLISHING ARBORS.....................18
MOUTHPIECE PULLER.............................................25
MOUTHPIECE RECEIVER REAMERS ................36
MOUTHPIECE REFACING KIT.......................105,185
MOUTHPIECE TUNING BITS(ADAPTORS).........177
MTHPIECE SHANK STRAIGHTENING ARBOR...18
MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT........................................24
MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD, TRPT...............................24
MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER KIT, TRPT...............24
MOUTHPIPE REC FORMING MANDRELS............36
MUSIC WIRE CUTTERS...........................................108
OIL, KEY......................................................................191
OIL, PENATRATING..............................................11, 94
OIL, SLIDE...................................................................191
OIL, VALVE.................................................................191
OILER, BENCH.............................................................82
OILSTONES.................................................................176
OVEN, WOODWIND PAD.........................................112
~N~
NECK CLEANER, SAX..............................................170
NECK HOLDER, SAX...................................................67
NECK PLUGS, SAX.....................................................192
NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR, SAX...........................67
NECK STRAPS.............................................................185
NECK TENON EXPANDER, SAX/BASS CLAR.......80
NEEDLE SPRING PLIERS..........................................68
NEEDLE SPRINGS......................................................131
NEEDLES, PINNING..................................................111
NICKEL SILVER PATCHING MATERIAL.............52
NORBECK CLARINET PADS...................................114
NORTON SPRINGS & BUSHINGS..........................131
NUT DRIVERS.............................................................102
NUTS, BELL.................................................................133
NUTS, FLANGE FOR BUFFING SHAFT................146
NUWHITE CAKE........................................................149
~O~
OBOE ARBOR/SOCKET GRAFTING JIG...............99
OBOE CORK PAD HOLE CUTTER........................142
OBOE OCTAVE TUBE REMOVERS.........................71
OBOE PADS.................................................................115
OBOE TENON TOOL...................................................97
OBOE TENON HOLE CUTTER...............................101
OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING, SAX......................73
OCTAVE/REGISTER TUBE REMOVERS...............71
OIL, BORE....................................................................191
~P~
PAD CUP TOOL, FLUTE...........................................105
PAD, CUTTING..............................................................93
PAD HEIGHT GAUGES.................................62, 67, 112
PAD HOLE PUNCHES, FLUTE..................................93
PAD IRONING TOOL, FLUTE.............................68, 71
PAD LEVELING TOOLS (CLARINET/FL)......71, 113
PAD OVEN....................................................................112
PAD PRESERVATIVE................................................191
PAD RESONATORS............................................128, 129
PAD RIVET PUNCH...................................................130
PAD SEAT REAMERS................................................100
PAD SEATING CLIPS, FLUTE...................................85
PAD SLICK, CLARINET......................................71, 113
PAD SLICKS, SAX .....................................................73
PAD TESTING FEELER/HOLDER............................67
PAD WASHERS, FLUTE (METAL)..........134, 135, 136
PAD WASHERS (PAPER)..........................................112
PAD/CORK CEMENT...................................................87
PADS, BASSOON.........................................................115
PADS, CLARINET, ALTO & BASS CLAR......114, 115
PADS, CORK................................................................141
PADS, COTTON CLEANING....................................155
PADS, FLUTE...............................................................115
PADS, PICCOLO.........................................................115
PADS, SAX.............................................................120-127
PAPER FLUTE WASHERS........................................112
PARALLEL ACTION PLIERS..................................107
PATCH MAKING TOOL, MATERIAL......................52
PATCHING MATERIAL, BRASS...............................52
PEARL BUTTONS, CORNET/TRPT........................172
PEARL HOLDERS & CLOSING DIES....................102
PEARL PROTECTOR.................................................102
PEARLS, THUMB & FINGER...................................102
PEGS, BENCH................................................................86
PENCIL MAGNET........................................................13
PENETRATING OIL...............................................11, 94
PERMA/LACQUER/REDUCER, DYE.....................161
PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIE............................81
PICCOLO JOINT EXPANDER...................................81
PICCOLO MANDRELS................................................92
PICCOLO PADS..........................................................115
PICCOLO SPRING WIRE..........................................132
PIN REMOVING TOOL, KEY..................................111
PIN VISE.................................................................67, 137
PIN/SPRING PARTS, BASSOON BODY LOCK.....168
PINNING NEEDLES...................................................111
PINNING WIRE, CRACK............................................69
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
199
INDEX BY NAME
200
Index by name
~P cont.~
~Q~
PIVOT SCREW COUNTERSINK, WOODWIND.....78

PIVOT SCREW KEY REAMERS...............................78
PIVOT SCREWS, WOODWIND...............134, 135, 136
PLASTIC GLUE ABS..................................................110
PLASTIC ROD, ABS...................................................110
PLASTIC STORAGE BOXES....................................172
PLATE, TROMBONE SLIDES....................................50
PLATERS BRUSH, LONG HANDLED....................168
PLIERS........34, 38, 64, 68, 69,70,90, 105, 107, 109, 137
PLIERS, ACCORDION...............................................137
PLIERS, CHAIN NOSE...............................................109
PLIERS, CURVED NOSE...........................................107
PLIERS, DUCKBILL.............................................38, 109
PLIERS, FLAT NOSE.........................................107, 109
PLIERS, FLUTE BOOSTER INSTALLATION.........70
PLIERS, FL BOOSTER/GRMT REMOV...................70
PLIERS, HOOK NOSE KEY LEVER.........................68
PLIERS, NEEDLE SPRING REMOVER...................68
PLIERS, NEEDLE SPRING REPLACEMENT.........68
PLIERS, PARALLEL ACTION.................................107
PLIERS, ROUND NOSE...............................................69
PLIERS, SLIDE REMOVER...................................11,34
PLIERS, SLIP JOINT..................................................107
PLIERS, SPRING PUNCHING....................................68
PLIERS, SWEDGING ...............................................64
PLIERS, TUNING SLIDE REMOVER.......................11
PLUG HOLDER, LOWER TENON............................97
PLUGS, FLUTE............................................................189
PLUGS, GLUE..............................................................105
POLISHES, BRASS & SILVER.................................156
POLISHING HOLDER, COR/TRPT...........................53
POLISHING WHEEL, STEEL...................................148
POLYGON VALVE SPRINGS.....................................54
PORTABLE AIR BUFFER/ACCESSORIES............150
POST BODY COUNTERSINKS..................................62
POST DRILLING JIG/ACCESSORIES......................82
POST LCKNG SC CNTERSINKS/DRILL.................62
POST RAISING TOOL, SAX.......................................55
POST/BODY COUNTERSINKS..................................62
POSTS, SAX ASSORTMENT.......................................55
POWER DISCS.................................................................4
POWER DISC ROLLERS...........................................5, 6
PRESERVATIVE, PAD...............................................191
PRESSURE SENSITIVE TEFLON..............................73
PRITCHARD CABLE SYSTEM (TUBA)...................15
PROTECTOR, CORK.................................................142
PROTECTOR, PEARL................................................102
PROTECTOR STRIPS................................................183
PULLER, MOUTHPIECE............................................25
PUMICE..........................................................................12
PUNCH, FLAT SPRING HOLE...................................71
PUNCH, HOLE FOR STRAPS OR PADS................185
PUNCH, PAD RIVET..................................................130
PUNCHES, CENTER & DRIVE TAPER....................93
PUNCHES, SPRING......................................................67
QUICK DRY CORK CEMENT....................................87
~R~
RAGGING TAPE.........................................................148
RAISED TONE HOLE JIG, CLARINET..................103
RAKE, BUFF................................................................148
RAWHIDE MALLETS..................................................37
RAWHIDE STRIPS.......................................................55
RAZOR BLADES, SINGLE EDGE.............................86
REAMER, CLARINET BELL TENON.......................97
REAMER, PIVOT SCREW KEY.................................78
REAMERS, ADJUSTABLE/BLADES.........................36
REAMERS, MOUTHPIECE RECEIVER. ...............36
REAMERS, PAD SEAT...............................................100
RECEIVER, MTHPIECE FORMING MDRLS.........36
RED ROUGE................................................................149
REDUCER/RETARDER, LACQUER...............158, 161
REED TESTING/TUNING TLS, ACCORDION......137
REFILLS, BUTANE TORCH.......................................95
REPAIR KITS.........................................................59, 193
REPAIR MANUALS.................................................57,58
RESONATOR/RIVET KITS.......................................128
RESONATORS, SAX PADS...............................128, 129
RETARDER, LACQUER....................................158, 161
REVERSIBLE SCRAPER, BLADES.........................167
RIBBON SOLDER.......................................................166
RIGHT ANGLE DENT TOOLS...................................38
RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDERS....................................26
RING SHRINKING DIES, WOODWIND.................104
RINGS, BURNISHING............................................35, 49
RINGS, DRAW.........................................................35, 37
RINGS, SOLDER ON FINGER..................................172
RIVET PUNCH, SAX PAD.........................................130
RIVET WASHERS.......................................................188
RIVETS...................................................................130,188
ROCKET ROLLER.......................................................51
ROD, ABS PLASTIC...................................................110
ROD, DELRIN..............................................................110
ROD, DRILL STACK....................................................74
ROD, SOLID BRASS...................................................107
ROD, TROMBONE VENTURI....................................22
RODS, CLEANING................................................62, 168
RODS, SANDING...........................................................64
ROLLER, CONE SHAPED...........................................23
ROLLER DENT BALLS...............................................22
ROLLER, ROCKET......................................................51
ROLLERS, DOUBLE HAND........................................23
ROLLER, EXTRA LONG.............................................23
ROLLERS, POWER DISC..............................................4
ROTOR BEARING PLATE TOOL.............................58
ROTARY VALVE BEARING TOOL..........................51
ROUND NOSE PLIERS....................................38,69,105
ROUND SPRINGS, STAINLESS STEEL.................131
RUBBER WEDGES.......................................................85
RULERS........................................................................174
RUST INHIBITOR.......................................................154
~S~
~S cont.~
SAFETY FLANGE NUTS, BUFFER SHAFT...........146

SAFETY LIGHT FIXTURES.....................................159
SAND BLASTER, NOZZLES & JETS......................155
SANDERS, BELT/DISKS............................................144
SANDING RODS............................................................64
SANIMIST MOUTHPIECE DISINFECTANT.........171
SAW BLADES, JEWELERS......................................181
SAW, METAL BACK..................................................108
SAX ASSEMBLY MANDREL......................................53
SAX BELL SHOES..........................................................2
SAX BODY DENT REMOVER....................................58
SAX BODY BOW DENT REMOVER.........................56
SAX BODY HOLDING WHEEL.................................83
SAX BODY ROLLERS....................................................2
SAX BODY STRAIGHTENING TOOL......................56
SAX BORE CLEANING BRUSH...............................170
SAX BUMPER ADJUSTER..........................................90
SAX DENT BALLS SLOTTED....................................57
SAX DENT ROD GUIDES............................................57
SAX END PLUGS.........................................................192
SAX FLAT SPRINGS..................................................132
SAX GOOSENECK DENT ROD..................................56
SAX HOLDING WHEEL..............................................83
SAX KEY BENDING LEVERS....................................72
SAX KEY FELTS.........................................................143
SAX KEY GUARD SCREWS.....................134, 135, 136
SAX KEY LEVELING TOOLS....................................72
SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE.........................................90
SAX NECK CLEANER...............................................170
SAX NECK EXPANDERS............................................81
SAX NECK HOLDER....................................................67
SAX NECK PLUGS......................................................192
SAX NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR............................67
SAX NECK SCREWS..........................................133, 136
SAX OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING.......................73
SAX PAD HEIGHT GAUGES......................................67
SAX PAD RESONATORS...................................128, 129
SAX PAD RIVETS.......................................................130
SAX PADS..............................................................120-127
SAX POST ASSORTMENT..........................................55
SAX POST RAISING TOOL........................................55
SAX SLOTTED BARREL SHAPED PUSH BALLS..57
SAX STRAPS................................................................185
SCALE/LIME REMOVER.........................................154
SCRAPERS, CURVED/TRIANG/REVERS..............163
SCRATCH BRUSHES & BUFFING MACHINE.....151
SCREW EXTRACTORS.......................................67, 174
SCREW HOLDING SCREWDRIVER........................66
SCREW KITS...............................................................133
SCREW SLOTTING TOOL/BLADES........................82
SCREWDRIVER BLADE/MAGNETIZER................66
SCREWDRIVER, FLUTE ROD COMB.....................62
SCREWDRIVER/SPRING HOOK COMBO..............66
SCREWDRIVERS................................................62,65,66
SCREWDRIVERS, BLADES..................................65, 66
SCREWS, BARITONE & BELL................................133

SCREWS, LIGATURE & LYRE ...............................133
SCREWS, SAX NECK.................................................133
SCREWS, SOUSAPHONE..........................................133
SCREWS, WOODWIND.............................134, 135, 136
SCRIBER, MAGNETIC................................................13
SEATING CLIPS, FLUTE PAD...................................85
SEPARATORS, TROMBONE JOINT .....................18
SHAFT ARBOR, UTILITY...........................................91
SHAFT SAFETY FLANGE NUTS.............................146
SHAFT SPACERS, BUFFER......................................146
SHANK, MOUTHPIECE ARBOR...............................18
SHEET CORK..............................................................141
SHEETS, ABRASIVE & TEFLON......................73, 176
SHELLAC, STICK, FLAKE.........................................88
SHELLAC SPATULAS.................................................88
SHIM STOCK, FLUSHBANDING ........................106
SHOP APRON..............................................................191
SHORTENERS, HINGE TUBE....................................76
SHRINKABLE TUBING...............................................73
SHRINKER, TUBING...................................................28
SHRINKING DIES, WOODWIND RING.................104
SILICON CARBIDE WHEEL......................................64
SILVER CLEANER.....................................155, 156, 157
SILVER POLISHES & SPRAY..................................156
SILVER SOLDER/ACCESSORIES...................164, 166
SILVER TARNISH REMOVER................................155
SKIN, FISH...................................................................102
SLEEVE MANDRELS, VALVE..................................45
SLIDE BUMPER REMOVER, TROMBONE............18
SLIDE CLEANING RODS..........................................168
SLIDE CREAM............................................................191
SLIDE DENT REMOVER, TROMBONE...................50
SLIDE DENT REMOVER, YAMAHA TUNING.......58
SLIDE DENT TOOL, TROMBONE ROLLING........49
SLIDE GREASE, TUNING SLIDE............................191
SLIDE MANDRELS, TROMBONE.............................49
SLIDE OIL....................................................................191
SLIDE PLATE, TROMBONE......................................50
SLIDE PLIERS, TUNING SLIDE................................11
SLIDE PULLING TOOLS......................................55, 58
SLIDE REMOVING COLLARS, TROMBONE........18
SLIDE REMOVER PLIERS...................................11, 34
SLIDE SOLDER ROD...................................................53
SLIDE SPACING TOOLS, TROMBONE...................55
SLIDE SPRAY BOTTLE, TROMBONE...................191
SNEAKY LIGHTS.........................................................83
SNIPS.............................................................................108
SOCKET GRAFTING JIG/ACCESSORIES..............99
SOCKET GRAFT BLANKS.........................................99
SOCKETS, SOLDER ON TYPE................................172
SOLDER, ALL TYPES........................................164, 166
SOLDER CLIPS, CLAMPS........................................167
SOLDER FLUXES, ANTI FLUX.......................164, 166
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
201
INDEX BY NAME
202
Index by name
~S cont.~
~S cont.~
SOLDER JIG................................................................163
SOLDER JOINT CLEANING BRUSHES................164
SOLDER ON FINGER RINGS...................................172
SOLDER SCRAPERS..................................................163
SOLDERING KIT, EXCALIBUR..............................162
SOLDERING CLAMPS...............................................167
SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORTENER..........................76
SOLVENT/CLEANER.................................................191
SOLVENT, CORK CEMENT.......................................87
SOLVENT, HOT STUFF GLUE..................................75
SOLVENT, JET/CLEAR MAGIC GLUE...................75
SOUSAPHONE BELL FLAIR ROLLER......................2
SOUSAPHONE BELL JACK.......................................27
SOUSAPHONE BELL SHOE.........................................2
SOUSAPHONE BRANCH ROLLERS..........................2
SOUSAPHONE EXPANDABLE DENT TOOLS.......25
SOUSAPHONE GRILL...............................................171
SOUSAPHONE HAND DENT ROD............................27
SOUSAPHONE HOLDER. ......................................171
SOUSAPHONE SCREWS, NECK & BELL.............133
SOUSAPHONE SLIDE DENT TOOLS, EXP.............25
SPACERS, BUFFING WHEEL..................................146
SPATULA, CRACK SLICK & SHELLAC................88
SPINDLE ADAPTORS..................................................63
SPINDLES, BENCH MOTOR......................................64
SPINDLES, TAPERED BUFFER...............................146
SPRAY BOTTLE, TROMBONE SLIDE...................191
SPRAY GUNS/ATTACHMENTS ...........................160
SPRAY LACQUER, AEROSOL .............................159
SPRING HOLE PUNCH................................................71
SPRING HOOKS................................................66, 67, 70
SPRING INSTALLING JIG, WATERKEY................54
SPRING PUNCHES.......................................................67
SPRING PUNCHING, REMOVING PLIERS............68
SPRING REPLACING PLIERS...................................68
SPRING SCREWS, WOODWIND.............134, 135, 136
SPRING VIAL HOLDER, WOOD.....................131, 132
SPRING VIALS....................................................131, 132
SPRING WIRE, FLUTE/PICCOLO..........................132
SPRINGS, FLAT WOODWIND.........................130, 132
SPRINGS, NEEDLE/ROUND.....................................131
SPRINGS, POLYGON VALVE....................................54
SPRINGS, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND.................131
SPRINGS, VALVE & WATERKEY ...........................54
STACK ROD...................................................................74
STAIN, BLACK PIGMENT..........................................75
STAINLESS STEEL ROUND SPRINGS..................131
STAKING TOOL, HEAT............................................129
STAND, MEDIUM DUTY VISE.................................173
STAND, TROMBONE LEVELING STONE..............48
STERISOL....................................................................171
STICK SHELLAC..........................................................88
STOP HINGES.............................................................188
STORAGE BOXES......................................................172
STORAGE CABINETS, CHESTS..............................172
STRAPS, SAX...............................................................185
STRIPPER, LACQUER...............................................157
STRIPS, TARNISH PROTECTOR............................183
STRIPS/ROLLS EMERY PAPER ..........................176
STUDS, FOR CASE BOTTOMS................................188
SWABS..........................................................................170
SWEDGING DIES, FLUTE & PICCOLO..................81
SWEDGING DIES, SAX KEY......................................90
SWEDGING PLIERS .................................................64
SWEDGING TOOLS, WOODWIND KEY.................69
SWEDISH STYLE PLIERS..................................38, 105
SWITCH, FOOT OPERATED MOTOR.....................63
SWIVEL TOP SCREWDRIVERS...............................66
SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT...........................2,10,44,183
~T~
TANK/BARREL LINERS...........................................157
TAP WRENCH.............................................................179
TAPE, ABRASIVE.......................................................176
TAPE, RAGGING........................................................148
TAPER ARBOR, MORSE.............................................90
TAPERED MANDRELS.........................................32, 33
TAPERED MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT ...................24
TAPERED SPINDLES,BUFFER & MOTOR
SHAFT..63,146
TAPS, SCREW THREADING & DIES.....................179
TARNI-SHIELD...........................................................156
TARNISH PROTECTOR STRIPS.............................183
TARNISH REMOVER................................................155
TEFLON SHEET, PRESSURE SENSITIVE..............73
TELESCOPING GAUGES..........................................174
TENON CAPS, WOODWIND......................................78
TENON EXPANDERS.............................................80, 81
TENON PLUG HOLDER..............................................97
TENON PLUG MATERIAL.......................................110
TENON PLUGS FOR REPLACEMENT....................97
TENON REAMER, CLARINET BELL.......................97
TENON REPLACEMENT TOOLS.......................97, 98
TENON SLEEVE, FLUTE..........................................100
TENON SWEDGER, HEAVY DUTY..........................80
TENON TOOL, OBOE CENTER TOOL....................97
TESTING CORKS.........................................................83
TESTING FEELER HOLDER.....................................67
THINNER, LACQUER........................................158, 161
THREAD GAUGES.....................................................179
THREAD MANDRELS, VALVE.................................39
THREAD RESTORING TOOLS.................................52
THUMB RESTS............................................................171
THMB REST SCRWS OVERSIZE/REG...........135,136
THUMB TUBE REMOVER..........................................90
TONE HOLE CUTTER SET/ACCESS.............101, 103
TONE HOLE FILES......................................................76
TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILES...............................100
TONE HOLE REFACING TOOL, SAX......................77
TONE HOLE REPAIR, GLUE PLUGS....................105
TONE HOLE REPLACEMENT TOOLS..........101, 103
~T cont.~
~U~
TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTER TOOLS....................79

TOOL CHESTS............................................................172
TOOL HANGERS........................................................186
TORCHES/ACCESSORIES.........................95, 162, 165
TORX DRIVER..............................................................90
TRADEMARK CRAYON, GOLD.............................102
TRANSFORMER, LEAKLIGHT.................................84
TRAY, FLUTE..............................................................154
TREBLE KEY ADJ TOOLS, ACCORDION............137
TRIANGULAR SOLDER SCRAPER........................163
TRIPOLI CAKE...........................................................149
TROMBONE BELL MANDREL.................................31
TROMBONE BUMPER REMOVER..........................18
TRMB BMPR, STRAIGHT TUBE CORKS.............140
TROMBONE CLEANING ROD, WOOD HDL.......168
TROMBONE CORK BARREL DENT REMOVER..34
TROMBONE CORK BARREL SPACERS.................18
TROMBONE DENT HAMMER..................................20
TROMBONE EXPANDABLE DENT TOOLS...........50
TROMBONE JOINT SEPARATORS ........................18
TROMBONE LEVELING STONE..............................48
TROMBONE ROLLING SLIDE DENT TOOL.........49
TROMBONE SLIDE BURNISHING RING...............49
TROMBONE SLIDE DENT REMOVER/EXP ........50
TROMBONE SLIDE MANDRELS..............................49
TROMBONE SLIDE PLATE.......................................50
TROMBONE SLIDE REMOVER COLLARS...........18
TROMBONE SLIDE SPACING TOOLS....................55
TROMBONE SLIDE SPRAY BOTTLE....................191
TROMBONE VENTURI RODS...................................22
TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD.......................24
TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER KIT......24
TRUMPET PEARL BUTTONS..................................172
TUBA DENT BALLS.....................................................16
TUBA DENT REMOVAL CABLE SYSTEM.......17, 20
TUBA POLYGON VALVE SPRINGS.........................54
TUBE CORKS..............................................................140
TUBES, FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHT...................84
TUBING BENDING JIG...............................................32
TUBING CLEANER BALLS......................................157
TUBING TRUE TOOL..................................................48
TUBING, FLEXIBLE (BUFFING HOODS).............150
TUBING, FLEXIBLE VINYL......................................73
TUBING, HEAT SHRINK .........................................73
TUBING, HOT STUFF GLUE......................................75
TUBING, SAX OCTAVE KEY LEVER......................73
TUBULAR HINGE TUBING SHORTENERS...........76
TUNE LUBE.................................................................183
TUNING BITS, MOUTHPIECE ............................177
TUNG SL DNT BL HAMMER, FR/HORN.................21
TUNING SLIDE GREASE..........................................191
TUNING SLIDE MEASURING TOOL.......................32
TUNING SLIDE PLIERS..............................................11
TUNING SLIDE REMOVAL TOOLS.............11,55,58
TWEEZERS..................................................................175
UNIVERSAL BELL IRON............................................31

UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDRELS.......................32
UTILITY ARBOR, MOTOR SHAFT..................91, 146
UTILITY BENCH HAMMER....................................130
UTILITY KNIFE............................................................86
~V~
V-BLOCK................................................................29, 173
VALVE BEARING TOOL, ROTARY VALVES........51
VALVE BRUSHES.......................................................168
VALVE CASING/SLEEVE CHARTS...................46, 47
VALVE CASING MANDRELS....................................45
VALVE CLEANING ROD..........................................168
VALVE GUIDE FITTING TOOL................................38
VALVE GUIDES............................................................38
VALVE INSTRUMENT HOLDING JIG....................53
VALVE LAPPING BLOCKS........................................12
VALVE LAPPING COMPOUND................................12
VALVE LAPPING MOTOR.........................................12
VALVE MIRROR..................................................38, 143
VALVE OIL..................................................................191
VALVE SLEEVE MANDRELS....................................45
VALVE SPRINGS..........................................................54
VALVE THREAD CHARTS...................................40-43
VALVE THREAD MANDRELS..................................39
VENTURI ROD, TROMBONE....................................22
VIAL HOLDER, WOOD......................................130-132
VIALS, SPRING....................................................131-132
VINYL TUBING.....................................................73, 177
VISE STAND, MEDIUM DUTY & HEAVY.............173
VISES...........................................................3, 25, 137, 173
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
~W~
WASHERS, CORK......................................................139
WASHERS, FELT........................................................143
WASHERS, METAL FLUTE PAD.............112, 134-136
WASHERS, PAPER FLUTE.......................................112
WASHERS, RIVET......................................................188
WATER KEY INSTALLING JIG................................54
WATER KEY SPRINGS...............................................54
WATER KEYS...............................................................54
WAX/WAX SPOON, ACCORDIAN..........................137
WEDGES, RUBBER & WOOD....................................85
WELD ON GLUE.........................................................110
WET & DRY ABRASIVE PAPER.............................176
WHEEL, BURNISHING ................................................3
WHEEL, SAX BODY.......................................................2
WENOL POLISH.........................................................155
WHOLE SPRING REMOVING PLIERS...................68
WICK, ALCOHOL LAMP............................................95
WIRE, BINDING..........................................................167
WIRE, CRACK PINNING............................................69
WIRE CUTTERS.........................................................108
WOOD ASSEMBLY MANDRELS..............................53
WOOD CONDITIONER OIL.....................................191
WOOD MANDRELS.........................................53,56,154
WOOD WEDGES...........................................................85
203
INDEX BY NAME
Index by name
~W cont.~
WOODEN SPRING VIAL HOLDER.................130-132
WOODWIND ASSEMBLY BOARDS.......................106
WOODWIND KEY LEVELING TOOLS.............68, 72
WOODWIND KEY SWEDGING TOOLS..................69
WOODWIND
LIVE
CENTER......................................91
WOODWIND PIVOT SCREW COUNTERSINKS....78
WOODWIND REPAIR HOLDER...............................70
WOODWIND SCREWS.......................................133-136
WOODWIND SPRINGS......................................130-132
WOODWIND SWABS.................................................170
WOODWIND TENON CAPS.......................................78
W/W TENON CUTTER/ACCESSORIES.............97, 98
WORK BASKET..........................................................154
WRENCH, TAP............................................................179
~Y~
Y TUBE FOR BUFFING TUBES...............................150
YAMAHA TUNING SLIDE DENT REMOVAL
KIT...................................................................................58
~SHOP SET UPS~

BRASSWIND BENCH.................................................152
DENT MACHINE & ACCESSORIES.........................96
SPECIALTY WOODWIND TOOLS.........................138
WOODWIND SHOP SET UP.....................................116
204
~A~
~A cont.~
A1-CORK WASHERS.................................................139
A2-CORK WASHERS.................................................139
A3-CORK WASHERS.................................................139
A4-CORK WASHERS.................................................139
A14-CORK WASHERS...............................................139
A15-CORK WASHERS...............................................139
A16-CORK WASHERS...............................................139
A17-CORK WASHERS...............................................139
A18A-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139
A18B-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139
A18C-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139
A18D-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139
A19W-WHITE FELT SQUARE.................................143
A20-NEOPRENE BUMPERS.....................................140
A21-BUMPER RUBBERS FOR TUBA.....................140
A26-FLUTE KEY CORKS..........................................139
A27-STRAIGHT WATER KEY CORKS..................139
A33-TAPERED WATER KEY CORKS....................139
A40-SLOTTED TUBE CORKS..................................140
A41-PICCOLO HEAD CORKS..................................140
A42-FLUTE HEAD CORKS.......................................140
A42A-ALTO FLUTE HEAD CORKS........................140
A43-BASSOON BOCAL TUBE CORKS...................140
A44-SAX
&
TROMBONE
SLIDE
BUMPER
CORKS..........................................................................140
A45-SMALL ALTO SAX TUBE CORKS.................140
A46-REG.
ALTO,
C-MEL,
TENOR
TUBE
CORKS..........................................................................140
A47-TENOR, BARI SAX TUBE CORKS..................140
A48-ALTO,
C-MELODY
TAPERED
TUBE
CORKS..........................................................................140
A49-TENOR, BARI TAPERED TUBE CORKS.......140
A50-WATER KEY CORK ASSORTMENT.............139
A51-CORK WASHER ASSORTMENT....................139
A52-FRENCH PLUG SET (METAL W/CORK)......136
A52P-FRENCH PLUG SET (PLASTIC)...................136
A54-CORK PADS.........................................................141
A54A-ASSORTMENT OF 100 CORK PADS...........141
A54-ALL-CORK PAD ASST. (SIZES 6-13)..............141
A55-1/64 SHEET CORK............................................141
A56-1/32 SHEET CORK............................................141
A56A-REALCORK 1/32............................................141
A57-1/16 SHEET CORK............................................141
A57A-REALCORK 1/16............................................141
A58-3/32 SHEET CORK............................................141
A58A-REALCORK 3/32............................................141
A59-1/8 SHEET CORK..............................................141
A59A-REALCORK 1/8..............................................141
A60-3/16 S HEET CORK...........................................141
A60A-REALCORK 3/16............................................141
A61-1/4 SHEET CORK..............................................141

A61A-REALCORK 1/4..............................................141
A62-3/64 SHEET CORK............................................141
A62A-REALCORK 3/64............................................141
A63-VERY THIN SHEET CORK..............................141
A64A-REALCORK 7/32............................................141
A65A-REALCORK ASSORTMENT.........................141
A66-SMALL MUTE CORKS......................................141
A67-LARGE MUTE CORKS......................................141
A70-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A71-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A72-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A73-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A74-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A75-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A76-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142
A77-SAX KEY FELTS.................................................143
A78-SAX KEY FELTS.................................................143
A79-SAX KEY FELTS.................................................143
A80-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143
A95-VALVE WASHER, FELT ASSORTMENT......143
A96-WHITE FELT BUMPER ASSORTMENT.......142
A97-WHITE SAX FELT ASSTORTMENT..............143
A110-METAL FLUTE PAD WASHERS (16-18.5)...112
A110A-100 METAL FLUTE WASHER ASST.........112
A112EEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139
A112ETR-TRILL KEY CORKS.................................139
A112GEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139
A112GTR-TRILL KEY CORKS................................139
A112UEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139
A112UTR-TRILL KEY CORKS................................139
A112YEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139
A112YTR-TRILL KEY CORKS................................139
A120-BL-BLACK SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS.....143
A120-BR-BROWN SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143
A120-WH-WHITE SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143
INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER
Index by item number
205

~A cont.~
~B cont.~

APRON-FERREES SHOP APRON.............................191
B255-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114

B255C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114
B26-FLUTE PADS, YELLOW, DBL SKIN...............115
B26B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115
B261-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT....................115
B28-PICCOLO PADS, YELLOW, DBL SKIN.........115
B28B-PICCOLO PAD SET.........................................115
B281-100 PICCOLO PAD ASSORTMENT...............115
B29-FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN, THIN......................115
B29B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115
B30-FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN, WOVEN FELT......115
B30B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115
B30H-HARMONY FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN.........115
B30HB-FLUTE PAD SET............................................115
B31-FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN, NEEDLE FELT.....115
B31B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115
B32-TAN KID PADS....................................................115
B32A-SOPRANO CLARINET PAD SET..................115
B32B-ALTO CLARINET PAD SET..........................115
B32C-BASS CLARINET PAD SET............................115
B32D-BASSOON PAD SET.........................................115
B321-100 TAN KID PAD ASSORTMENT................115
B33-WHITE KID PADS..............................................115
B33A-SOPRANO CLARINET PAD SET..................115
B33B-ALTO CLARINET PAD SET..........................115
B33C-BASS CLARINET PAD SET............................115
B33D-BASSOON PAD SET.........................................115
B331-100 WHITE KID PAD ASSORTMENT...........115
B33OWP-OVAL WHISPER KEY PADS..................115
B35-OBOE PADS, DBL SKIN....................................115
B35B-OBOE PAD SET................................................115
B351-100 BASSOON PAD ASSORTMENT..............115
B37-PICCOLO PADS, DBL SKIN.............................115
B37B-PICCOLO PAD SET.........................................115
B371-100 PICCOLO PAD ASSORTMENT...............115
B38-FLUTE PADS, YELLOW, DBL SKIN...............115
B38B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115
B39LA-LEBLANC ALTO CL SET............................113
B39LB-LEBLANC BASS CL SET..............................113
B40-PLAIN SAX PADS................................................120
B42-RIVET SAX PADS...............................................120
B43-FLAT METAL RESONATOR SAX PADS.......121
B44-FLAT METAL RESONATOR SAX PADS.......121
B46-DOMED METAL RESO SAX PADS.................122
B47-DOMED METAL RESO SAX PADS.................122
B50-CONN RESO-PADS.............................................123
B52-THIN PAD W/PLASTIC RESO..........................124
B53-STANDARD PAD W/PLASTIC RESO..............124
B56-STANDARD PAD W/CONE RESO...................127
B58-THIN PAD W/HOLE...........................................125
B59-STANDARD PAD W/HOLE...............................125
~B~
B7-WHITE FLUTE PADS, NEEDLE FELT.............115
B7B-FLUTE PAD SET.................................................115
B71-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT......................115
B8-YELLOW FLUTE PADS, NEEDLE FELT.........115
B8B-FLUTE PAD SET.................................................115
B81-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT......................115
B9-NORBECK CLARINET PADS (MED)................114
B9A-NORBECK CLARINET PADS (MED THK)...114
B9AB-NORBECK CLARINET PAD SET.................114
B9B-NORBECK CLARINET PAD SET....................114
B91-100 NORBECK CLARINET PAD ASST...........114
B95-500 NORBECK CLARINET PAD ASST...........114
B95C-500
NORBECK
CL
PAD
ASST
W/
CABINET.................................................................114
B10-CLARINET PADS, SINGLE SKIN....................114
B10B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114
B11-CLARINET PADS, DOUBLE SKIN..................114
B17-CLARINET
PADS,
DEJUR,
DOUBLE
SKIN...............................................................................114
206
~B cont.~
~C cont.~
B60-BUESCHER SNAP-ON SAX PADS...................123

B62-THIN SAX PADS W/CONE RESO....................127
B64M-THIN DEJUR SAX PADS W/HOLE.............126
B66M-STD DEJUR SAX PADS W/HOLE...............126
B64V-THIN DEJUR SAX PADS W/RIVET............126
B66V-STD DEJUR SAX PADS W/RIVET...............126
B64R-THIN DEJUR SAX PADS W/PLASTIC RESO..............................................................................126
B66R-STD DEJUR SAX PADS W/PLASTIC RESO..............................................................................126
B64D-THIN DEJUR SAX PADS W/DOMED METAL
RESO..............................................................................126
B66D-STD DEJUR SAX PADS W/DOMED METAL
RESO..............................................................................126
B45R-SELMER TYPE DOMED METAL RESOS...129
B53R-SELMER TYPE PLASTIC RESOS................129
B56R-PLASTIC CONE RESONATORS...................128
B220-METAL RESONATORS 3/8...........................129
B230-METAL RIVETS, REGULAR 7/32................130
B235-METAL RIVETS, EXTRA LONG...................130
B260-ECONOMY UNIVERSAL RESO KIT............128
B265-DELUXE UNIVERSAL RESO KIT.................128
BA100-PAPER FLUTE WASHERS .003 THK.......112
BA105-100 PAPER FLUTE WASHER ASST...........112
BR5A-CHAMOIS BUFF, 4........................................147
BR5B-CHAMOIS BUFF, 5........................................147
BR5C-CHAMOIS BUFF, 4........................................147
BR5D-CHAMOIS BUFF, 5........................................147
C2F4-ARTLEY FLUTE ADJ SCREWS....................134

C2F6-ARLTEY FLUTE PAD SCREWS....................134
C2F7-ARTLEY FLUTE PAD WASHERS.................134
C2F8-ARTLEY FLUTE PAD SPUDS........................134
C2F9-ARTLEY FLUTE GROMMETS......................134
C2F10-ARTLEY
SILVER
PLATE
FLUTE
CROWN.........................................................................134
C2F11-ARTLEY NICKEL FLUTE CROWN...........134
C3AC1-BUESCHER ALTO CL PIVOT SCRWS.....134
C3ARC1-BUESCHER/BUNDY
ALTO
CL
ADJ
SCREWS........................................................................134
C3B1-BUNDY BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS............134
C3BC1-BUNDY/BUESCHER BASS
CL
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
C3C1-BUNDY CLARINET PIVOT SCREWS.........134
C3C3-BUNDY/BUESCHER G# ADJ SCREW.........134
C3C5-BUNDY/BUESCHER CL/FL FLAT SPRING
SCREWS........................................................................134
C3F1-BUNDY FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS..................134
C3F4-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL ADJ SCREWS........134
C3F5-BUNDY/BUESCHER
FL
FLAT
SPR
SCREWS........................................................................134
C3F6-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL PAD SCREWS.......134
C3F7-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL PAD WASHERS....134
C3F8-BUNDY FLUTE PAD SPUDS..........................134
C3F9-BUNDY FLUTE GROMMETS........................134
C3F10-BUNDY SILVER PLATE FL CROWN........134
C3F11-BUNDY NICKEL FLUTE CROWN..............134
C3OB1-BUNDY OBOE PIVOT SCREWS................134
C3SA1-BUNDY SAX PIVOT SCREWS....................134
C3SA2-BUNDY KEY GUARD SCREWS..................134
C3SA5-BUNDY SAX FLAT SPR SCREWS..............134
C4B1A-SCHREIBER HEADLESS PVT SCRWS....134
C4F1-BUFFET,E&S,SCHREIBER
FLUTE
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
C4NC1-BUFFET,
NEW MODEL,
CL PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
C4OC1-BUFFET,E&S,SCHREIBER
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
C4SA1-BUFFET SAX PIVOT SCREWS...................134
C4SA2S-SM BUFFET KEY GUARD SCRWS..........134
C4SA2L-LG BUFFET KEY GUARD SCRWS.........134
C5CF5-CONN,P.A.,CL/FL
FLAT
SPRING
SCREWS........................................................................134
C5F1-NEW CONN, P.A. FL PIVOT SCREWS........134
C5F6-CONN, P.A. FLUTE PAD SCREWS...............134
C5F7-CONN, P.A. FLUTE PAD WASHERS............134
C5F8-FLUTE CUP PAD SPUDS................................134
C5F10-CONN SILVER PLATE FL CROWN...........134
C5F11-CONN NICKEL FLUTE CROWN................134
C5NC1-CONN, P.A., CL PIVOT SCREWS..............134
C5NSA1-NEW
CONN,
P.A.,
SAX
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
C5OC1-OLD CONN CL PIVOT SCREWS...............134
~C~
C1CF5-ARMSTRONG FLAT SPRING SCREWS...134
C1F1-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS.....134
C1F4-ARMSTRONG FLUTE ADJ SCREWS..........134
C1F6-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PAD SCREWS..........134
C1F7-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PAD WASHERS.......134
C1F8-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PAD SPUDS..............134
C1F9-ARMSTRONG FLUTE GROMMETS............134
C1F10-ARMSTRONG
SILVER
PLATE
FLUTE
CROWN.........................................................................134
C1F11-ARMSTRONG
NICKEL
FLUTE
CROWN.........................................................................134
C1NS1-ARMSTRONG
NEW
SAX
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
C1SA2-ARMSTRONG KEY GUARD SCREWS.....134
C2C1-ARTLEY CLAR PIVOT SCREWS.................134
C2CF5-ARTLEY
CLAR/FL
FLAT
SPRING
SCREWS........................................................................134
C2F1-ARTLEY
FL
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................134
207

~C cont.~
~C cont.~
C5SA2-CONN KEY GUARD SCREWS....................134

C5SA5-CONN SAX FLAT SPRING SCREWS.........134
C6F1-DEFORD FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS...............134
C6F4-DEFORD FLUTE ADJ SCREWS...................134
C6F5-DEFORD FL FLAT SPRINGS SCREWS.......134
C6F6-DEFORD FLUTE PAD SCREWS...................134
C6F7-DEFORD FLUTE PAD WASHERS................134
C6F8-DEFORD FLUTE PAD SPUDS........................134
C6F9-DEFORD FLUTE GROMMETS.....................134
C6F10-DEFORD SILVER PLATE FL CROWN......134
C6F11-DEFORD NICKEL FLUTE CROWN...........134
C7B1-FOX BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS.................135
C7OB1-FOX OBOE PIVOT SCREWS......................135
C8F1-GEMEINHARDT FL PIVOT SCREWS.........135
C8F4-GEMEINHARDT FL ADJ SCREWS.............135
C8F5-GEMEINHARDT
FL
FLAT
SPRING
SCREWS........................................................................135
C8F6-GEMEINHARDT FLUTE PAD SCREWS.....135
C8F7-GEMEINHARDT FL PAD WASHERS..........135
C8F8-GEMEINHARDT FLUT PAD SPUDS............135
C8F9-GEMEINHARDT FLUTE GROMMETS.......135
C8F10-GEMEINHARDT
SILVER
PLATE
FL
CROWN.........................................................................135
C8F11-GEMEINHARDT NICKEL FL CROWN.....135
C9F1-HAYNES FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS...............135
C9F6-HAYNES FLUTE PAD SCREWS....................135
C9F7-HAYNES FLUTE PAD WASHERS.................135
C11C1-JUPITER CL PIVOT SCREWS....................135
C11C3-JUPITER CL G# ADJ SCREWS...................135
C11C5-JUPITER CL FLAT SPRING SCREWS......135
C11F1-JUPITER FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS.............135
C11F4-JUPITER FL ADJ SCREWS..........................135
C11F5-JUPITER FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS.......135
C11F6-JUPITER FLUTE PAD SCREWS.................135
C11F7-JUPITER PAD WASHERS............................135
C11F9-JUPITER SAX PIVOT SCREWS..................135
C11F10-JUPITER SILVER PLATE FL CROWN....135
C11F11-JUPITER NICKEL FL CROWN.................135
C11SA1-JUPITER SAX PIVOT SCREWS...............135
C11SA2L-JUPITER LG KEY GUARD SCREWS...135
C11SA2S-JUPITER SM KEY GUARD SCREWS...135
C11SA5-JUPITER SAX FLAT SPRG SCREWS......135
C12B1-KING,CLEVELAND
BASSOON
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C12C1-KING,CLEVELAND CL PIVT SCREWS...135
C12F1-CLEVELAND FL PIVOT SCREWS.............135
C12F10-KING SILVER PLATE FL CROWN..........135
C12F11-KING NICKEL FLUTE CROWN...............135
C12SA2-KING KEY GUARD SCREWS...................135
C13AC4-LEBLANC,NOBLET,VITO ALTO CL ADJ
SCREWS........................................................................135
C13C1-LEBLANC,NOBLET,OLD NORMANDY PIVOT
SCREWS..........................................................135
C13C12-LEBLANC,NOBLET,VITO THUMB REST
SCREWS........................................................................135
C13C14-VITO CLARINET COIL SPRINGS...........136

C13C5-LEBLANC,NOBLET,VITO CLARINET FLAT
SPRING
SCREWS............................................136
C13F1-NOBLET,NORMANDY
FL/OBOE
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C13F4-NOBLET,NORMANDY FL ADJ SCRWS....135
C13F6-NOBLET,NORMANDY FL PAD SCRWS...135
C13NC1-LEBLANC,NOBLET
NEW
STYLE
HEADLESS CL PIVOT SCREWS.............................135
C14B1-LINTON,SCHREIBER
BASSOON
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C14OB1-LINTON OBOE PIVOT SCREWS............135
C15AS2-MARTIN ALTO SAX KEY GUARD
SCREWS........................................................................135
C15TS2-MARTIN TENOR SAX KEY GUARD
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16AC1-SELMER ALTO CL NEW MODEL PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16AC4-SELMER ALTO/BASS CL NEW MODEL
ADJUSTMENT SCREWS...........................................135
C16B1-SELMER BASSOON NEW MODEL PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16BC1-SELMER BASS CL NEW MODEL PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16C1-SELMER
CL
NEW
MODEL
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16C5-SELMER CL FLAT SPRING SCREWS......135
C16F1-SELMER
FL
NEW
MODEL
PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16F4-SELMER FL ADJ SCREWS..........................135
C16F5-SELMER FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS.......135
C16F6-SELMER FL NEW MODEL PAD SCRWS..135
C16F7-SELMER FL NEW MDL PAD WASHERS..135
C16F8-SELMER FL PAD CUP SPUDS.....................135
C16F9-SELMER FLUTE GROMMETS...................135
C16OB1-SELMER OBOE NEW MODEL PIVOTS
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16OB4-SELMER OBOE NEW MODEL ADJ
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16SA1-SELMER SAX NEW MODEL PIVOT
SCREWS........................................................................135
C16SA2-SELMER KEY GUARD SCREWS.............135
C16SA5-SELMER SAX NEW MODEL FLAT SPRING
SCREWS.......................................................135
C17AC4-VITO ALTO/BASS CL ADJ SCREWS.....136
C17AS1-VITO ALTO SAX PIVOT SCREWS..........136
C17AS2A-VITO
ALTO
SAX
KEY
GUARD
SCREWS........................................................................136
C17AS2B-VITO ALTO SAX, MODEL 7133 SM, KEY
GUARD SCREWS........................................................136
C17AS2D-VITO ALTO SAX, MODEL 7133 KEY
GUARD SCREWS........................................................136
C17AS5-VITO ALTO SAX FLAT SPRG SCRWS...136
C17BC1N-VITO BASS CL NEW PIVT SCREWS...136
208
~C cont.~
~C cont.~
C17BS2-VITO, HOLTON, MARTIN BARI SAX KEY

GUARD SCREWS................................................135, 136
C17C4-VITO CL ADJ SCFREWS.....................135, 136
C17NC1-VITO CL PIVOT SCREWS................135, 136
C17TS2-VITO MODEL 7131T,HOLTON SX604, TENOR SAX KEY GUARD SCREWS..............135, 136
C18B1-YAMAHA BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS.....136
C18C1-YAMAHA CL PIVOT SCREWS.....................136
C18C3-YAMAHA CL G# ADJ SCREWS..................136
C18F1-YAMAHA FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS...........136
C18F4-YAMAHA FLUTE ADJ SCREWS................136
C18F5-YAMAHA FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS......136
C18F6-YAMAHA FLUTE PAD SCREWS................136
C18F7-YAMAHA FL PAD WASHERS(ST OF 13)..136
C18F10-YAMAHA SILVER PLATE FL CROWN..136
C18F11-YAMAHA NICKEL FLUTE CROWN.......136
C18NS2-YAMAHA NECK SCRW 4MM X .70.........136
C18OB1-YAMAHA OBOE PIVOT SCREWS..........136
C18SA1-YAMAHA SAX PIVOT SCREWS..............136
C18SA2-YAMAHA KEY GUARD SCREWS...........136
C19F1-EMERSON FL PIVOT SCREWS..................134
C19F4-EMERSON FL ADJ SCREWS.......................134
C19F5-EMERSON FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS....134
C19F6-EMERSON FLUTE PAD SCREWS..............134
C19F7-EMERSON FLUTE PAD WASHER.............134
C19F9-EMERSON FLUTE GROMMET..................134
C20SA1-BLESSING SAX PIVOT SCREW...............134
C30-100 CLARINET PIVOT SCREW ASST............136
C31-100 SAX PIVOT SCREW ASST.........................136
C32-100 FLUTE PIVOT SCREW ASST...................136
C35-100 SCRWS FOR ALL INSTRUM. ASST........136
C41-PIVOT SCREWS 7.3MM....................................136
C44-PIVOT SCREWS 8.1MM....................................136
C46-FRENCH CL FLAT SPRING SCREWS...........136
C47-CONN SAX TOOL STEEL SCRW SM.............134
C49-SAX FLAT SPRING SCREW.............................136
C50-THUMB REST SCREWS, NICKEL SILVER..136
C50T-WOOD SCREW TAP........................................136
C51-THUMB REST SCREWS, NICKEL SILVER..136
C60-NYLON BOOSTERS...........................................136
C70-100 SCREWS IN A KIT.......................................133
C70AB/AN-6-32 LYRE SCREWS..............................133
C70BB/BN-6-36 LYRE SCREWS...............................133
C70CB/CN-6-40 LYRE SCREWS..............................133
C70DB/DN-8-32 LYRE SCREWS..............................133
C70EB/EN-8-36 LYRE SCREWS...............................133
C71AB/AN-6-32 LIGATURE SCREWS....................133
C71BB/BN-6-36 LIGATURE SCREWS.....................133
C71DB/DN-8-32 LIGATURE SCREWS....................133
C71EB/EN-8-36 LIGATURE SCREWS.....................133
C71FB/FN-4-.75 LIGATURE SCREWS....................133
C72DB/DN-8-32 BARITONE BELL SCREWS........133
C72GB/GN-10-32 BARITONE BELL SCREWS......133
C73DB/DN-8-32 SAX/SOUSA NECK SCREWS......133
C73EB/EN-8-36 SAX/SOUSA NECK SCREWS.......133

C73GB/GN-10-32 SAX/SOUSA NECK SCREWS....133
C74FB/FN-4-.75 SAX NECK SCREWS.....................133
C75HB/HN-1/4-20 SOUSA BELL SCREWS.............133
C75JB/JN-5/16-24 SOUSA BELL SCREWS.............133
C75KB/KN-1/4-28 SOUSA BELL SCREWS.............133
C75LB/LN-1/4-24 SOUSA BELL SCREWS..............133
C76DB-8-32 BARITONE BELL NUT........................133
C76GB-10-32 BARITONE BELL NUT......................133
C77HB-1/4-20 SOUSA BELL NUT.............................133
C77JB-5/16-24 SOUSA BELL NUT............................133
C77KB-1/4-28 SOUSA BELL NUT.............................133
C77LB-1/4-24 SOUSA BELL NUT.............................133
~D~
D1A-SPRING HOOK, MEDIUM.................................67
D1B-SPRING HOOK, LARGE.....................................67
D2-CORK KNIFE...........................................................86
D2A-CORK KNIFE BLADE.........................................86
D3-MOUTH BLOW PIPE FOR GAS..........................94
D4-MOUTH BLOW PIPE FOR ALCOHOL LAMP...94
D5-ADAPTOR CHUCK 0 TO 90..................................64
D6/D6A/D6B-BENCH PEGS.........................................86
D12A-CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGE 4............142
D12B-CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGE 12..........142
D13-SAX PAD CUP HEIGHT GAUGE SET..............67
D14-SAX NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR...................67
D14A-REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR D14................67
D15S-COUNTERSINKS, SET OF 11...........................78
D20/D20H-SM SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORT..........76
D21/D21H-LG SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORT...........76
D22-BENCH MOTOR ADAPTOR...............................63
D23-STRAIGHT BURNISHER, SMALL....................30
D24-CURVED BURNISHER, SMALL........................30
D25-STRAIGHT BURNISHER, SMALL....................30
D26-CURVED BURNISHER, EXTRA SLIM.............30
D27-0,2,4,6-JEWLERS SAW BLADES......................181
D28-PAD RIVET PUNCH.............................................130
D29A-E-TUBULAR HINGE TUBE SHORTENERS...76
D29AH-EH-SHORTENERS W/HANDLES................76
D29S-SET OF 5 TUBULAR HINGE TUBE SHORT...76
D29SH-SET OF 5 SHORTENERS W/HANDLES......76
D30-SINGLE EDGE RAZOR BLADES......................86
D32A/B-PENTAGON BROACHES.............................78
D33-BENCH KNIFE......................................................86
D34R/L-SHAFT ARBORS.............................................91
D35-TESTING FEELER HOLDER.............................67
D36R/L-SHAFT ARBORS.............................................91
D38-SPRING PUNCHES...............................................67
D40A/B/AH/BH-FRENCH HORN CORD...................28
D41-HEAT STAKING TOOL.....................................129
D42-DELUXE REVERSIBLE SCRAPER.................167
D42A-REPLACEMENT BLADES.............................167
D43-ACCORDION BASS BUTTON ADJ TOOL.....137
209

~D cont.~
~D cont.~
D44-PIN VISE.................................................................67
D45-UTILITY KNIFE....................................................86
D45A-EXTRA BLADES................................................86
D46-SHELLAC SPATULA SOP CL-MED.................88
D47-SHELLAC SPATULA BASS/ALTO CL-LG......88
D48-GOLD TRADEMARK CRAYON......................102
D49-WATER KEY INSTALLING JIG........................54
D50-TUNING SLIDE MEASURING TOOL...............32
D54B-OBOE TENON CAP, BELL LG........................78
D55A-CLARINET TENON CAP, BELL.....................78
D55B-CLARINET TENON CAP, BARREL JOINT....78
D55C-CLARINET TENON CAP, CENTER JOINT....78
D55D-CL TENON CAP, CENTER JOINT W/G#......78
D57-SILICONE CARBIDE WHEEL...........................64
D57A-SILICONE CARBIDE WHEEL ONLY............64
D57B-ARBOR.................................................................64
D60-NORTON SPRINGS............................................131
D60B-NORTON SPRING BUSHINGS......................131
D61A/B-BLUED NEEDLE SPRINGS........................131
D61C/D/E-BLUED NEEDLE SPRING ASSTS.........131
D61W-WOOD BLOCK................................................131
D62-BERYLLIUM COPPER SPRINGS....................132
D63-BLUED STEEL SPRINGS..................................132
D70-FLAT CLARINET SPRINGS.............................132
D70A-ASST OF 100 FLAT CLARINET SPRINGS....132
D70B-ASST OF 500 FLAT SPRINGS........................132
D70C-ASST OF 350 FLAT SPRINGS........................132
D70VS-SMALL VIALS FOR FLAT SPRIGNS........132
D70VL-LARGE VIALS FOR FLAT SPRINGS........132
D70W-WOOD BLOCK................................................132
D71-FLAT SPRINGS FOR SAX.................................132
D71A-100 FLAT SAX SPRING ASST........................132
D72-FLUTE/PICCOLO SPRING WIRE...................132
D73A/B/C/D-PHOSPHOR
BRONZE
FLAT
SPRINGS.......................................................................130
D73E/F-PHOSPHOR
BRONZE
FLAT
SPRING
ASSTS............................................................................130
D73W-WOOD BLOCK................................................130
D74-FLUTE/PICCOLO SPRING WIRE PHOSPHOR/
BRONZE........................................................................132
D80A/B-STAINLESS STEEL ROUND SPRINGS....131
D80C/D/E-STAINLESS STL RND SPRG ASSTS....131
D80VS-SMALL VIALS FOR ROUND SPRINGS....131
D80VL-LG VIALS FOR ROUND SPRINGS............131
D80W-WOOD BLOCK................................................131
D100/101/102-DRILL SETS...........................................89
D103/104-DRILL GAUGES...........................................89
D108/108A-TAP WRENCHES....................................179
D109/109A-DIE STOCKS............................................179
D110A/B-SCREW EXTRACTORS............................174
D113A-CONCAVE PEARL FINGER BUTTONS....102
D113B-CONVEX PEARL FINGER BUTTONS.......102
D116A/B-PEARL HOLDERS.....................................102
D118-DRILLS NO. 61 THRU 80...................................89
D120A/B-METRIC TAP & DIE SETS.......................179
D120D-METRIC DIES.................................................179
D120T-METRIC TAPS................................................179
D200D-DOMESTIC TAP & DIE SET........................179
D200-TAPS....................................................................179
D210-DIES.....................................................................179
D220W-DRILL BITS.....................................................89
D220F-FRACTIONAL SIZE DRILL BITS.................89
D220L-L HAND FRACTIONAL SIZE DRILL BIT....89
~E~
E1-HOOK NOSE KEY LEVER PLIERS....................68
E2A-COMPOUND LEVERAGE PLIERS...................64
E3-SPRING REPLACEMENT PLIERS......................68
E4-SPRING PUNCHING PLIERS...............................68
E4P-REPLACEMENT PUNCH FOR E4.....................68
E5-WHOLE SPRING REMOVING PLIERS.............68
E6-HOSE CONNECTION FEMALE.........................159
E7AL/AR/BL/BR-TAPERED SPINDLES...................91
E8-ALTO SAX NECK HOLDER.................................67
E8A-TENOR SAX NECK HOLDER...........................67
E9-LARGE FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL...............68
E10-FLUTE KEY LEVELING TOOL.........................68
E11-FLUTE PAD LEVELING TOOLS (3).................71
E12-BRASS JAW PLIERS............................................90
E13-ACCORDION PLIERS, 3 WAY.........................137
E14-FLUTE BOOSTER PLIERS.................................70
E15A/B/C/D-SWEDGING PLIERS..............................64
E16A/C-CRACK PINNING WIRE..............................69
E17-VALVE MIRROR..........................................38, 143
E18-SWISS PATTERN FILE SET (12).......................76
E19-FILE, 8 ROUND STRAIGHT O CUT..........181
E20-FILE, 10 ROUND SMOOTH............................181
E21-FILE, 10 FLAT BASTARD CUT......................181
E22-FILE, 8 WARDING, SECOND CUT................181
E23-FILE, 10 FLAT, SMOOTH CUT......................181
E24-FILE, 8 CANTSAW, SINGLE CUT.................181
E25-FILE, 10 PILLAR, SMOOTH CUT..................181
E26-FILE, 6 DBL SLIM TAPER, 3 CORNER........181
E28A-FILE,
1/16
CYLINDRICAL
HINGE
TUBING.........................................................................181
E28B-FILE,
3/32
CYLINDRICAL
HINGE
TUBING.........................................................................181
E29-TONE HOLE FILE, 1/8 THK, 1-1/2 WIDE, 5
LONG...............................................................................76
E29A-TONE HOLE FILE, NARROW, 3/16 THK,
29/32 WIDE, 8LONG.................................................76
E29B-TONE HOLE FILE, 1/8 THK, 1-1/4 WIDE, 5
LONG...............................................................................76
E30-COMBINATION FILE CLEANER....................181
E31-BORING BAR, NEW MODEL.............................78
E31A-REPLACEMENT CUTTER...............................78
E32A-#1 MORSE TAPER WIDE ANGLE WOOWDIND
LIVE CENTER.................................................................91
E32B-#2
MORSE
TAPER
WIDE
ANGLE
WOODWIND LIVE CENTER........................................91
210
~E cont.~
~E cont.~
E33-CLARINET PAD LEVELING TOOL.........71, 113

E34-FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL............................71
E35B/C-QUICK DETACHABLE HOSE STEMS....159
E36-FLUTE GROMMET & BOOSTER REMOVER
PLIERS............................................................................70
E38-TRIANGULAR SOLDER SCRAPER, SOLID
STRAIGHT EDGE.......................................................163
E40-TRIANGULAR SOLDER SCRAPER, STRAIGHT
EDGES.....................................................163
E41-FLAT SPRING HOLE PUNCH............................71
E42-SAX PAD SLICKS (9)............................................73
E45A-SPRING CLIP-SMALL....................................167
E45B-SPRING CLIP-LARGE.....................................167
E46-VERNIER GAUGE..............................................174
E47-PIVOT SCREW REAMERS (3)...........................78
E47H-PIVOT SCREW REAMES W/HANDLES.......78
E48-1/2 AIR VALVE..................................................159
E49-SOLDER TWEEZER 6......................................175
E50-SLIDE LOCK TWEEZER 6-1/2.......................175
E51-MED SHARP POINT TWEEZER 4-1/2..........175
E52-EXTRA LONG CRVD PNT TWEEZER 6-1/2...175
E53-OCVTAVE TUBE REMOVER FOR CL.............71
E54-OCTAVE TUBE REMOVER FOR OBOE..........71
E55-THUMB TUBE REMOVER..................................90
E56-WAX ACCORDIAN SPOON..............................137
E57A-POST BODY LOCK COUNTERSINK, SM.....62
E57B-POST BODY LOCK COUNTERSINK, LG.....62
E58A-SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE-SM.......................90
E58B-SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE-REG....................90
E59-PEARL PROTECTOR.........................................102
E60-CRACK SLICK SPATULA...................................88
E61-FLUTE GAUGE.............................................62, 112
E62-80 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS......................144
E63-120 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS....................144
E67-POST LOCK SCREW COUNTERSINK.............62
E68-POST COUNTERSINK 5.8MM............................62
E69-POST COUNTERSINK 6.5MM............................62
E70-CORK PROTECTOR..........................................142
E71-NEW STYLE-CLAMP-WOOD DELUXE.........104
E74-COMBINATION SCRWDRVR/FL CLN ROD....62
E81-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 1/4.................100
E85-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 1....................100
E87A/B/C-MINI TONE HOLE FILES........................76
E89-6 END CUT NIPPERS.......................................108
E90-CORNET/TRPT TUNDING SL PLIERS............11
E92-BARITONE TUNING SLIDE PLIERS................11
E94-SOUSAPHONE TUNING SLIDE PLIERS.........11
E97-4-REFACING TOOL, 400 GRIT DIAMOND.....77
E97-8-REFACING TOOL, 800 GRIT DIAMOND.....77
E97D4/D8-1 THRU 5-DIAMOND DISCS....................77

E97F-1 THRU 5-INDV ROTARY FILES....................77
E97P-1 THRU 9-INDV PILOTS...................................77
E97R-1 THRU 5-BRASS ROUNDS..............................77
E97W-UNIVERSAL WRENCH...................................77
E98-FLUTE TONE HOLE LEVELING TOOL.........77
E99-ELDRED WIDGET............................................90
E99A-SPECIAL ADJ WIDGET................................90
E100-FLUTE KEY ARM BENDING SET...................72
E197-PAD SEAT REAMER (3)..................................100
E198-LARGE PAD SEAT REAMER (2)...................100
EB3-ERICK BRAND REPAIR MANUAL..................57
ERV-STRING REP BOOK FOR THE BAND INST
REPAIRMAN...................................................................58
~F~
F1-RECOILING AIR HOSE.......................................159
F2-DELUXE DOUBLE END SPRING HOOK...........70
F3-ADJ OBOE OCTAVE INSERT REMOVER........71
F5-SM RAWHIDE MALLET.......................................37
F5A-MED RAWHIDE MALLET.................................37
F5B-JUMBO RAWHIDE MALLET............................37
F6-UTILITY BENCH HAMMER, 2 OZ HEAD.......130
F7A-BRASSO, 8 OZ CAN...........................................156
F7B-BRASSO, 1 GAL CAN.........................................156
F8-NATIONAL TORCH.............................................165
F8A-SM GAS AND AIR TIP FOR F8........................165
F8B-LG GAS AND AIR TIP FOR F8........................165
F8C-OXYGEN TIP FOR F8........................................165
F9-BRASS HEAD HAMMER.......................................44
F10S-DENT HAMMERS (5).........................................12
F10H-DENT HAMMER HANDLE..............................12
F11-CANVAS HAMMER..............................................44
F11A-CANVAS HAMMER, 1-14................................44
F12-CORK STRIPPER................................................142
F13-CURVED SOLDER SCRAPER-NARROW......163
F14-CURVED SOLDER SCRAPER-MEDIUM.......163
F15-CURVED SOLDER SCRAPER-LARGE...........163
F16-1/2 ROUND SCRAPER W/HANDLE...............163
F17-ACCORDION TREBLE ADJ TOOLS (2).........137
F20-KEY PIN REMOVING TOOL............................111
F20A-BRASS ANVIL (SHORT OR TALL)..............111
F20P-PUNCH (POINTED,FLAT OR HOLLOW)....111
F20LB-LEAD ANVIL..................................................111
F21A/B-SHORT/LONG PINNING NEEDLES............111
F24-ACCORDION STRAP HOLE PUNCH..............185
F26-ALUMINUM HAND VISE..................................173
F27-SAX KEY BENDING LEVERS (7).......................72
F28-CLARINET MOUTHPIECE MANDREL...........70
F28A-BASS/ALTO CL MOUTHPIECE MANDRL....70
F30-1/4 HOSE, 2 OD................................................159
F31A-SILVER SOLDER, .5 OZ..................................164
F31B-SILVER SOLDER, 1 OZ...................................164
F32-SPARK LIGHTER...............................................163
F32A-EXTRA FLINTS (5)...........................................163
211
212

~F cont.~
~F cont.~
F33-HI HEAT TORCH................................................165

F33A-OXYGEN TIP.....................................................165
F33B/C-REPLACEMENT TIPS.................................165
F35-SMALL SPRAY GUN..........................................160
F36-6 OZ CUP ATTACHMENT FOR SM GUN......160
F37-6 OZ CUP FOR SM GUN....................................160
F38-LARGE SPRAY GUN..........................................160
F39-LARGE GUN CUP ATTACHMENT.................160
F40-EXTRA CUP FOR LARGE FUN........................160
F41-SILVER SOLDER FLUX-.5 LB..........................164
F42-SOFT SOLDER SPOOL......................................166
F43-DUSTING GUN.....................................................160
F43A-COUPLING FOR DUSTING GUN..................160
F44-LEAD FREE SOLDER .062 1 LB.....................166
F45-SOFT SOLDER, 60-40, .062 OD.......................166
F46A/B-SOFT SOLDER FLUX..................................166
F47/F48-HEAVY DUTY SLIP JOINT PLIERS........107
F49-TIX ANTI-FLUX..................................................166
F50-SLIDE REMOVAL PLIERS.................................34
F51-CURVED NOSE PLIERS....................................107
F52-ROUND NOSE PLIERS, 4-1/2............................69
F54A/B-CHAIN NOSE PLIERS, 5...........................109
F55A/B-CHAIN NOSE PLIERS, 6...........................109
F56A/B-PARALLETL ACTION PLIERS, 6-1/2.....107
F57-REGULAR MODE CUTTERS...........................108
F58A-SMOOTH JAW PLIERS, 6-1/2......................107
F58B-SCORED JAW PLIERS, 6-1/2........................107
F58C-SMOOTH JAW PLIERS, 5, FLAT NOSE....107
F60-SWIVEL TOP SCREWDRIVER..........................66
F60A-EXTRA BLADE, SHORT FOR F60..................66
F61A/B-PARALLEL ACTION PLIERS, 5..............107
F62-LONG FLAT NOSE PLIERS..............................109
F63-HEAVY DUTY SHOP SCISSORS......................108
F64-COMPOUND LEVERAGE TIN SNIPS.............108
F65-HAND TUBING SHRINKER................................28
F66-SCREWDRIVER W/BLADE................................66
F66A-BLADE FOR F66, 1-1/2 LNG W/.062 TIP....66
F66S-SET SCREW FOR SCREWDRIVERS..............66
F66W-SM ALLEN WRENCH FOR F66S...................66
F67A-BLADE FOR F67, 3 LONG W/.085 TIP........66
F68A-BLADE FOR F68, 6 LONG W/.125 TIP........66
F69-COMBO SCREWDRIVER/SPRINGHOOK.......66
F70-SCREW HOLDING SCREWDRIVER................66
F70A-BLADE FOR F70.................................................66
F72-SUPER SCREWDRIVER......................................66
F74-SCREWDRIVER BLADE MAGNETIZER.........66
F75-SAX BUMPER ADJUSTER..................................90
F76-MUSIC WIRE CUTTERS...................................108
F77-0 THRU 5-POWERDRIVER SCRWDRIVERS....65
F77S/SL-POWERDRIVER SETS.................................65
F80-SWEDGING TOOL W/3 COLLETS....................69
F80B-BODY & KNOB ONLY FOR F80......................69
F80C-106/149/187-COLLETS FOR F80......................69
F95-RIBBON SOLDER, FLAT THIN 60/40.............166

F96-T15-T15 X 80MM TORX DRIVER......................90
F97-DUCK BILL PLIERS...........................................109
F97A-THIN TIP DUCK BILL PLIERS.....................109
F98-NUT DRIVER, 3/32............................................102
F99-NUT DRIVER, 1/8..............................................102
~G~
G2C-ECONOMY BUNSEN BURNER (PROPANE)....94
G2N-ECONOMY BUNSEN BURNER (NATURAL)....94
G3A/C-STORAGE BOXES, PLASTIC......................172
G5A/B-4 DIAL CALIPERS...........................51, 64, 175
G7-MAGNETIC SCRIBER W/CARBIDE POINT.....13
G7A-EXTRA POINT FOR G7......................................13
G8-CALIPER, MM & .001 INCHES............................50
G11-THREAD GAUGE, METRIC.............................179
G12-SPRING DIVIDERS, 4......................................175
G13-OUTSIDE CALIPERS, 4...................................175
G14-INSIDE CALIPERS, 4.......................................175
G15-SCREW PITCH THREAD GAUGE..................179
G16/16A-CENTER PUNCHES.....................................93
G17/17A-DRIVE TAPER PUNCHES..........................93
G18-AUTOMATIC CENTER PUNCH........................93
G18A-EXTRA POINTS FOR G18................................93
G19-CLEAR MAGIC.....................................................75
G20-JET MAGIC...........................................................75
G21-SET OF 7 KEY LEVELING TOOLS..................72
G22-BLACK PIGMENT................................................75
G23-BENCH OILER......................................................82
G24A/B-DIAL CALIPERS..............................51, 64, 175
G26/26S-FLUTE CLIPS.................................................85
G30-SET OF 2 TROMBONE SL SPACING TLS.......55
G32A/B-ST OF 3 TRMBONE JOINT SPACERS.......18
G35-ST OF 3 TRMB CORK BARREL SPACERS.....18
G37A/B/C-RUBBER WEDGES....................................85
G38A/B-WOOD WEDGES............................................85
G39-VALVE GUIDE FITTING TOOL.......................38
G39B-BRASS VALVE GUIDES...................................38
G40-SLIDE SOLDER ROD...........................................53
G41A/B-TROMBONE BUMPER REMOVERS.........18
G42-ADJ SCREW DRILLING JIG..............................83
G42A-TEFLON BEADING...........................................83
G43-SOLDER JIG........................................................163
G43CL/CR/CS-CLAMPS FOR G43...........................163
G44-SCREW SLOTTING TOOL.................................82
G44A-BLADE (FOR G44 MADE BEFORE 2003).....82
G44B-BLADE (FOR G44 MADE AFTER 2003).........82
G45A/B-TROMBONE
CORK
BARREL
DENT
REMOVERS...................................................................34
G50-BASSOON TENON TOOL...................................97
G50RC-REPLACEMENT CUTTER FOR G50..........97
G50B/C-REPLCEMENT TENONS..............................97
G51-BASSOON TENON TOOLS.................................97
G51A/C-TENON PLUGS...............................................97
G52-BASSOON TENON TOOLS.................................97
G52A/C-TENON PLUGS...............................................97
~G cont.~
~G cont.~
G53-CLARINET TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS......79

G54-BASS CL TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS..........79
G54A/B-INDV HANDLES FOR G54.............................79
G54C-INSERTION ROD FOR G54................................79
G55-INSERTION ROD/ALTO CLARINET...................79
G56-BORE MEASURING TOOL.................................110
G60-ADJUSTABLE JEWELERS SAW FRAME.........181
G61-FLAKE SHELLAC..................................................88
G62-METAL BACK SAW............................................108
G63-ADJUSTABLE HACKSAW FRAME...................108
G63A/B/C-BLADES FOR G63.....................................108
G64-HAND DRILL........................................................107
G65A/B-CLEAR STICK SHELLAC...............................88
G66-LOWER TENON PLUG HOLDER.........................97
G67A/B-AMBER STICK SHELLAC..............................88
G68A/B-BLACK STICK SHELLAC..............................88
G69A/B/C-FRENCH CEMENT......................................87
G70-CLARINET BARREL CENTERING TOOL..........62
G71B-BELL TENON SET FOR Bb CLARINET...........98
G71C-CUTTER FOR G71B............................................98
G71E-BELL TENON SET FOR Eb CLARINET............98
G71F-CUTTER FOR G71E.............................................98
G72A/B/C/D/E/F-REPAIR TENON...............................98
G73A/B/C/D-LOWER JOINT REPL TENON................98
G74A/S-RAISED TONE HOLE JIGS...........................103
G74F-FLY CUTTER.....................................................103
G75A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H-DELRIN, BLACK...................110
G76-SPECIAL OBOE ARBOR.......................................99
G77-SPECIAL BASS CL ARBOR KIT..........................99
G78-CLARIENT SOCKET GRAFTING KIT.................99
G78A/B-FLY CUTTERS ONLY.....................................99
G78U-CONVERSION KIT..............................................99
G79A-WOOD GRAFT FOR G78....................................99
G79B-ABS GRAFT FOR G78.........................................99
G80-SET OF 6 ACCORDIAN BASS ADJ TOOLS......137
G81-SET OF 3 REED TESTING & TUNING TLS......137
G82-/82S-FLUTE PAD SEATING CLIPS......................85
G83-ADJUSTABLE SOCKET REAMER....................100
G83A/B-REPLACEMENT BLADES............................100
G83C-OVERSIZE BLADE & SLEEVE.......................100
G83S-1/G83S-2-SLEEVES............................................100
G84-TENON SET (SM)...................................................98
G84A/B-INDVIDUAL CUTTERS..................................98
G84BA/BB/BS-UNCUT PILOTS....................................98
G84C-BASS CLARINET CUTTER................................98
G84D-BAR ONLY FROM G84 SET..............................98
G84F/T-INDIVIDUAL CUTTERS.................................98
G85-OBOE MIDDLE JOINT TENON TOOL................97
G86-CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTERS..................101
G87-TAPERED TONE HOLE CUTTERS (3)..............103
G87A/B/C-TAPERED TONE HOLE CUTTER...........103
G87P-BLANK PILOTS ONLY..............................101,103
G88-MOUTHPIECE PULLER........................................25
G88C-CRADLE REPLACEMENT FOR G88................25
G89-AUTO LOCKING LUG FOR G88..........................25
G90R-RIGHT HAND TAPERED SPINDLE................146

G90L-LEFT HAND TAPERED SPINDLE...................146
G91R-ALUMINUM BUSHING, RIGHT HAND.........148
G91L-ALUMINUM BUSHING, LEFT HAND............148
G93A/B-BEESWAX......................................................137
G97-STIFF FRACTION RULER, 6.............................174
G97M-METRIC RIGID RULER...................................174
G98-STIFF FRACTION RULER, 12...........................174
G99-FLEXIBLE COMBO RULER...............................174
G100-SET OF OBOE TONE HOLE CUTTERS...........101
G104-BASS CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTER.......103
G104P-PILOT FOR G104..............................................103
G106-BELL TENON REAMER......................................97
G106C-BLADES FOR BELL TENON REAMER..........97
G107-CLARINET BARREL REAMER........................110
~H~
H1-ASSEMBLY GLOVES............................................148
H3/H4-CYLINDRICAL SCRATCH BRUSHES..........151
H5/H7-GOBLET
SCRATCH
BRUSHES......................151
H11/12/13/14-CRIMPED BRASS SCRATCH BRUSHES......................................................................151
H20-POST DRILLING JIG & ACCESSORIES..............82
H20A/B/C/D-EXTRA DRILLS FOR H20......................82
H21-BENCH DUSTER BRUSH....................................168
H22-LONG HANDLED PLATERS BRUSH................168
H23-GLUE BRUSH.......................................................168
H24-KEY BRUSH.........................................................168
H25-CLARINET BORE CLEANING BRUSH.............170
H26-SAX BORE CLEANING BRUSH.........................170
H26A-BRUSH WITH EXTENSION HANDLE...........170
H27-FOOT SWITCH.......................................................63
H28A/B/C/D/E/G/F-ABS PLASTIC ROD, BLK.........110
H29-WELD-ON #16 GLUE...........................................110
H34-PEARL HOLDER CLOSING DIE........................102
H35-JOINT BARREL RING SHRINKING DIE...........104
H40-LEAD LADLE.........................................................17
H41/42/43/44-INTERNAL FERRULE BRUSHES.......164
H45/46/47/48-EXTERNAL TUBE BRUSHES.............164
H53-ALCOHOL LAMP,CHROME, ADJ WICK............95
H53A-WICK FOR H53....................................................95
H55-HEAVY DUTY TUBING BENDING VISE...........32
H56-PIN VISE HOLDER..............................................137
H58-SAX NECK SWEDGING TOOL............................80
H58A-COLLETS FOR SAX NECK SWEDG TL...........80
H58FC-780/790-FLUTE COLLETS FOR H58...............80
H59-EXPANDER.............................................................80
H59A-TRIPLE KEY EXTRUDER..................................80
H60-GOOSENECK EXPANDER...................................81
H60H-T HANDLE FOR H60..........................................81
H61-GOOSENECK EXPANDER...................................81
H61H-T HANDLE FOR H61..........................................81
H62-FLUTE JOINT EXPANDER...................................81
H62H-T HANDLE FOR H62..........................................81
H63-PICCOLO JOINT EXPANDER..............................81
213

~H cont.~
~L cont.~
H64-PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIE...................81

H65-PICCOLO HEAD MANDREL.............................92
H66-PICCOLO BODY MANDREL.............................92
H68-FLUTE TENON SLEEVE...................................100
H70-FERREES QUICK-DRY CEMENT...................87
H70S-SOLVENT FOR H70...........................................87
H72-4 OZ CAN W/BRUSH IN TOP.............................87
H75-HOT STUFF GLUE & CHIP KIT.......................75
H75A-1/2 OZ HOT STUFF GLUE...............................75
H75B-1/3 CUP GRENADILLA CHIPS........................75
H75C-HOT SHOT ACCELERATOR SPRAY............75
H75D-ULTRA SOLVENT.............................................75
H75E-EXTRA TUBING.................................................75
H76-TAPERED GLUE PLUGS..................................105
H77/H78-CRYSTOLON OILSTONE........................176
H80/80A/81/81A-ABRASIVE TAPE & CORD.........176
H83-WET & DRY PAPER SHEETS..........................176
H90-PUMICE, 1 LB.......................................................12
H101/102/103-FABRICUT ROLL...............................176
H101A/102A/103A-FABRICUT, 15 STRIPS...........176
H110/111/112/113/114/115-EMERY ROLL...............176
H110A/111A/112A/113A/114A/115A-EM STRIPS....176
H116/120/121/122/123-EMERY ROLL......................176
H125/126/127-REPLACEMENT DISKS....................144
H200-POLISHING WHEEL.......................................148
L3-TRUMPET/CORNET BELL IRON.......................31

L4-FRENCH HORN/TROMBONE BELL IRON ..........31
L5-UNIVERSAL BELL IRON..................................31
L6A/L6B-MORSE TAPERS..........................................90
L7-CHUCKS FOR MOTOR SPINDLE..........................63
L8-BENCH MOTOR SPINDLE...................................63
L9-JACOBS 0-1/2 CHUCK.........................................63
L10-BINDING WIRE...................................................167
L11-PATCH MAKING TOOL-SMALL......................52
L11A-PATCH MAKING TOOL-LARGER SIZE......52
L12-HEAVY DUTY POST PUSHER/DENT PULLER..........................................................................23
L13-TUNING SLIDE REMOVING TOOL.................55
L13A-HOOK FOR L13..................................................55
L13B-RAWHIDE STRIP FOR L13..............................55
L14-ORIGINAL V-BLOCK..................................29, 173
L14A-V BLOCK W/LOCKING SCREWS..........29, 173
L15A-INDIVIDUAL DRAWRINGS.............................37
L15AS-DRAWRINGS (29)............................................37
L15B-INDIVIDUAL DRAWRINGS.............................37
L15BS-DRAWRINGS (18).............................................37
L16A-R-INDIVIDUAL DRAWRINGS........................35
L16S-SET OF 16 DRAWRINGS...................................35
L17-LG BURNISHING RING-CORNET/TRPT........35
L18-LG BURNISHING RING-TROMBONE.............35
L19-HANDLE FOR L17, L18........................................35
L20-LEVELING BLOCK/BENCH ANVIL...............109
L22-LEAD JAWS (2)....................................................173
L24-LEAD BLOCK, 4 X 12.......................................52
L26-LEAD PIGS.............................................................52
L28A-F-FLUSH BAND DIES......................................106
L29-4 FLUSH BAND DIES FOR OBOE......................106
L30-FLUSH BAND FOR CLARINET..........................106
L30A-FLUSH BAND FOR CL 1.185 X .240............106
L30B-FLUSH BAND FOR CL 1.185 X .316............106
L31-FLUSH BAND FOR ALTO CLARINET..............106
L32-FLUSH BAND FOR BASS CLARIENT...............106
L33/A-FLUSH BAND FOR OBOE...............................106
L34-OBOE BELL RING DIE, PLUNGER....................106
L36-ASST OF SHIM STOCK.......................................106
L37-MORGAN REFACING KIT........................105,185
L38-VACUUM VISE.....................................................173
L40-BENCH VISE W/4 JAW......................................173
L41-HEAVY DUTY VISE STAND..............................173
L42-DENT ROD HOLDING VISE.................................25
L50-WOODWIND REPAIR HOLDER...........................70
L50B-BASE ONLY FOR W/W REP. HOLDER............70
L50P-1-5-TAPERED PLUGS..........................................70
L50S-1-3-SHAFTS...........................................................70
L50T-T LEAK LIGHT ADAPTOR.............................70
L53-EXCALIBER SOLDERING KIT...........................162
L54-TORCH KIT...........................................................162
L54-1-TIP FOR L54 TORCH........................................162
L56-BLAZER STINGRAY TORCH...............................95
L57-BUTANE REFILL....................................................95
~J~
J1-OPTIVISOR..............................................................186
J2-1/2 FRAME MAGNIFIERS...................................186
J8/J9-PRESSURE SENSITIVE TEFLON SHEETS...73
J11-PATCHING MATERIAL NICKEL/SILVER......52
J14A-J-ROUND SOLID BRASS ROD.......................107
J14K/J14L-SQUARE SOLID BRASS ROD..............107
J15/J16-PATCHING BRASS.........................................52
J17-PATCHING BRASS ASST.....................................52
J20SS-ROUND NOSE PLIER...............................38, 105
J21SS-CHAIN
NOSE
SWEDISH
TYPE
PLIER......................................................................38,
105
J22SS-SMALL DUCK BILL PLIER....................38, 105
J26-LAMP W/MAGNIFIER AND SHADE...............169
J31-WENOL POLISH....................................................155
J34-RED BEAR POLISH............................................156
J45/J48-MILLBOARD.................................................167
J60-LOW MELTING SILVER SOLDER KIT.........164
J61-LOW MELTING SILVER SOLDER ONLY.....164
J62-FLUX ONLY FOR J61.........................................164
J85-RUST INHIBITOR, SPRAY CAN......................154
J88A/J88B-CORROSION CRACKER OIL..........11, 94
J90/91/92/93/94-ASSEMBLY BOARDS.....................106
J96-SAX BODY WHEEL..............................................83
J99-HI-HEAT BLOW GUN..........................................86
~L~
L1-BERNZ-O-MATIC BRAZING TORCH KIT.....162
L2-BERNZ-O-MATIC PROPANE TORCH.............165
L2A-REFILL TANK....................................................165
214
~L cont.~
~N cont.~
L58-LAPPING COMPOUND 4 OZ................................12

L60-MICRO TORCH.......................................................95
L61-REFILLABLE CARTRIDGE (2).............................95
L62-PORTABLE BUTANE BUNSEN............................95
L63-PENCIL TORCH....................................................162
L65-ECONOMY BUTANE BUNSEN BURNER...........95
L71-CONCENTRATED STERISOL 2OZ....................171
L72-CONCENTRATED STERISOL 8OZ....................171
L73-SANIMIST 2OZ.....................................................171
L74-SANIMIST 8OZ.....................................................171
L100-GLUE GUN KIT COMPLETE..............................88
L104-6 CLEAR, 4 GLUE STICKS................................88
L106-24 CLEAR, 4 GLUE STICKS..............................88
N16A/B/C-SAX DENT TOOLS......................................57

N17-BASSOON BOCAL CABLE.................................104
N19-SOLDERING CLAMP...........................................167
N20-24-VALVE LAPPING BLOCKS.............................12
N28A/C/D-GROUND VALVE SLEEVES......................45
N29S-DENT BALLS (6)..................................................22
N29A-F-INDIVIDUAL DENT BALLS..........................22
N30-SOUSAPHONE BELL JACK..................................27
N31/A/B-DENT RODS....................................................27
N32-DENT ROD..............................................................27
N33-DENT ROD..............................................................27
N34-DENT ROD..............................................................27
N35/36/37-RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDERS.....................26
N40/42/44/46-EXPANDABLE SL DENT TOOLS.........25
N47-BELL STEM MANDREL........................................32
N48A/48B-VENTURI RODS..........................................22
N49-TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD...................24
N50/50A/50B-DRILL ROD.............................................74
N51A/B/C/S-MOUTHPIECE ARBORS.........................18
N52A-C-METRIC SLIDE MANDRELS.........................49
N53A-S-SLIDE MANDRELS FOR TROMBONE.........49
N53D-E-MESH SLEEVES..............................................49
N54A-S-KNUCKLE DENT TOOLS (5).........................29
N55A-S-KNUCKLE DENT TOOLS (5).........................29
N56-MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT......................................24
N56A/B-EXTENSIONS FOR N56..................................24
N57AG/N57AGH-INDIVIDUAL DENT BALLS..........13
N57C-CASE ONLY FOR N57 BALLS...........................13
N57CD-DOUBLE CASE ONLY FOR N57 BALLS......13
N57D-SET OF 5 DRIVERS.............................................13
N57G-101 DENT BALLS, 5 DRIVERS..........................13
N57GH-101 DENT BALLS, 1/2 SIZES..........................13
N57GL-BALLS, 25 SIZES..............................................13
N57X-SET OF 4 BARREL DENT BALLS.....................13
N58A/C/D-GROUND CASING MANDRELS..............45
N59-PENCIL MAGNET..................................................13
N60-SAX POST RAISING TOOL...................................55
N60A-ASSORTED SAX POSTS.....................................55
N60B-SAX POST RAISING TOOL-BARI.....................55
N61-SAX BODY STRAIGHTENING TOOL.................56
N62A/AS-20 DRILLED DENT BALLS..........................15
N62B/BS-DRILLED DENT BALLS IN 1/2 SIZES........15
N63A/AS-INDIVIDUAL DENT BALLS........................15
N63B/BS-DRILLED DENT BALLS IN 1/2 SIZES........15
N64A/AS-DRILLED DENT BALLS...............................15
N64B/BS-INDIVIDUAL DRILLED DENT BALLS......15
N65A/S-LG BARREL SHAPED DENT BALLS............13
N66A/B/C-MOUTHPIECE REC REAMERS.................36
N67-DENT ROD FOR BASS/BARI................................27
N68-RIGHT ANGLE MANDREL...................................38
N69-CURVED ROD, BASS/BARITONE.......................27
N70-CURVED ROD, FRENCH HORN..........................28
N71-S CURVED ROD-FRENCH HORN....................28
N72-BODY BOW DENT REMOVER............................56
N73-GOOSENECK DENT ROD.....................................56
~M~
M19-FISH SKIN............................................................102
M49-BASSOON BELL RING-STANDARD..................79
M49A-BASSOON BELL RING-CUSTOM MADE.......79
M56-BASSOON BODY LOCK....................................168
M56A-REPLACEMENT PIN AND SPRING...............168
M57-BASSOON CRUTCH ASSEMBLY.....................168
M57A-BASSOON CRUTCH ONLY............................168
M57B-BASSOON HOLDER ONLY.............................168
M70A-SELMER RUBBER TIP.....................................185
M70B-LEBLANC RUBBER TIP..................................185
M70C-SELMER ROD HOLDER..................................185
M70D-LEBLANC ROD HOLDER...............................185
M70E-SELMER WING SCREW..................................185
M70F-LEBLANC WING SCREW................................185
M70G-SELMER KNURLED NUT...............................185
M70H-LEBLANC WING NUT.....................................185
M70J-SELMER FLOOR PEG ONLY...........................185
M70K-LEBLANC FLOOR PEG ONLY.......................185
M70L-LEBLANC FLOOR PEG COMPL.....................185
M70S-SELMER FLOOR PEG COMPL........................185
M71-CLARINET THUMB REST W/SCREWS...........171
ML170-CLARINET/OBOE THUMB REST.................171
~N~
N1-6 BURNISHER.........................................................30
N2-8 BURNISHER.........................................................30
N2A-WOOD HANDLES TO FIT N2,3,5,6,7..................30
N3-10 LONG STRAIGHT BURNISHER..................30
N4-YAMAHA TUNING SLIDE DENT KIT..................58
N5/6/7-EXTRA LNG R ANGLE EXPANDERS.............26
N8/9-DOUBLE END BURNISHERS..............................30
N10-EXPANDABLE TRMB DENT REMOVER...........50
N11-EXPANDABLE TRMB DENT REMOVER...........50
N11A-EXPANDABLE BASS TRMB DENT REMVR..50
N12-BURNISHING RING...............................................49
N13-BELL MOUNTING JIG-CORNET/TRPT............167
N14A/B/C-MANDRELS..................................................36
N15-MTHPIECE SHANK STRAIGHTENING TL........18
N16S-SET OF SAX DENT TOOLS (3)...........................57
215

~N cont.~
~O cont.~
N74-STRAIGHT ROD.....................................................27
N75-FLUTE HEAD MANDREL.....................................92
N75A-ALTO FLUTE HEAD MANDREL......................92
N76-FLUTE BODY MANDREL.....................................92
N76A-ALTO FLUTE BODY MANDREL, .937.............92
N76B-ALTO FLUTE BODY MANDREL, .984.............92
N77A-F-FLUTE HEAD SWEDGING DIE.....................81
N78-FLUTE PAD CUP TOOL......................................105
N79-FLUTE PAD HOLE PUNCH SET..........................93
N79P-PUNCH ONLY.....................................................93
N79Y-YAMAHA PUNCH ONLY...................................93
N80A/AS/B/BS/C/CS/D/DS/E/ES-DENT BALLS.........14
N80F/FS/G/GS-UNDRILLED DENT BALLS...............35
N81A/N81B/N81S-SAX DENT BALLS.........................57
N82-DENT BALL HOLDER...........................................14
N83A/B/C/D/S-ROLLER DENT BALLS.......................22
N84H-MOUNTING PLATE FOR N84S.........................14
N84S-DENT BALLS, SET OF 6.....................................14
N85-SAX BODY DENT REMOVER..............................58
N86-TRPT MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER KIT.............24
N87A-TROMBONE SLIDE DENT ROLLER................49
N87U-UPGRADE N87 TO N87A...................................49
N88-SOUSA DENT ROD , SHORT................................27
N89A/N89B-ROD THREAD ADAPTORS.....................15
N90-UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDREL....................32
N91A-J/N91S-TAPERED MANDRELS.........................33
N93-SAX BODY MANDREL.........................................56
N94-UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDREL....................32
N95/N95B/N96-DENT REMOVING RINGS.................34
N97-COMPACT BENCH MOTOR.................................63
N98-VALVE LAPPING MOTOR...................................12
N99A/N99B-BENCH MOTORS.....................................63
N100-ALUMINUM HAND BRAKE...............................63
N105/N106/N107-HOOK BURNISHERS.......................30
N115-CLARINET BODY CENTERING CLAMP..........94
N124A-D/N124S-FRENCH HORN DENT RODS.........28
N130-SANDING RODS (3).............................................64
N131-N140-ADJUSTABLE REAMERS.........................36
N131A-N140A-REPLACEMENT BLADES...................36
O19-BASSOON
SWABS...............................................170
O20-CHAMOIS CLARINET SWAB............................170
O21-MOUTHPIECE BRUSH FOR REED INST..........168
O22-MOUTHPIECE BRUSH FOR BRASS INST.......168
O23-VALVE BRUSH FOR BRASS INST....................168
O24-ALTO CLARINET SWAB....................................170
O25-BASS CLARINET SWAB.....................................170
O26-SOUSAPHONE GRILL.........................................171
O27-SOUSAPHONE HOLDER....................................171
O28-ADJUSTABLE FR HORN HOLDING JIG............53
O28U-UPDATE FOR O28...............................................53
O29-ADJ VALVE INST HOLDING JIG........................53
O30-CELLO SET...........................................................186
O33-SAX STRAP, BLK, ALTO/TENOR.....................185
O34-CLARINET STRAP, BLK, ALTO/BASS.............185
O36-SAX
STRAP...........................................185
O38-OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING...........................73
O41-O45-HEAT SHRINK TUBING...............................73
O50-54-FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING, CLEAR.............73
O60/O61-FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING.......................177
O70A-D/O70S-WOOD ASSEMBLY MANDRELS.......53
~O~
O4-WOOD LACQUER MANDREL.............................154
O5-WOOD LACQUER MANDREL FOR TRMB........154
O6-600 TUBING CLEANER BALLS...........................157
O7A-FRENCH HORN CLEANER................................170
O7B-BASSOON BOCAL CLEANER...........................170
O8-FRENCH HORN HOLDER.......................................26
O9A/O9B-WIRE BRUSHES.........................................170
O10-CORNET/TRUMPET POLISHING JIG.................53
O11/O12-FILE HANDLES............................................181
O14-CLARINET SWAB................................................170
O15-FLUTE SWAB.......................................................170
O16-PICCOLO SWAB..................................................170
O17-OBOE DOUBLE END WOOL SWAB.................170
O18-OBOE SWABS......................................................170
216
~P~
P1-PRECISION FLUTE ROLLER..................................92
P2/3/4/5/6/7-DOUBLE HANDLE ROLLERS.................23
P8/9/10-CONE SHAPED ROLLERS..............................23
P11-7 ROLLER..............................................................23
P12-12 ROLLER............................................................23
P14/15/16-CONTOURED BELL ROLLERS..................23
P18/19/20-MICROMETERS..........................................175
P24-TELESCOPING GAUGES.....................................174
P28-2-1/2 CUTTING PAD.............................................93
P30-CORK PAD CUTTERS 6 THRU 16........................93
P32-OBOE CORK PAD HOLE CUTTER....................142
P40/41/42-HANGERS....................................................186
P50-TRUMPET DENT BALL DRIVER.........................21
P50A-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................21
P50B-POLY VINYL SLEEVE........................................21
P51-TUBA MOUTHPIPE DENT BALL DRIVER.........20
P52-CYLINDRICAL TUBING SL DENT BALL
HAMMER........................................................................21
P53-TROMBONE DENT BALL RETRIEVER..............19
P54-TROMBONE HAMMER.........................................20
P55-CORNET/TRPT TUNING SL DENT BALL
HAMMER........................................................................20
P56-FRENCH HORN BELL DRIVER............................19
P56A-HANDLE W/2 STROKE CABLES & BRASS
BALLS..............................................................................19
P56B-H-BALL SEGMENTS...........................................19
P56J-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................19
P56X-EXTENSION HANDLE........................................19
~P cont.~
~Q cont.~
P56-LG-LARGE STROKE CABLE................................19

P56-SM-SMALL STROKE CABLE...............................19
P56U-UPDATE FOR P56U.............................................19
P57-FR HORN HOOK-BACK DRIV/RETR..................19
P57A-HANDLE ONLY FOR P57...................................19
P58-SAX NECK DRIVER/RETRIEVER........................20
P58B-SET OF BALLS FOR P58 (6)...............................20
P60-ROTARY VALVE BEARING TOOL.....................51
P60B-BODY & HANDLE ONLY FOR P60..............51,69
P60C-0-3-INDIVIDUAL COLLETS...............................51
P60C-5-7-INDIVIDUAL COLLETS..........................51,69
P60W-SWEDGING TOOL FOR W/WS........................69
P61-ROTAR BEARING PLATE EXPANDER..........51,58
P71-CORNET/TRPT BELL MANDREL........................31
P72-TROMBONE BELL MANDREL............................31
P80-ROCKET ROLLER..................................................51
P81-INDIVIDUAL BALLS.............................................15
P81S-SET OF 9 STEEL DENT BALLS..........................15
P82A-F/P82S-TUBA DENT BALLS..............................16
P82S-ALL 73 TUBA DENT BALLS..............................16
P83S-ROD TAYLOR CABLE SET.................................17
P83-6/7/8/9-CABLES.......................................................17
P83R-CABLE END BALL..............................................17
P84-TUBA CABLE SYSTEM.........................................17
P86-PRITCHARD CABLE SYSTEM.............................15
P88L/M/S-TUBING TRUE TOOLS...............................48
P89-TROMBONE SLIDE PLATE..................................50
P90-TROMBONE SLIDE STONE COMPLETE............48
P90B-STEEL BAR (SET OF 2).......................................48
P90M-MAGNETS ONLY (SOLD BY THE EA)............48
P90S-STONE ONLY.......................................................48
P91-STAND FOR P90.....................................................48
P100A-VALVE THREAD MANDRELS........................39
P100S-SET OF 10 VALVE THREAD MANDLRES.....39
P101/P102-THREAD RESTORING TOOLS..................52
PT-5/6/7-POWER TONE FLUTE PLUGS....................189
Q65-1-LEAK LIGHT TESTING KIT..............................84

Q65-2-LEAK LIGHT TESTING KIT (220 VOLT)........84
Q65A-TRANSFORMER..................................................84
Q70A/B-SMALL BULBS................................................84
Q71A/B-LARGE BULBS................................................84
Q75-PICCOLO LEAK LIGHT........................................83
Q75-6-6 BULB ONLY...................................................83
Q80-FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHT.............................84
Q80-2-FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHT (220 VOLT)....84
Q82-CONTROL BOX ONLY..........................................84
Q82-2-CONTROL BOX ONLY (220 VOLT).................84
Q83-6 TUBE WITH CORK AND PLUG......................84
Q85-12 TUBE WITH CORD AND PLUG....................84
Q87-6 FLOURESCENT TUBE......................................84
Q89-12 FLOURESCENT TUBE FOR Q80/85..............84
Q94/Q95-SNEAKY LIGHTS..........................................83
~Q~
Q1-NICKOLAS CLEAR SPRAY LACQUER..............159
Q1G-NICKOLAS GOLD SPRAY LACQUER.............159
Q10B/Q10S-LYRES, TRPT/CORNET.........................184
Q11-LYRE, BARI/TUBA/SOUSA/EXTRA LONG.....184
Q12A/Q12B-LYRES, TROMBONE.............................184
Q13A/Q13B-LYRES, ADJUSTABLE TROMBONE...184
Q14-LYRE, SAXOPHONE...........................................184
Q15M-LYRE, CL MIDDLE JOINT WITH RING........184
Q16M-LYRE, CL MIDDLE JOINT, RING ONLY......184
Q16S-LYRE, CLARINET RING SCREWS ONLY......184
Q17-LYRE, Bb FOR METAL CLARINET...................184
Q19-LYRE, WRIST FOR FLUTE & PICCOLO...........184
Q21A-LYRE, ALTO CLARINET W/SOCKET............184
Q21B-LYRE, BASS CLARINET W/SOCKET.............184
Q22-LYRE, BASSOON WITH SOCKET.....................184
Q29-DELUXE REPAIR KIT....................................59,193
Q30-LARGE EMERGENCY REPAIR KIT.............59,193
Q31-SMALL EMERGENCY REPAIR KIT.............59,193
~R~
R1-BUFF, RAZOR EDGE 4........................................147
R2/R3-BUFFS, TAPERED BELL.................................147
R6-BUFF, LEATHER CENTER, 6..............................147
R7-BUFF, SOFT FLANNEL, 8...................................147
R8A/R8B-BUFFS, LOOSE MUSLIN...........................147
R9-BUFF, MUSLIN SPIRAL STITCHED....................147
R10-BUFFS FOR Z35 STITCHED, 2..........................150
R12-BUFFS, FLANNEL, 10........................................147
R18-BUFF, MUSLIN, 11.............................................147
R22-REVERSIBLE BUFFING GLOVES, COTTON...148
R25/26/27/28-RAGGING TAPE...................................148
R30-ULTRA THIN RRAGGING TAPE.......................148
R45A/B-EMERY CAKE, BLACK...............................149
R46A/B-TRIPOLI CAKE, ORANGE............................149
R47A/B-NUWHITE CAKE, OFF WHITE....................149
R48A/B-RED ROUGE...................................................149
R49-CLARINET KEY BUFFING COMPOUND.........149
R50-TESTING CORKS (5)..............................................83
R70-CORK GREASE.....................................................139
R71-CORK GREASE, 1 LB..........................................139
R75-SAX NECK CLEANER.........................................170
R76/76A-PAD AND CORK CEMENT...........................87
R80-DBL BUFF RAKE COMPL W/HOLDER............148
R82-REPLACEMENT RAKE.......................................148
R88-WOOD FILING BLOCK.......................................181
R95-FLAKE GLUE, 1 LB BAG......................................87
R96-ELECTRIC GLUE POT, 1 QT SIZE.......................87
REP-FERREES REPAIR MANUAL.............................57
RU1-USED BUFFS........................................................148
~S~
S2B-LYRE SOCKET, SOLDER ON, BRASS..............172
S3BA/BM-MOUTHPIECE TUNING BIT, BRASS......177
S3BT-MOUTHPIECE ADAPTOR, TRPT/CORNET...177
S3BTB-TROMBONE TO BASS TRMB ADAPTOR...177
S3SA/SM-MTHPIECE TUNING BITS, FR HORN.....177
S5B-FING RINGS, SOLDER ON TYPE, SILVER.......172
S13N-PEARL BUTTONS FOR TRPT/CORNET.........172
217

~S cont.~
~T cont.~
S18P-TENOR SAX END PLUG, PLASTIC.................192

S19G-ALTO SAX END PLUG, GOLD LACQUER....192
S19P-ALTO SAX END PLUG, PLASTIC....................192
S19S-ALTO SAX END PLUG, SILVER......................192
S20N/25N/30N-WATER KEYS COMPLETE................54
S35/35S-AMADO WATER KEY ASSEMBLIES...........54
S39-DRUM HEAD TUCKER........................................186
S50/51-LIGATURES, Bb CLARINET, NICKEL.........192
S52G/52N-LIGATURES, SOPRANO SAX..................192
S53G/53N-LIGATURES, ALTO SAX..........................192
S54G/54N-LIGATURES, C MELODY SAX................192
S55G/55N-LIGATURES, TENOR SAX.......................192
S56N-LIGATURE, BARITONE SAX, NICKEL..........192
S57G/57N-LIGATURE, BASS SAX.............................192
S58-LIGATURE, ALTO CLARINET, NICKEL...........192
S59-LIGATURE, BASS CLARINET, NICKEL...........192
S60-Eb CLARINET MOUTHPIECE CAP, NICKEL...192
S61-Bb CLARINET MOUTHPIECE CAP, NICKEL...192
S62G/62N-SOPRANO SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS....192
S63G/63N-ALTO SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS............192
S64G/64N-C MELODY SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS..192
S65G/65N-TENOR SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS..........192
S66G/66N-BARITONE SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS...192
S68-ALTO CLARINET CAP, NICKEL........................192
S69-BASS CLARINET CAP, NICKEL.........................192
S70-VALVE CLEANING ROD, STEEL......................168
S71-TROMBONE CLEANING ROD, STEEL..............168
S72-FLUTE CLEANING ROD, ALUMINUM.............168
S73-TROMBONE CLEANING ROD W/HANDLE.....168
S74-TRUMPET CLEANING ROD W/HANDLE.........168
S75-TUBA/SOUSA CLEANING ROD, DELRIN........168
S76-PICCOLO CLEANING ROD.................................168
S78/S79-POLYGON SPRINGS.......................................54
S80-S89-VALVE SPRINGS............................................54
S90-93B-WATER KEY SPRINGS..................................54
S96-ROTARY VALVE SPRING.....................................54
T23/24/25B/N-SPLIT RIVETS, BRASS/NICKEL.......188

T26-ASST OF 100 SPLIT RIVETS BRASS/NICKL....188
T27/28B/N-WASHERS, BRASS/NICKEL...................188
T29-ASST OF 100 WASHERS, BRASS/NICKEL.......188
T30BL/BR-LEATHER POST HANDLE, BLK/BR......190
T33BL/BR-HANDLE, END BUCKLE, BLK/BR........190
T34BL/BR-HANDLE, SIDE BUCKLE, BLK/BR........190
T37-HANDLE, HEAVY DUTY, BLACK VINYL.......190
T38-VINYL BLACK HANDLE....................................190
T39-HEAVY, BLK LEATHER HNDL W/STEEL.......190
T42/44/46-FRET WIRE.................................................169
T50BR/BL/TN-HNDL, PLASTIC POST, BLK/BR/
TAN................................................................................189
T53-HANDLE, FLAT PLASTIC...................................189
T54-HANDLE, BLACK PLASTIC, 5.........................189
T55-HANDLE, LONG, FLAT BLACK PLASTIC.......189
T56BL-HANDLE, LEATHER W/RINGS, BLACK.....189
T60/61-ROCHE-THOMAS, VALVE OIL...................191
T62/63-ROCHE-THOMAS SLIDE OIL......................191
T64-ROCHE-THOMAS SLIDE CREAM....................191
T65-ROCHE-THOMAS TUNING SLIDE GREASE..191
T66-ROCHE-THOMAS BONE BOTTLE, PLASTIC
SPRAYER......................................................................191
T67-ROCHE-THOMAS BORE OIL............................191
T68-ROCHE-THOMAS KEY OIL..............................191
T69-ALISYN VALVE, SLIDE/KEY OIL.....................191
T70-3M SILVER PROTECTOR STRIPS.....................183
T71-3M SILVER CLEANER........................................156
T72-COPPER AND BRASS CLEANER................156
T73-SILVERSMITHS POLISH, 12 OZ.......................156
T74-SILVERSMITHS SPRAY, 14.5 OZ.....................156
T80-PAD PRESERVATIVE, 4 OZ................................191
T81-ALISYN BORE/WOOD CONDITIONER............191
T82-ALISYN CORK/TUNING SLIDE GREASE........191
T83-ALISYN SOLVENT/CLEANER...........................191
T84-ALISYN HEAVY DUTY KEY OIL......................191
T85/T85A-TUNE LUBE................................................183
~T~
T2-FLUTE CASE LATCH, BRASS..............................187
T5-LATCH W/LOCK, BRASS/NICKEL......................187
T6-FLUSH LATCH SET, NICKEL...............................187
T7-LATCH WITHOUT LOCK, BRASS/NICKEL.......187
T8-DRAWBLT LATCH W/O LOCK, BRASS/NKL...187
T9-SUITCASE LOCK SET, BRASS.............................187
T9A-SUITCASE HASP ONLY, BRASS......................187
T10/T11-STOP HINGE, BRASS/NICKEL...................188
T12-SMALL CASE LATCH, NICKEL.........................187
T13-LARGE CASE LATCH, NICKEL.........................187
T14-FLUTE CASE LATCH, NICKEL..........................187
T15-HANDLE LOOP, BRASS/NICKEL......................188
T17-LARGE FLUSH LATCH SET, BRASS................187
T17C-HASP, 1-1/4, CENTER TO CENTER...............187
T18-LATCH W/LOCK, NICKEL..................................187
T20-BLACK PLASTIC BOTTOM STUDS..................188
T21-CASE REINFORCEMENT ANGLE BRACE.......188
218
~X~
X14-26 DRAWER CABINET........................................169
X14AS/AL/X15-DRAWERS.........................................169
X14BS/BL/X16-DIVIDERS..........................................169
X18-44 DRAWER CABINET........................................169
X19-EXTRA DRAWERS FOR X18..............................169
X20-EXTRA CROSS DIVIDERS FOR X18.................169
X21-DEEP COMPACT CABINET................................169
X22-EXTRA DRAWERS FOR X21..............................169
X23-EXTRA CROSS DIVIDERS FOR X22.................169
X26-EXHAUST FAN.....................................................159
X27-LIGHT FIXTURES................................................159
X30/31/32/33-POLY TANKS/BARREL LINERS........157
X50-CHEESECLOTH, BOX OF 80 YDS.....................156
X51-CHEESECLOTH BY THE YARD........................156
X52-100/PKG OF COTTON PADS...............................155
X55-FLANNEL BOLT, 50 YARDS..............................156
X56-FLANNEL BY THE YARD..................................156
~X cont.~
~Z cont.~
X68-ROUND WORK BASKET....................................154

X70A/B/C-CLEAR LACQUER.....................................158
X71A/B/C-THINNER....................................................158
X72A/B-RETARDER....................................................158
X73-CONCENTRATE, DYE, 2 OZ..............................158
X80A/B/C-PERMA LACQUER....................................161
X81A/B/C-REDUCER...................................................161
X82A/B-PERMA-LAQ DYE.........................................161
X83A/B-CATALYST.....................................................161
X100-FLUTE PAD OVEN.............................................112
X100A-FLUTE PAD OVEN (220 VOLT)....................112
X116A/B-SPECIAL BUFFING MOTORS............91
X183-CORK SANDING ACCESSORY .......................74
X195-DREMEL VARIABLE SPEED MOTO TOOL...177
Z60-6/7-SHOES.................................................................2
Z60-8-BOLT FOR LOCKING FORKED ARM................2
Z60-9A/9B-CURVED ARMS............................................2
Z60-10-FORKED ARM.....................................................2
Z60-11A/11B-ROLLERS...................................................2
Z60-12/13-MANDRELS....................................................2
Z60-14-STRAIGHT MANDREL....................................2,3
Z60-14A/14B/14C-SLUGS................................................3
Z60-14D-TRUMPET STEM MANDREL...................2,3,6
Z60-14U-UPDATE FOR Z60-14.......................................3
Z60-15-TAPERED TROMBONE MANDREL.................2
Z60-16A-SAX ROLLER....................................................2
Z60-16B-SAX ROLLER WHEEL..................................2
Z60-17-EX WIDE SOUSA BELL FLAIR ROLLER........2
Z60-17A-FORKED ARM..................................................2
Z60-17B-ROLLER ARM...................................................2
Z60-18-SM 1 RADIUS SOUSA BRANCH ROLLER....2
Z60-19-MED. 1-5/8 SOUSA BRANCH ROLLER..........2
Z60-21-SOUSA BELL SHOE...........................................2
Z60-22-DENT ROD...........................................................3
Z60-22A-EXTENDED CURVED ARM...........................3
Z60-23-BURNISHING RING, 4-1/2...............................3
Z60-24-POWER DISC, 1-1/4...........................................4
Z60-25-POWER DISC, 3.................................................4
Z60-25AL-LOW PROFILE POWER DISC, 2-1/2..........4
Z60-25L-LOW PROFILE DISC, 3..................................4
Z60-26-POWER DISC, 4.................................................4
Z60-26L-LOW PROFILE DISC, 4..................................4
Z60-27-POWER DISC, 5.................................................4
Z60-28-ROLLER, 5..........................................................5
Z60-29-TAPERED SLIM ROLLER..................................5
Z60-30-CONVEX ROLLER..............................................5
Z60-31-DENT MACHINE VISE.......................................3
Z60-32-30 DEGREE ARM................................................5
Z60-33-ROLLER, 7..........................................................5
Z60-36-CURVED ROLLER, 1-1/4..................................6
Z60-36A/36B-STEM ROLLERS.......................................6
Z60-37-TROMBONE SLIDE DENT ROLLER................6
Z60-38-FLUTE HEAD MANDREL..................................6
Z60-39-FLUTE BODY MANREL....................................6
Z60-40-STRUT..................................................................6
Z60-50-TONE HOLE/BODY BURNISHING SET...........7
Z61-BASE FOR Z60..........................................................9
Z61E-DENT MACHINE BASE (EUROPE).....................9
Z61S-DENT MACHINE STAND......................................8
Z61-1/2/3-CURVED RODS...............................................9
Z61-3C-SM BURNISHING WHEEL FOR Z61................9
Z61-4-BRAKE & 2 LOCKS..............................................9
Z61-5-MANDREL CLAMP...............................................9
Z61-5B-SMALL BALL.....................................................9
Z61-6-COUNTERWEIGHT..............................................9
Z61-7-STAND FOR Z61....................................................9
Z61-8-SETTING NUT..................................................9,10
Z61-9A/B/C/D-BALLS...................................................10
Z61-11-ADJUSTABLE ROD..........................................10
~Z~
Z2-BELT/DISC SANDER.............................................144
Z4-TOOL CHEST..........................................................172
Z6/6A/6B-SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT............2,10,44,183
Z8/8A/8B-MONEL OIL ADDITIVE........................44,183
Z10A/B/C-COLD CLEANER.......................................160
Z15A/B-LACQUER REMOVER, SLVR CLEANER...157
Z19A/B/C-LIME & SCALE REMOVER, DELIMER..154
Z21A/B-IMMERSION TYPE COLD STRIP................160
Z22A/B/C-BRUSH ON TYPE COLD STRIP...............160
Z25A/B-TARNISH REMOVER....................................155
Z27-PLATIC FLUTE TRAY.........................................154
Z30/Z32-TOOL CHESTS..............................................172
Z35-AIR BUFFER W/4 BUFFS....................................150
Z35S-SHAFT ONLY.....................................................150
Z40-JET SAND BLASTER...........................................155
Z42A-AIR JET, 1/8......................................................155
Z42S-SAND NOZZLE, 1/4..........................................155
Z43A-AIR JET, 5/32....................................................155
Z43S-SAND NOZZLE, 5/16........................................155
Z45-BLOWER ONLY...................................................150
Z45A-MOTOR ONLY...................................................150
Z46-COMPLETE BLOWER W/1 HP MOTOR............150
Z51A-BUFFING HOOD................................................150
Z51BL/BS-BRACKETS................................................150
Z52-FLEXIBLE TUBING.............................................150
Z54-Y TUBE..................................................................150
Z55-3 SPACERS............................................................146
Z56-SAFETY FLANGE NUTS W/WRENCH..............146
Z56W-WRENCH ONLY...............................................146
Z56L/R-NUTS...............................................................146
Z58-COLLECTOR ASSEMBLY...................................150
Z58B-BAG ONLY.........................................................150
Z60-DENT/BURNISHING MACHINE............................1
Z60S-BENCH MOUNT FOR Z60.....................................8
Z60-1-FRAME FOR Z60 W/SPEED ADJ.........................2
Z60-1U-SPEED ADJ UPDATE FOR Z60 FRAME..........1
Z60-2-PRESSURE ADJ WHEEL......................................2
Z60-3A/3B-CIRCULAR BURNISHING WHEELS.........2
Z60-4-LONG ROUND TUBE...........................................2
Z60-5A-LARGE BALL.....................................................2
219

~Z cont.~
Z61-13A/B/C/D/S-ALUMINUM BALLS.......................10
Z61-16-BASE VISE.........................................................10
Z71-WALL MOUNT BUFFER.....................................145
Z73-WALL MOUNT BUFFER.....................................145
Z97L/R-SCRATCH BRUSH MACHINES...................151
Z100-Z105-FLOOR BUFFERS.....................................145
Z110-113-BELTSANDERS...........................................144
Z115A-C-BELTSANDER BELTS................................144
Z116A-C-BELTSANDER BELTS................................144
Z120-WOODWIND BENCH LATHE............................91
220

Ferrees Catalog 7-18-13

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Ferrees Catalog 7-18-13

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

FERREES TOOLS, INC.

FERREES TOOLS, INCORPORATED

8.) We have a toll free number, (800) 253-2261,

2.) We have a minimum order policy of $5.00.

All shipments are sent by UPS Ground for

3.) IMPORTANT! When you read your Price List

For our international customers, we normally

4.) New accounts will normally be C.O.D. Open

SATISFACTION GUARANTEEDIf you are not

Ferrees Tools, Inc.

Cliff Ferree, founder and president of Ferrees

After making special sets of precision dies, he

Lacquering & Cleaning...154

The Ferree Z60, now with over 44 years experience and

The Z60 dent machine pictured above, which

The purchase price is actually lower now in

Z60-1U Quick Release

Dent machine accessories

Polylube Synthetic Lubricant

Early photo of Ferrees retail store when

Parts below thru Z60-15 come with the Z60.

Frame for Z60 w/speed adjust

Pressure adjustment wheel

LG. circular burnishing wheel

SM. circular burnishing wheel

Long round tube

Shoe for SM horns-most contour

Shoe for LG horns-least contour

Bolt for locking forked arm in place

Curved arm w/SM straight roller

Curved arm w/SM straight roller

Large straight roller

Tapered trumpet mandrel held in

Tapered cornet mandrel

Tapered trombone mandrel

ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR Z60

Trumpet stem mandrel

Sax roller wheel

Extra wide Sousa bell flair roller

Small 1 radius Sousa branch roller

Med. 1-5/8 Sousa branch roller

Sousa bell shoe

See next pages for additional parts for Z60.

SLUG & ADAPTORS

Dent machine accessories

Z60-22 Dent Rod

EXTENDED CURVED ARM

STANDARD 5/8 SLUG

Z60-14A Standard 5/8 Slug

3/8-16 THREADED INSERT

1/2-13 THREADED INSERT

Z60-14C 1/2-13 Threaded Insert

Z60-23 Burnishing Ring

Z60-14D Trumpet Stem Mandrel

(shown with Z60-36A Roller)

Z60-22A Curved Arm

This is the 3/8-16 threaded adaptor to use your

Longer version of the Z60-9A

Send in your old Z60-14 to be updated. It will be

This handy vise fits on the end of

Z60-31 Dent Machine Vise

Dent machine accessories

Same size as the

NEW Z60-32 30 DEGREE ARM

NEW DOUBLE RADII

NEW Z61S FLOOR